Intellectual Property

Cybersecurity and intellectual property : protecting your digital assets against growing threats

In 2024, France’s National Cybersecurity Agency (ANSSI) handled 4,386 security events, a 15% increase over 2023, and confirmed 1,361 successful malicious attacks. Meanwhile, CNIL received 5,629 data breach notifications, up 20%. These figures reveal a reality that intellectual property rights holders can no longer ignore : cyber threats are directly targeting companies’ intangible assets.

Dreyfus a firm specializing in intellectual and industrial property, integrates cybersecurity into each of its advisory and support services. Nathalie Dreyfus, a court-appointed expert accredited by the French Supreme Court (Cour de cassation, Trademark specialty) and the Paris Court of Appeal (Trademarks and Designs specialty), brings this expertise to bear through a legal approach adapted to the realities of cyberspace.

This article analyzes the main cyber threats to intellectual property assets, the applicable legal framework, and concrete solutions to protect your trademarks and sensitive data.

  • Protection against phishing, trademark impersonation and trade secret theft
  • Compliance with regulatory obligations : NIS2, GDPR, AI Act
  • Defense against digital counterfeiting on marketplaces and social media
  • Anticipation of emerging threats related to generative AI and deepfakes
  • Comprehensive legal support, from prevention to litigation, by a court-appointed expert

Cyber threats targeting intellectual property

Phishing and  trademark identity theft

Phishing is one of the most widespread and damaging threats for trademark holders. Malicious actors register domain names imitating well-known trademarks to create fraudulent websites designed to collect personal or banking data. In 2025, WIPO recorded a historic high of 6,282 domain name disputes, a growing share of which involve phishing schemes. Domain name monitoring enables early detection and action before damage materializes.

Theft of trade secrets and sensitive data

Cyber intrusions frequently target confidential information related to intellectual property : formulas, manufacturing processes, patent filing strategies, and client databases. ANSSI documented 144 ransomware compromise cases in 2024, involving 39 different strains (LockBit 3.0, RansomHub, and Akira leading). Personal data protection and GDPR compliance are integral parts of any cybersecurity strategy.

Digital counterfeiting and marketplaces

Online commerce platforms facilitate the global distribution of counterfeit products. The 2025 joint EUIPO-OECD report estimates the global counterfeit trade at $467 billion, representing 2.3% of worldwide imports and up to 4.7% of European Union imports. The French cosmetics industry alone suffers €800 million in annual losses. Online trademark protection requires active monitoring and rapid content removal actions on these platforms.

Emerging threats : generative AI and deepfakes

The rise of generative artificial intelligence adds another layer of complexity. Deepfake technologies can reproduce logos, packaging, and visual identities with unprecedented realism, facilitating the creation of fake websites and advertisements. AI systems can also automatically generate thousands of domain name variations targeting a trademark , rendering manual monitoring entirely insufficient. According to ENISA, 35% of social engineering attacks in Europe now use AI-generated content to enhance their credibility.

The legal framework : bridging cybersecurity and IP law

Cybersecurity in the context of intellectual property relies on a rapidly evolving European regulatory framework. The NIS2 Directive, transposed into French law, strengthens corporate security obligations and broadens the scope of affected entities. GDPR governs personal data processing, while the AI Act introduces new requirements. Dreyfus  commands the full range of these regulations through its expertise in compliance.

In the blockchain and Web 3.0 space, new issues are emerging around the protection of decentralized digital assets. NFTs, smart contracts, and decentralized autonomous organizations (DAOs) raise unprecedented questions regarding ownership and counterfeiting. The firm has developed dedicated expertise in Web 3.0 asset protection, covering NFT law, blockchain, and related compliance.

An integrated approach : Dreyfus’ services

Facing the convergence of intellectual property and cybersecurity, Dreyfus deploys a cross-functional approach covering the entire lifecycle of intangible assets, from prevention to remediation.

Upstream, prior art searches verify sign availability before any filing, limiting the risk of future conflicts. Trademark and design filing and renewal are accompanied by a reflection on digital naming strategy and the protection of sensitive variants.

Active portfolio management involves continuous monitoring of domain names, trademark registries, and digital spaces (social media, app stores, marketplaces). When an infringement is detected, the firm implements the appropriate procedures : cease and desist letters, UDRP proceedings, host notifications, or legal actions.

For contentious situations, expertise in counterfeiting and unfair competition enables effective defense of corporate rights before the competent courts. The firm’s experience in conducting French trademark oppositions and European trademark oppositions complements this framework.

A strategic collaboration with business law attorneys

Cybersecurity and intellectual property issues sit at the crossroads of several legal specialties. Business law attorneys facing cases involving digital IP dimensions find in Dreyfus  a natural partner whose expertise complements their own.

Whether securing an M&A deal involving sensitive digital assets, assisting a client who is the victim of a cyberattack targeting their trademarks, structuring an international protection strategy, or assessing the impact of a data breach on an IP portfolio, Dreyfus ’ network of specialized attorneys offers a cooperation framework adapted to each situation.

The designation as a court-appointed expert recognized by the French Supreme Court and the Paris Court of Appeal gives the firm particular credibility in cases requiring technical expertise before the courts. This dual legitimacy—legal and technical—is a decisive advantage for business lawyers seeking solid support on digital IP matters.


Conclusion

The convergence between cybersecurity and intellectual property is no longer a trend,it is a daily reality. Companies that neglect this intersection expose themselves to financial losses, reputational damage, and increasingly severe regulatory penalties.

Dreyfus  provides an integrated response to these challenges, combining intellectual property legal expertise with mastery of cybersecurity issues. Contact us to secure your digital assets against current and future threats.


Q&A

What is the link between cybersecurity and intellectual property ?

Cybersecurity protects the digital infrastructure that hosts and exploits intellectual property assets. A security breach can lead to the theft of trade secrets, trademarkimpersonation, distribution of counterfeit products, or compromise of client data linked to licenses. The two disciplines are complementary and must be addressed together.

 What actions can be taken to combat domain name abuse and phishing targeting a trademark ?

The first step is domain name monitoring to detect fraudulent registrations. Rapid actions then follow : cease and desist letters, UDRP proceedings, reports to hosts and registrars. Implementing email authentication protocols (SPF, DKIM, DMARC) further strengthens protection by preventing domain spoofing for sending fraudulent emails.

Does the GDPR make it more difficult to identify the registrants of abusive domain names ?Yes. GDPR has significantly reduced access to domain name WHOIS data, making it more difficult to identify holders of abusive domain names. Specific mechanisms, such as RDAP (Registration Data Access Protocol) or disclosure procedures with registrars, nevertheless allow this information to be obtained in the context of defending intellectual property rights.

What does the NIS2 Directive require of French companies ?

The NIS2 Directive broadens the scope of entities subject to enhanced cybersecurity obligations. It notably requires  an early notification within 24 hours, the implementation of risk management measures, and executive liability. For companies holding critical IP assets, these obligations provide a structural framework that aligns with best practices in intellectual property protection.

Why should a business lawyer collaborate with an IP specialist on cyber issues ?

Cases involving cyberattacks on IP assets require dual expertise : business law for managing contractual risks, regulatory compliance, and corporate implications, and IP law for identifying, protecting, and defending rights. This collaboration ensures comprehensive treatment of each situation and avoids legal blind spots that could prove costly.

Read More

Intellectual Property in the video game industry: The complete guide to protecting your studio

Why IP is a business-critical issue for game studios

The global video game market generates over $200 billion in annual revenue.. This value is largely based on intangible assets , characters, code, music, narrative universes, studio names, and franchises. These are exactly what intellectual property (IP) law is designed to protect.

Yet IP mistakes remain remarkably common in the industry, especially among independent studios: no written contracts with freelancers, a game name that’s already in use, designs revealed before they’re protected… These oversights can block a launch, trigger years of litigation, or force an expensive rebrand in the middle of a marketing campaign.

This guide covers the four pillars of IP as they apply to video games copyright, trademarks, design rights, and contracts  and illustrates each with verified, real-world legal cases. A FAQ at the end addresses the most frequent questions from the sector.

1. Copyright: Your first line of defence

What copyright covers in a video game

A video game is a complex multimedia work. In the UK, this is reflected in the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 (CDPA), which does not protect games as a single category, but does protect each of their individual components separately. In the US, a similar multi-layered approach applies under Title 17 of the US Code.

The protectable elements of a game typically include:

  • Source code and game engine  protected as literary works (software)
  • Visuals, artwork, and illustrations  protected as artistic works
  • Music, sound effects, and voice acting  protected as musical works and sound recordings
  • Story, dialogue, and narrative universe  protected as literary or dramatic works
  • Characters and environments protectable if they display sufficient originality
  • Databases (game content catalogues, asset libraries) — protected under database rights if they result from substantial investment

The central requirement is originality: the work must be the author’s own intellectual creation, reflecting free and creative choices. Artistic meritis not a criterion,a simple mobile game can be as fully protected as a AAA blockbuster.

One important limitation applies in all major jurisdictions: copyright does not protect ideas, concepts, or game mechanics as such,only their specific expression. The US Copyright Office states this explicitly: copyright does not protect the idea for a game, its name, or the method of playing it. This distinction has generated some of the most important litigation in the industry (see cases below).

Automatic protection — But not automatic ownership

In the UK and across the EU, copyright arises automatically at the moment of creation. No registration is required, and protection lasts for the author’s lifetime plus 70 years for most works (50 years from the date of creation for computer-generated works and sound recordings under UK law).

But automatic protection is not the same as automatic ownership — and this is where the most costly traps lie.

For employees: Works created by an employee in the course of their employment generally belong to the employer, under Section 11(2) of the CDPA (UK) and the “work made for hire” doctrine (US). However, work created outside the scope of employment may belong to the employee, unless the contract states otherwise.

For freelancers and external contractors: The default position in both the UK and US is that contractors retain copyright in their creations, unless there is a written agreement to the contrary. Without an explicit assignment clause, a studio may not own the artwork, music, or code it commissioned and paid for.

Key takeaway: Without clear title to all the game’s assets, a studio cannot commercially exploit, license, or enforce its IP against infringers. A missing contract can jeopardise an entire project. This is one of the most common and most avoidable mistakes in the industry.

Should you register anyway?

Although registration is not required for copyright to exist, formal registration offers meaningful practical advantages in several jurisdictions:

  • United States: Registration with the US Copyright Office is not mandatory, but it is required before filing an infringement lawsuit, and it enables statutory damages and attorney’s fees significantly strengthening your enforcement position.
  • China: A registration certificate from the National Copyright Administration facilitates takedown requests on digital platforms and provides presumptive evidence of ownership in disputes.
  • UK: No formal registration system exists for copyright, but date-stamped archives, version histories, and signed contracts serve as strong evidence of authorship and creation date.

🔍 Case study #1 — Tetris Holding v. Xio Interactive (2012): The “Look and Feel” of a game is protectable

Background: Xio Interactive developed Mino, a mobile game that replicated Tetris gameplay using different visual assets. Xio argued it had only copied uncopyrightable gameplay mechanics, not the protected expression of the game.

Ruling: The US District Court of New Jersey ruled against Xio, finding that while individual game mechanics are not copyrightable, the overall “look and feel” of a game, the combination of shapes, colours, and audiovisual presentation can be protected if it is sufficiently original. The court found that Mino reproduced that overall impression closely enough to constitute infringement, despite the different art assets.

What changed: This decision, alongside the related Spry Fox v. Lolapps case (the Triple Town/Yeti Town dispute), established that cloning a game’s aesthetic presentation carries legal risk even when individual mechanics are unprotectable. It reinforced the application of existing copyright principles.

Practical lesson: If you are designing a game that is closely inspired by an existing title, ensure that the visual presentation, UI design, and audiovisual combination are meaningfully distinct not just that the game mechanics are reworded. The “look and feel” doctrine is a real enforcement tool.

🔗 Reference: Tetris Holding, LLC v. Xio Interactive, Inc., US District Court, D.N.J., 2012 — analysed on Wikipedia: IP Protection of Video Games


🔍 Case study #2 — Bungie v. AimJunkies (2023): A well-drafted EULA is worth millions

Background: Bungie, the developer of Destiny 2, sued Phoenix Digital Group, the operator of AimJunkies.com  for developing and selling cheat software that enabled aimbots and other unfair advantages in the game.

Ruling: The US federal court in Seattle awarded Bungie $4.3 million in damages for copyright infringement and violations of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA). One of the key engineers behind the cheat had reverse-engineered the game’s code to build the tool — in direct violation of the End User Licence Agreement (EULA) he had accepted when downloading the game. The court also sanctioned the defendant for deliberately destroying financial evidence.

In 2024, the court rejected a motion for a new trial, making the decision final.

How it worked legally: The EULA was central to the case. By accepting the EULA, the cheat developer had entered into a binding contract that expressly prohibited reverse engineering and the development of unauthorised tools. This gave Bungie a direct contractual claim, on top of the copyright and DMCA claims.

Practical lesson: Your EULA and software licence are active legal instruments. A well-structured EULA creates the legal basis to pursue cheaters, cheat developers, and anyone who circumvents your technical protection measures. The $4.3 million award in this case was made possible by a properly drafted licence agreement.

🔗 Reference: Bungie, Inc. v. Phoenix Digital Group LLC (AimJunkies), US District Court, W.D. Wash., 2023 — confirmed in AFJV


2. Trademarks: Protecting your studio’s identity and your game’s brand

More Than just a name

A trademark can cover a game title, a studio name, a logo, a slogan, a character icon, or any other distinctive sign associated with your identity. Trademarks are the tools that protect what makes players recognise you  and what investors use to value your assets.

Registration is done by classes under the International Nice Classification. For a game studio, the most relevant classes typically include:

  • Class 9: Downloadable game software, apps
  • Class 41: Entertainment services, esports, tournaments
  • Class 25: Clothing and textile merchandise
  • Class 28: Games, toys, collectibles
  • Class 35: Online retail and commercial services

Registering in only one class leaves the door open for third parties to use your brand in other sectors.

Territoriality: Protection stops at the border

A trademark registered in the UK protects only the UK. A US trademark protects only the US. Studios with international ambitions must plan their filing strategy based on current and future target markets, not just where they are today.

Key considerations by jurisdiction:

  • European Union: A single EU Trade Mark application at the EUIPO provides protection across all 27 member states.
  • United States: You can file on the basis of intent to use before you launch commercially, securing your priority date ahead of release. But registration will only be granted once actual use in commerce has been demonstrated.
  • China: The first-to-file system means that whoever registers first wins. Local actors may register your brand before you do, then block your market entry or demand payment to transfer it. Early filing in China is a strategic necessity, even before you have any Chinese audience.

The Paris Convention priority right gives you 6 months from your first filing to extend protection to other countries while retaining the original priority date, a powerful tool to spread costs and test the market before committing to global coverage.

Practical checklist

  • Run clearance searches before making your name public
  • Reserve domain names as early as possible
  • File your trademark before any major public announcement (trailer, Kickstarter, game show)
  • Use ™ to signal a trademark claim (even without registration); only use ® in countries where registration has been granted — misuse of ® can be illegal

🔍 Case study #3 — AM General v. Activision Blizzard (2020): Real-World trademarks in games

Background: AM General, the manufacturer of the Humvee military vehicle, sued Activision Blizzard in 2017 for featuring recognisable Humvee vehicles in the Call of Duty franchise without authorisation or royalty payments.

Ruling: The US District Court of New York dismissed AM General’s claims in March 2020. The court applied the Rogers v. Grimaldi test (1989), which provides First Amendment protection for artistic works that use trademarks when there is an “artistic relevance” to the underlying work and the use does not “explicitly mislead” consumers as to the source or endorsement of the content.

Important nuance: This protection is largely specific to US law. In the UK and EU, using a third party’s registered trademark in a commercial product without consent is generally actionable, even in a creative context. A broadly similar dispute involving Ferrari and Grand Theft Auto IV was litigated in France (Paris Court of Appeal, September 2012), where Ferrari’s claims were ultimately rejected  but after detailed analysis of the specific similarities involved, not on broad First Amendment grounds.

Practical lesson: Representing real-world branded products in a game, vehicles, weapons, consumer electronics, sports equipment carries varying legal risk depending on jurisdiction. In the US, the First Amendment provides meaningful but not absolute protection. In Europe, the risk is higher. When in doubt, use fictional designs inspired by real-world aesthetics rather than identifiable reproductions.

🔗 Reference: AM General LLC v. Activision Blizzard, Inc., S.D.N.Y., March 2020 — analysed on NYU JIPEL


3. Design rights: The visual protection studios overlook

Design rights protect the appearance of a product — its shape, lines, colours, textures — independently of its function. In the video game context, this applies to:

  • Character designs and costumes
  • User interface elements (HUD, menus, icons)
  • In-game weapons, vehicles, and items
  • Decorative skins and cosmetic items

This form of protection is frequently underused, despite offering broad, flexible, and cost-effective coverage.

Registered vs. Unregistered Rights

Registered design rights provide protection for up to 25 years (renewable in 5-year periods). At the EUIPO, registering a single design costs less than €350 in official fees. In the UK (post-Brexit), the equivalent process runs through the Intellectual Property Office (IPO).

Unregistered design rights arise automatically upon first public disclosure. In the UK, unregistered design right protects the three-dimensional aspects of an original design for up to 15 years (or 10 years after first marketing). The UK Supplementary Unregistered Design (SUD)  available to UK applicants  protects the full appearance including decorative elements for 3 years from first disclosure.

The critical timing point: For registered rights, you generally must file within 12 months of first public disclosure. A trailer, a social media post, or a convention demo can start that clock. Once the novelty window closes, registration becomes impossible.


4. Patents: Protecting technical innovation in gameplay

Patents protect technical inventions, in the gaming industry, this may include certain technical implementations of gameplay systems or rendering technologies, provided they meet patentability requirements.”. Their use is less common in games than in hardware, partly because game mechanics in the abstract are not patentable. However, the technical implementation underlying those mechanics may be.

Notable examples of patented game technology include: Namco’s minigame loading screen patent, the dialogue choice wheel used in BioWare’s Mass Effect, the Nemesis system from Middle-earth: Shadow of Mordor, and Valve’s various Steam platform patents.


🔍 Case study #4 — Nintendo v. Pocketpair (Palworld) (2024): Patents on gameplay systems

Background: On September 19, 2024, Nintendo and The Pokémon Company announced a patent infringement lawsuit against Pocketpair, the Japanese developer behind Palworld, alleging that the game infringed patents related to monster-capturing mechanics.

Key development: Japan’s Patent Office rejected one of the Nintendo patent families cited in the suit, finding it lacked novelty  with prior art cited from Monster Hunter 4, ARK: Survival Evolved, and Pokémon GO itself.

The in-game impact: Despite the patent validity dispute, on November 30, 2024, Pocketpair released a patch removing the ability to throw spheres to summon creatures, replacing it with a stationary summoning mechanic. Significant design concessions made under legal pressure before the case was fully decided.

Why this matters for studios: A patent doesn’t need to be valid to be expensive. Defending a patent infringement suit, even successfully, costs millions and forces game design changes mid-development or post-launch. For studios, this raises two concrete questions: (1) if you develop a genuinely inventiontechnical mechanic, assess its patentability early; (2) if you are inspired by mechanics from established franchises, check the patent portfolios of the market leaders in that space.

🔗 Reference: Nintendo Co., Ltd. v. Pocketpair Inc., Tokyo District Court, filed Sept. 2024 — followed on Livv.eu


5. Contracts: The invisible infrastructure of your IP

IP rights only have value if you actually own them. Contract management is the foundation of that ownership  and it’s where independent studios most often leave themselves exposed.

The essential contracts

With freelancers and external contractors: Every contract must include a clear assignment of rights clause, specifying which works are covered, the scope of the assignment (reproduction, distribution, adaptation), the territory, and the duration. Without this clause, the contractor retains copyright in their work.

With co-development partners: A written agreement between studios should define how IP is split in the event of commercial success, acquisition, or dispute  before a single line of code is written.

Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs): Protect sensitive information shared with external parties  contractors, investors, potential partners  before a formal agreement is in place. An NDA doesn’t need to be complex to be effective but still has to define the sensitive information.

End User Licence Agreements (EULAs): Define what players can and cannot do with your game. For user-generated content  mods, custom levels, skins , your EULA can legitimately include automatic licence provisions that grant the studio rights to publish and monetise player-created content, provided the clause is clearly drafted.


🔍 Case study #5 — Capcom v. Data East (1994): Character design and the limits of copyright

Background: Capcom sued Data East over alleged similarities between characters in Street Fighter II and Fighter’s History, claiming the latter game copied character designs and fighting styles.

Ruling: The US District Court ruled largely in favour of Data East, finding that most of the similarities cited by Capcom were based on stock characters, fighting stances, and common martial arts conventions,elements too generic to be protected by copyright. Only a small number of specific, highly distinctive design elements were found potentially protectable.

Why it still matters: This case remains a landmark for character design strategy. It establishes that generic archetypes (a large wrestler, a nimble female fighter, a fireball-throwing hero) cannot be monopolised through copyright. But the specific visual expression of those archetypes, the original combination of costume design, colour palette, proportions, and distinctive features  can be.

Practical lesson: When designing characters, document the specific creative choices that make them original (design briefs, concept art iterations, creative direction documents). This documentation is what establishes copyright in the distinctive elements, and distinguishes your characters from unprotectable generic archetypes in court.

🔗 Reference: Capcom Co., Ltd. v. Data East Corp., N.D. Cal., 1994 — discussed on Wikipedia: IP Protection of Video Games


6. Generative AI and emerging IP Iisues

The use of generative AI in game development raises IP questions that are still being resolved by courts and legislators worldwide:

Ownership of AI-generated content: In the UK, the CDPA makes limited provision for “computer-generated works” (where there is no human author), granting copyright to “the person by whom the arrangements necessary for the creation of the work are undertaken”  typically the company operating the AI tool. In the US, the Copyright Office has made clear that purely AI-generated content cannot be registered, but human-curated selections and arrangements of AI output may qualify.

Training data: The use of copyrighted works to train AI models is the subject of active litigation in the US (including suits against Stability AI, Midjourney, and others) and ongoing regulatory development in the EU under the AI Act. Studios using AI-generated assets should carefully review the terms of service of the tools they use and assess their exposure.

Practical recommendation: Document all human creative contributions in your AI workflow  save prompts, iteration sequences, and manual modifications to generated content. This documentation may be decisive in establishing copyright protection and defending your rights.

7. Integrating IP into the development cycle

Pre-production

  • Run clearance searches on game names and distinctive signs
  • Reserve domain names
  • Sign contracts with all contributors, including assignment of rights clauses, before work begins
  • Keep visual concepts confidential until a registration decision is made

Production

  • Maintain rigorous asset documentation: version histories, creation evidence
  • Verify the licences on all third-party assets (fonts, textures, plug-ins, audio libraries, Unreal/Unity Marketplace assets)
  • Track first disclosure dates for any design elements you plan to register

Launch

  • File trademark applications in key markets before marketing campaigns go live
  • Complete a copyright audit: confirm all assignment contracts are in place
  • Register strategic designs before public trailers and reveals

Post-Launch

  • Monitor actively for copies, clones, and fraudulent apps on stores
  • Update your IP strategy for DLC, updates, merchandise, and sequels
  • Extend trademark coverage as you enter new markets

costly mistakes in game development

FAQ — Intellectual Property and video games

Are game mechanics protectable by copyright?
No  and this is a fundamental principle across all major jurisdictions. The US Copyright Office states explicitly that copyright does not protect the idea for a game or its method of play. In the UK, the idea–expression distinction embedded in the CDPA leads to the same result. A battle royale structure, a turn-based system, or a resource-gathering loop cannot be owned through copyright. However, the specific, original expression of those mechanics  the visual design, the audiovisual combination, the distinctive “look and feel”  can be protected, as the Tetris v. Xio case demonstrated. Gameplay mechanics may also be protectable via patents if they involve a sufficient technical invention.

Does a logo created by a freelance designer automatically belong to the studio?
No. In both the UK and the US, the default position is that a contractor retains copyright in work they create, unless there is a written agreement transferring those rights. Without an assignment clause, the designer is technically the copyright owner  which means the studio cannot legitimately register the logo as a trademark, and cannot fully enforce it against third parties. This situation is common in studios that work with freelancers through platforms without formalised contracts.

Can a video game character be protected?
Yes, through multiple overlapping layers. An original character can be protected by copyright (for its graphic and narrative elements), by trademark (if its name or image is registered), and by design rights (for its visual appearance). Protection is strongest when all three layers apply. Note that the general concept of a character type cannot be monopolised  a “fire-wielding mage” or “armoured space soldier” as a concept is not protectable. What is protectable is the specific, original visual expression of that character.

Can a studio freely use classical music in a game?
In most jurisdictions, musical works enter the public domain 70 years after the death of the composer (although the exact duration may vary depending on the country and the date of publication).However, a specific recording of that music is protected by separate performer’s rights and sound recording copyright even if the underlying composition is public domain. To use Beethoven in a game, you either need to create your own recording or use a recording explicitly released under a free licence. Always verify that the sheet music edition used is also in the public domain, as modern critical editions may carry their own copyright.

Is a fan game based on an existing franchise legal?
Not without the rights holder’s autorisation unless a narrow exception (such as fair use or parody) applies. A fan game using protected characters, worlds, names, or visual assets constitutes copyright infringement (and potentially trademark infringement). Some publishers tolerate fan games informally  others, notably Nintendo, actively enforce against them. Informal tolerance does not create a legal right, and a single cease-and-desist can end a project. If fan game creation is something your studio wants to support, consider publishing explicit fan content guidelines with a formal licence, as several major studios now do.

How do I protect a game name before announcing it publicly?
The recommended sequence: (1) run a clearance search to confirm the name is available; (2) reserve the corresponding domain names; (3) file a trademark application in your priority markets before any public announcement. In the UK, file with the UK Intellectual Property Office (UKIPO); in the United States, file with the USPTO (including on an intent-to-use basis if applicable). You may then rely on the Paris Convention’s six-month priority right to extend protection internationally while retaining your original filing date.

What happens if a freelancer uses my game’s assets after our contract ends?
If you have a properly drafted assignment agreement, you are supposed to have a clear infringement claim. Without that agreement, the freelancer may have legitimate rights in the assets they created. Even with a contract, retain all evidence of the collaboration, emails, briefs, version histories, invoices  to establish authorship and the validity of the assignment in any dispute.

Can a publisher claim rights over mods created by players?
Yes, if the EULA is drafted to include that. Most major publishers use EULAs that grant them a broad licence over user-generated content created using their game or tools. The enforceability of such clauses varies by jurisdiction and depends on how clearly they are written. Under UK and EU consumer protection law, unfair clauses may be struck down. A creator whose mod contains genuinely original elements such as new characters, new scripts, original code  may retain copyright in those original contributions, even if the publisher holds a licence to publish the mod through the game’s platform.

Are NFTs linked to game items protected by IP law?
An NFT is a cryptographic certificate associated with a digital asset.and donot a transfer of intellectual property rights. Buying an NFT representing a game character does not confer copyright in that character, unless the sale contract explicitly says so. The question of how NFTs interact with existing IP frameworks is still developing legally. Studios using NFTs or blockchain-based in-game economies should ensure their terms of sale clearly define what the buyer does and does not acquire.

What does a basic IP strategy cost for an independent studio?
There is no single answer, but here are indicative official fee ranges (2024-2025, before legal fees):

  • Copyright: £0 / $0 (automatic protection) + contract drafting costs
  • EU Trade Mark (EUIPO): ~€850 for one class, ~€50 per additional class
  • UK Trade Mark (IPO): ~£170 for one class, ~£50 per additional class
  • US Trade Mark (USPTO): ~$250–$350 per class
  • International Trade Mark (WIPO/Madrid): from ~750 CHF + per-country fees
  • EU Registered Design (EUIPO): ~€350 for one design
  • UK Registered Design (IPO): from ~£50 for one design, with reduced per-design fees for multiple applications filed together. (fees increasing ~25% from April 2026)

A realistic starting IP strategy for an independent studio can begin under £3,000 / €3,500 covering priority markets, then expand progressively as the studio grows.


Conclusion: IP as a strategic investment from day one

Intellectual property is not administrative housekeeping reserved for large studios. It provides protection to for your creativity, secures your revenue, and strengthens your position with investors, partners, and competitors.

The cases in this guide reflect a consistent reality: IP disputes happen at every level of the industry, from independent creators to the industry’s biggest players. What distinguishes well-prepared studios is anticipation: contracts signed before the first asset is created, trademarks filed before the first trailer, designs registered before the first convention reveal.

Whatever your budget, scalable protection is achievable. The key is to integrate IP into your development process from the start — not as an afterthought once the game is done, but as a core part of building something worth protecting.


Sources and references

Reference Link
Tetris Holding, LLC v. Xio Interactive, Inc., D.N.J., 2012 Wikipedia: IP Protection of Video Games
Bungie, Inc. v. Phoenix Digital Group (AimJunkies), W.D. Wash., 2023 AFJV
AM General LLC v. Activision Blizzard, S.D.N.Y., 2020 NYU JIPEL
Nintendo Co., Ltd. v. Pocketpair Inc., Tokyo District Court, 2024 Livv.eu
Capcom Co., Ltd. v. Data East Corp., N.D. Cal., 1994 Wikipedia: IP Protection of Video Games
Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 (UK) legislation.gov.uk
US Copyright Office — Copyright and Video Games copyright.gov
Harper James — Guide to IP rights in gaming (2024) harperjames.co.uk
Arnall Golden Gregory — Decoding IP Law for Game Developers (2024) agg.com
CITMA — Copyright and Video Games citma.org.uk
WIPO — IP and the Video Game Industry wipo.int
Triniti Legal — Legal Guide to the Game Industry (2024) triniti.eu

This guide is intended for general informational purposes only and does not constitute legal advice. For any specific situation, consult a qualified IP attorney or trade mark attorney in your jurisdiction.

Read More

.brand extension: A complete guide for companies ahead of the ICANN 2026 wave

As digital trust becomes a strategic asset, companies are looking to regain full control of their online identity. The forthcoming opening of the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) second round for personalized internet extensions, known as .brand TLDs or brand TLDs, represents a rare opportunity to build a sovereign digital territory under your own brand.

The .brand 2025 Circle, organized by the Afnic, brought together pioneers and experts in the field in October to shed light on the challenges and conditions for success in this new wave. Nathalie Dreyfus, founder of Dreyfus law firm, shared her expertise on the central role of intellectual property in preparing applications for a .brand. Firmly anchored in this context, the journey to apply for a .brand extension requires strategic foresight. This guide provides companies with a practical roadmap to understand why it matters, how to prepare, and what success factors to keep in mind ahead of the 2026 wave.

Consider a .brand extension?

Digital sovereignty and enhanced security

With a .brand extension, a company gains exclusive control over its top-level domain. It defines who can register sub-domains, how they’re managed, and under what security standards. Solidnames emphasises that one of the major benefits of a brand TLD is security – preventing phishing, cybersquatting and misuse of the domain namespace. A .brand is much more than an extension – it is a sovereign digital zone that promotes trust, emphasizes Nathalie Dreyfus.

Brand coherence, differentiation and innovation

A .brand extension allows all your digital services – website, extranet, apps, partner portals – to operate under a consistent naming architecture (e.g., service.company.brand). This unified digital footprint strengthens brand identity and helps you stand out. Solidnames points out that brands which have registered large numbers of domains under their .brand extension – for example top German and French firms – show how the model can work when used actively.

Strategic asset and portfolio optimisation

According to Solidnames, brand TLDs represent long-term digital assets. They provide flexibility: you can register names for marketing campaigns or future services without negotiation and fend off third-party registrations. In essence, a .brand is akin to owning your own digital real estate.

The investment: costs, returns and considerations

Applying for a .brand extension involves significant investment: registry setup, technical infrastructure, governance, ongoing maintenance. Solidnames notes the next round is expected in 2026, and preparation begins much earlier. Companies must therefore view this as a strategic investment, not just a marketing or IT project.

Key ROI levers:
– Strengthened trust
– Brand protection
– Ownership of your digital domain
– Potential cost savings in defensive registrations

Preparations ahead of the 2026 wave

Timeline and milestones

Solidnames explains that while the official application window opens around April 2026, the preceding Applicant Guidebook (AGB) of the ICANN will be published earlier, and the overall selection process may conclude late 2026-early 2027.

Internal preparation steps

– Assemble a multidisciplinary team: legal, brand management, IT infrastructure, cybersecurity, marketing
– Conduct a feasibility study: technical, governance, cost-benefit
– Define concrete use-cases for the .brand extension: client-facing, partner access, internal services, campaigns
– Integrate your intellectual property strategy: protect your brand, secure trademarks across jurisdictions, align domain trademark strategy

Solidnames emphasises this alignment.

Domain naming policy and governance

Solidnames stresses the importance of a full naming charter: spelling rules, sub-domain conventions, renewal strategy, registration-abandonment policy. This should be part of the governance framework of your .brand registry.

Risks and pitfalls to avoid

– Under-use: many brand TLDs register few domains. Solidnames notes that only a small percentage exceed several hundred domain names.
– Governance and cost burden: the registry must be operated with robust rules, otherwise risk to brand credibility.
– Lack of strategic vision: without clear use-cases and measurement, the .brand might remain a symbolic asset rather than a performance lever.
– Regulatory process uncertainty: the timeline, rules and costs may evolve. Early preparation must factor in flexibility.

For Nathalie Dreyfus, the success of a brand depends on consistency between legal, technical, and marketing perspectives.

Keys to success

  1. Clear strategic objective: define what the .brand is for and who will benefit from it
  2. Active use-case roadmap: show how domain names under the extension will be used – not just registered
  3. Governance clarity: process, roles, naming policy, renewal and abandonment rules
  4. Measurement plan: metrics on traffic, trust, domain utilization, cost versus benefit
  5. Strong alignment with brand IP strategy: ensure the extension supports your brand identity and legal protection
  6. Start early: even though the application window is later, the groundwork must begin well in advance

Dreyfus law firm role

Dreyfus law firm has been helping companies protect and enhance their intangible assets for over 20 years. Our team helps trademark owners to:

– Assess the relevance of a .brand for their digital strategy
– Compile a complete ICANN application
– Define governance and registration policy
– Secure the trademark and subdomains

Conclusion

The next wave of brand TLDs offers companies a rare window to convert their domain strategy into a true strategic asset. By securing a .brand extension, you can reinforce brand identity, enhance trust, control your digital territory and innovate in naming. But the window for action is limited: preparation must begin now.

Solidnames analysis underscores the fact that those who treat a .brand as a long-term governance, brand and digital strategy will derive the greatest value. The .brand is the new frontier of branding – it transforms the domain name into a strategic asset, concludes Nathalie Dreyfus.

FAQ

What is a .brand (brand TLD)?
A .brand is a top-level domain reserved exclusively for a company’s trademark. It allows that company to manage the namespace, register sub-domains, and build a unique digital identity.

What does it cost to apply for a .brand?
The costs are approximately USD 200,000, and they include the application, registry ICANN fees, setup of infrastructure, governance, ongoing operations. This is a long-term investment.

When can I apply for a .brand?
The anticipated timeframe is around April 2026 for opening the application window, with substantial preparation required in 2025.

Read More

How to protect your trademark in the United States ?

The United States is a key market for many businesses. Registering a trademark in this country helps secure your brand identity and avoid legal disputes related to unauthorized use of your distinctive sign. However, the U.S. trademark registration process differs from that in Europe and other jurisdictions. This guide outlines the filing options, registration process, and associated costs.

Why Register a Trademark in the United States?

A registered trademark in the U.S. provides several benefits:

  • Legal Protection: Prevents third parties from using an identical or similar sign in a commercial context.
  • Exclusive Usage Rights: Registration grants a monopoly over the trademark for the designated goods/services.
  • Increased Commercial Value: A registered trademark can be sold, licensed, or used as an asset in investments.
  • Simplified Legal Recourse: In case of infringement, the trademark owner can take legal action in federal courts.

Different Bases for Filing a U.S. Trademark

In the United States, the legal basis for a trademark application refers to the foundation on which the filing is made. Unlike in some jurisdictions, the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) generally requires proof of use before granting full registration. The choice of filing basis depends on the applicant’s business strategy, the current use of the mark, and any existing international trademark portfolio.

Application Based on Actual Use in Commerce (§1(a))

This option applies to businesses that are already using the trademark in the United States at the time of filing. The applicant must submit a specimen of use demonstrating that the mark is actively used in commerce in connection with the claimed goods or services. Acceptable specimens include packaging, labels, website screenshots, advertisements, or invoices that clearly display the trademark in a commercial context. The applicant must also provide the first use date (when the mark was first used anywhere) and the first use in commerce date (when it was first used in a way that affects interstate or international commerce in the U.S.).

One of the main advantages of this basis is that it allows for a faster path to registration since no further proof of use is required later in the process. However, the applicant must maintain continuous use of the mark to avoid cancellation for non-use.

Application Based on Intent to Use (§1(b))

This option is available for businesses that have a bona fide intent to use the trademark in the United States but have not yet started using it at the time of filing. After the USPTO examines and approves the application, a Notice of Allowance (NOA) is issued. From that point, the applicant has six months to provide proof of actual use by submitting a Statement of Use. If the applicant is not ready to prove use, they can request up to five six-month extensions, subject to additional fees.

This basis allows applicants to secure an earlier filing date while preparing for market entry in the U.S. However, the trademark will not be registered until actual use is demonstrated.

Application Based on a Foreign Registration (§44(e))

This option is available to businesses that already hold a registered trademark in their country of origin. Unlike the previous bases, the USPTO does not require immediate proof of use in the United States. However, the applicant must submit a copy of the foreign registration, which must remain valid.

One key advantage of this basis is that it allows an applicant to register a trademark in the U.S. without proving use initially. However, after five years of registration, the applicant must submit a declaration of use to maintain the trademark and avoid cancellation.

Application Based on a Foreign Application (§44(d))

If an applicant has filed a trademark application in another country within the past six months, they may claim priority rights in the United States. This allows them to benefit from the earlier foreign filing date for their U.S. application.

No proof of use is required before the fifth year of registration. However, to finalize the registration process, the applicant must submit a copy of the foreign registration certificate. This option is particularly advantageous for businesses looking to secure U.S. trademark rights while relying on an international application.

The choice of filing basis depends on the applicant’s strategic objectives and readiness to use the mark in U.S. commerce.

The U.S. Trademark Registration Process

Registering a trademark with the USPTO involves several key steps:

Step 1: Trademark Search

Before filing, it is highly recommended to conduct an availability search to ensure that no similar or identical trademark already exists. This search can be performed via the USPTO’s TESS database or by consulting a trademark attorney.

Step 2: Choosing the Filing Method

The USPTO offers two options for filing a trademark application:

  • TEAS Plus: Lower cost but requires strict compliance with the USPTO’s Goods & Services Manual.
  • TEAS Standard: More flexibility in product/service descriptions, but with higher fees.

Step 3: Examination by the USPTO

Once the application is submitted, a USPTO examiner reviews it and may:

  • Approve it directly.
  • Request additional details through an Office Action (e.g., clarification of descriptions, proof of distinctiveness).
  • Reject it if it is too similar to an existing trademark or considered descriptive.

Step 4: Publication in the Official Gazette

If the application is accepted, the trademark is published in the Trademark Official Gazette. Any third party who believes the trademark may harm their interests has 30 days to file an opposition.

Step 5: Registration or Notice of Allowance

  • If the trademark is already in use, a registration certificate is issued.
  • If the application was based on intent to use, the USPTO issues a Notice of Allowance, and the applicant must submit proof of use within six months (with the possibility of extensions).

Trademark Filing Costs in the U.S.

The cost of filing depends on several factors, including the number of classes and the filing method chosen.

Filing Method First Class Additional Class
TEAS Plus $665 $455
TEAS Standard $765 $555

Additional Fees:

  • Declaration of First Use: $350 for the first class, $250 per additional class.
  • Six-month extension to submit proof of use: $350 for the first class, $250 per additional class.

Choosing the Right Trademark Type

Word Mark

Protects only the name, regardless of font or logo.

Offers broader protection since it covers all typographical variations.

Logo Mark

Protects only the design of the logo, not the name.

Useful if the visual identity is crucial to the brand.

Combined Mark (Name + Logo)

Protects both the name and design, but with limited flexibility if changes are made later.

Recommended if the brand identity is strongly tied to a specific visual representation.

Trademark Renewal and Maintenance

Once registered, a trademark must be maintained to remain valid:

  • Between the 5th and 6th year: A Declaration of Use (Section 8) must be filed.
  • Between the 9th and 10th year: A Declaration of Use and Renewal (Sections 8 and 9) must be filed.
  • Every 10 years: The trademark must be renewed to retain protection.

Failure to meet these requirements may result in cancellation by the USPTO.

Handling Oppositions and Disputes

If a third party contests the trademark after publication, an opposition can be filed before the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board (TTAB). In case of a refusal or objection from the USPTO:

  • The applicant can modify the application and respond to the Office Action.
  • If the issue persists, a trademark attorney may be necessary to defend the registration.

Conclusion

Registering a trademark in the United States is a crucial step to protect your business identity. Choosing the right filing basis, anticipating costs and timelines, and proactively managing legal obligations will help ensure optimal protection for your brand in the U.S. market.

Dreyfus Law Firm supports clients throughout the entire trademark registration and protection process in the United States. Our intellectual property experts conduct availability searches, handle all USPTO filing procedures, and provide tailored assistance for renewal and enforcement. Through our global network of IP-specialized attorneys, we ensure effective protection of your trademarks both in the U.S. and internationally.

Follow us on social media to stay updated on the latest intellectual property news and receive

 

FAQ

How do I register a trademark in the United States?

Trademark registration is done online through the USPTO (United States Patent and Trademark Office) using the TEAS (Trademark Electronic Application System). You must choose a filing basis (actual use, intent to use, or foreign registration), complete the application form, and pay the required fees.

How much does it cost to register a trademark?

TEAS Plus: $665 for the first class, $455 for each additional class.

TEAS Standard: $765 for the first class, $555 for each additional class.
Additional fees may apply for proof of use or extensions.

How can I register a trademark internationally?

You can register a trademark internationally through the Madrid System with WIPO (World Intellectual Property Organization) or by filing directly in each target country. A U.S. registration can serve as a priority basis for international filings.

What are the requirements for trademark registration?

A trademark must be distinctive, available, and associated with specific goods or services. Proof of use is required unless filing under a foreign registration basis.

How long does it take to register a trademark?

On average, 12 to 18 months, depending on examination timelines, possible objections, and proof of use requirements.

Do I need to prove use of my trademark?

Yes, except when filing based on a foreign registration. Proof of use is required to finalize the registration and must be submitted between the 5th and 6th year after registration, and every 10 years thereafter.

How long does a U.S. trademark last?

A U.S. trademark is valid indefinitely, provided it is renewed and proof of use is submitted every 10 years.

Can I protect a logo and a name separately?

Yes. A word mark protects the name alone, while a logo mark protects the visual design. A combined mark covers both but offers more limited flexibility if changes are made later.

What happens if my trademark is challenged?

After publication, third parties have 30 days to file an opposition. If opposed, you must either negotiate or defend your case before the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board (TTAB).

What happens if I don’t renew my trademark?

If you fail to submit the required renewal or proof of use, the USPTO cancels the trademark, making it available for new registration.

Read More

Intellectual Property Law in the Wine Sector: Protecting heritage and innovation

The wine industry represents a unique confluence of tradition, innovation, and commerce. Intellectual property (IP) law plays a pivotal role in preserving this delicate balance by safeguarding trademark identities, regional heritage, and innovative practices. This article delves into the intricacies of IP law in the wine sector, examining the role of trademarks, geographical indications, and other IP tools in protecting the interests of stakeholders while fostering innovation.

The pillars of intellectual property in the wine industry

I – Trademarks: Securing brand identity

Trademarks are vital for distinguishing one producer’s products from another. In a competitive market, a strong trademark ensures brand recognition, consumer loyalty, and legal protection against imitation.

There are challenges in trademark registration :

  • Similarity of Products: Many wine trademarks fall under Class 33 (alcoholic beverages excluding beers). The dense registration landscape often leads to disputes regarding the similarity of products and signs.
    • Example: Opposition cases where trademarks like “MARQUIS DELATRE” and “MARQUÈS DEL ATRIO” were scrutinized for phonetic and visual resemblance.
  • Distinctiveness: Terms such as “Château” or “Domaine”, often used descriptively, require additional elements for registration.

Recent rulings from bodies like the French INPI and the EUIPO emphasize the need for trademarks to exhibit clear distinctiveness and avoid consumer confusion. For instance, rulings on marks like “LOUIS DE LA ROCHE” and “DOMAINE DE LA ROCHE” underline the importance of evaluating the overall impression of signs.

II- Geographical Indications: Preserving regional heritage

Geographical indications protect the names of regions associated with specific qualities or reputations, ensuring authenticity and preserving cultural heritage. Examples include Champagne, Bordeaux, and Chianti.

The EU’s comprehensive framework, such as the recent Regulation (EU) No. 2024/1143, governs the use and protection of GIs.

Some case studies :

  • Evocation and Misuse: Attempts to register terms evocative of protected geographical indication, such as “TIZZANO” for Corsican wines, often lead to legal challenges. Courts examine whether such terms might mislead consumers.
  • Modification of Specifications: Changes to PDO (Protected Designation of Origin) rules, such as permitting new grape varieties, must align with preserving the essence of the GI.

III – Innovation and patents in viticulture

Innovations in vineyard management and winemaking—from advanced irrigation systems to fermentation techniques—can be patented. Such protection incentivizes R&D while allowing producers to capitalize on their ingenuity.

While patents foster innovation, the wine sector’s reliance on tradition necessitates careful consideration of cultural impacts. For example, patents related to non-traditional production methods, like de-alcoholized wines, must respect established GI rules.

IV – Design Protection: Packaging and presentation

The aesthetic appeal of wine packaging often influences consumer choice. Design rights protect elements like bottle shapes, labels, and closures, ensuring that unique presentations remain exclusive to their creators.

Innovative designs, such as eco-friendly packaging, have gained traction. Protecting these designs reinforces a producer’s commitment to sustainability and brand differentiation.

Enforcement and Dispute Resolution

Infringement Challenges

The wine industry’s premium products are frequent targets of counterfeiting. IP enforcement mechanisms, such as customs interventions and litigation, are essential for combating this issue.

Domain Name Disputes

Cybersquatting cases, such as those involving domain names mimicking famous wine brands, highlight the need for vigilance in digital spaces. The UDRP (Uniform Domain-Name Dispute-Resolution Policy) provides an effective resolution mechanism.

Arbitration and Mediation

Given the international nature of the wine trade, alternative dispute resolution methods like WIPO arbitration offer efficient solutions to cross-border IP conflicts.

Navigating the Future of IP in the Wine Sector

Sustainability and IP

As sustainability becomes a market priority, producers are leveraging IP to protect eco-friendly innovations and branding strategies.

Digital Marketing and E-commerce

With the rise of e-commerce, protecting trademarks and designs in digital marketplaces is increasingly critical.

Strengthening International Cooperation

Harmonizing IP standards through international agreements, such as the Lisbon Agreement and TRIPS, is essential for ensuring robust protection across jurisdictions.

Conclusion

The wine industry’s reliance on intellectual property law underscores its commitment to preserving heritage while embracing innovation. By navigating the complexities of trademarks, geographical indications, patents, and design rights, stakeholders can protect their assets and ensure a thriving future for viticulture worldwide. Effective enforcement and adaptation to emerging trends will further solidify the role of IP as a cornerstone of the wine sector’s success.

Dreyfus Law Firm excels in protecting and promoting wine trademarks, as well as managing appellations of origin (AOC/AOP) and geographical indications (GI). With our deep expertise in intellectual property and wine law, we support producers, trade unions, and other stakeholders in safeguarding and enhancing their products.

Join us on social media !

LinkedIn  

Instagram

Read More

Co-branding: Strategy, Opportunities, and Challenges

By Dreyfuslawfirm

 

Co-branding has emerged as an indispensable strategy for companies aiming to extend their influence, enhance brand equity, and foster product innovation. However, this form of multi-brand collaboration necessitates meticulous planning and rigorous scrutiny due to its inherent risks. This article delves into the essential elements of co-branding, both from marketing and legal perspectives, while also identifying the opportunities and challenges associated with these strategic alliances.

 

Strategic Alignment and Value Convergence

The success of co-branding hinges on the precise strategic alignment between partner brands. These entities must share fundamental values and pursue compatible strategic goals, a condition necessary to establish a seamless collaboration and leverage potential synergies. Furthermore, each brand must target similar or complementary audiences to ensure a positive market impact and maximize the partnership’s overall outcome.

Mutual Benefits and Complementary Competencies

The core of successful co-branding lies in the creation of shared value. Co-branding thrives when each partner leverages its unique strengths: one brand may possess cutting-edge technological expertise, while another has established market recognition. By merging these distinct competencies, brands can offer high-value products or services unattainable independently, generating synergistic outcomes that exceed the sum of individual contributions.

Reputation and Risk Management

The reputation of partners is a critical factor in co-branding initiatives. Associating with a brand that has a questionable or undeveloped reputation can impair the overall image of the initiating company. Thus, thorough due diligence is paramount to evaluate the prospective partner’s stability and ensure their alignment with the project’s dynamics. Risks, including those related to consumer perception, must be identified and thoroughly assessed.

Legal Considerations: Intellectual Property and Contractual Agreements

Legal considerations are fundamental in ensuring the stability and viability of a co-branding partnership. Intellectual property (IP) rights concerning trademarks, logos, and co-created content must be clearly defined from the outset. Comprehensive contractual agreements are necessary to delineate each party’s roles and responsibilities, including revenue-sharing clauses and financial obligations. These agreements should incorporate predetermined dispute resolution mechanisms aimed at preventing and managing potential conflicts throughout the collaboration.

 

Quality Control and Consumer Perception

Quality control is another major aspect of co-branding. The perceived quality of co-branded products or services must be maintained to avoid damaging the brand image, which could negatively impact both entities. Quality standards must be established early and adhered to strictly to ensure consistency and protect the reputation of each partner.

 

Recent Statistics: Growth and Evolution of Co-branding

Recent data underscores the growing prevalence of co-branding: approximately 65% of marketing executives view these partnerships as essential for brand growth. Moreover, 71% of consumers report being more inclined to purchase a product co-branded with a trusted brand. These statistics highlight the importance of selecting strategic partners to maximize growth and reinforce consumer trust.

 

Expanding Industries and Digital Integration

Several sectors are distinguished by their effective use of co-branding:

– Technology: Partnerships between technology firms and health applications.

– Food and Beverages: Creation of unique products through collaborations between snack and confectionery brands.

– Fashion: Limited-edition collections that are often highly publicized and impactful.

– Automotive: Integration of advanced technologies through collaborations with high-tech companies.

 

These industries leverage co-branding to innovate, reach new market segments, and create unique value propositions, often utilizing digital strategies such as video marketing on social media platforms.

Challenges and Risks of Co-branding

Despite its numerous benefits, co-branding also presents challenges. Among the most significant are brand dilution, differences in corporate culture, and quality control issues. A major difficulty is ensuring equitable benefit distribution between partners to avoid tensions or resentment. Proactive management, through clear contracts and regular communication, is crucial to prevent these issues and guarantee the partnership’s success.

Conclusion: Optimizing Co-branded Collaborations

Co-branding offers a unique opportunity to expand each brand’s reach and enhance overall credibility, provided that the inherent challenges are fully understood. Rigorous strategic planning, structured risk management, and a clear delineation of roles and responsibilities are essential for maximizing success. With a methodical approach and anticipation of obstacles, companies can effectively leverage the unique advantages of co-branding while mitigating potential pitfalls.

Dreyfus Law Firm partners with an international network of lawyers specializing in intellectual property.

Follow us on social media!

Instagram

LinkedIn

 

Read More

France’s IP Legislation: Mastering Trademarks in a Global Playground

The French Intellectual Property Legal Framework: A Comprehensive Overview

The foundation of intellectual property (IP) law in France is a testament to its historical influence on legal traditions and reflects its progressive adaptation to new technological developments and globalization. The French IP system, particularly in the realm of trademarks, is robust, detailed, and harmonized with international conventions. It is structured to protect the creativity and innovations of individuals and companies alike.

 

The Core of French Trademark Law

 France’s trademark law is primarily governed by Law No. 91-7 of January 4, 1991, which was amended by Ordinance No. 2019-1169 of November 13, 2019. These laws are codified in the French Intellectual Property Code (FIPC), which forms the backbone of domestic regulations. The amendments have largely been driven by the need to align French law with broader European Union directives and international standards.

 

Trademarks in France serve as legal instruments that safeguard distinct business identifiers, names, logos, designs, and even sounds by ensuring exclusive rights to their use. The legal system also extends protection to non-traditional trademarks, including motion marks, holograms, and multimedia representations. The core requirements for trademark protection in France are quite clear: a trademark must be capable of distinguishing goods or services from those of others and be capable of being represented clearly in the official registry. The National Institute of Industrial Property (INPI) is the official body responsible for regulating trademarks in France.

 

A Global Player in Intellectual Property

France is not isolated in its legal approach to intellectual property. It actively participates in several key international agreements that shape global IP law. Among these, the Paris Convention for the Protection of Industrial Property (1883) and the Madrid Agreement (1892) have been foundational. Additionally, France’s signature on the TRIPS Agreement (1994) aligns it with international trade obligations, while agreements such as the Nice Agreement (1957) ensure a harmonized classification of goods and services worldwide. These treaties facilitate the international registration of trademarks and create a cohesive framework that allows French businesses to compete globally while protecting their intellectual property.

 

International agreements simplify the process of cross-border trademark registrations and provide mechanisms for French entities to enforce their rights in other jurisdictions. For instance, the Madrid Protocol (1997) and the Vienna Agreement (1973) offer frameworks for international classification and protection of figurative marks.

 

Establishing and Enforcing Rights: The Role of Registration

While registration is not mandatory to establish trademark ownership in many jurisdictions, in France, unregistered trademarks are not afforded legal protection. The concept of “common law” trademarks does not exist in French law. However, owners of well-known marks, defined under Article 6-bis of the Paris Convention, can use provisions under French tort law to prevent the misuse of similar signs. In practical terms, registration with the INPI ensures a more straightforward path to enforcement, including access to specialized courts and legal remedies in infringement cases.

 

Once registered, a French trademark is valid for a period of 10 years, and the registration can be renewed indefinitely. The registration also provides a presumption of validity, simplifying legal disputes related to ownership and use. Notably, the non-use of a trademark over a five-year period opens the door for third-party cancellation actions.

 

Challenging a Trademark: Opposition and Cancellation Proceedings

The French trademark system allows third parties to challenge applications and existing registrations. Once a trademark application is filed, it is published in the Trademark Gazette, opening a two-month window for opposition. Oppositions can be based on prior rights, including existing trademarks, copyright, company names, or geographical indications.

 

Cancellation proceedings are equally vital in maintaining the integrity of the trademark register. Such actions may be based on grounds including the lack of distinctiveness, bad faith, or non-use. The process typically involves multiple exchanges of evidence and legal arguments between the parties. Moreover, if a trademark is found to be misleading, deceptive, or descriptive, it can be invalidated.

 Online and Digital Dimensions of Trademark Protection

As the world becomes increasingly digitized, the protection of trademarks in online environments has gained prominence. Under the Electronic Post and Telecommunications Code, French law provides mechanisms to cancel or transfer infringing domain names. Domain names, which hold significant commercial value, can form part of opposition proceedings if they have established sufficient recognition among the public.

 

Infringement in the online space is treated similarly to traditional forms of infringement, with courts recognizing the unique challenges posed by digital platforms. Trademarks can also be enforced under the French unfair competition law, which extends protection against unfair commercial practices, particularly in cases where foreign well-known trademarks are involved.

 

Licensing and Assignment: Managing Trademark Rights

Trademarks, as valuable business assets, can be licensed or assigned, partially or wholly, for specific goods and services. Licensing agreements, when recorded with the INPI, allow for easier enforcement of trademark rights and enable the licensee to pursue infringement claims if authorized. The assignment of trademarks, which can be for tax purposes or business restructuring, must be executed in writing and signed by both parties.

 

Recording such transactions is not mandatory for validity, but it is crucial for enforceability against third parties. The INPI manages the recorded licenses and assignments with processes designed to be efficient and cost-effective.

 

Conclusion: The Future of French Intellectual Property Law

France’s intellectual property legal framework is a dynamic system that balances tradition with modern innovation. Its alignment with international standards and robust domestic regulations ensures that businesses operating within its jurisdiction can effectively protect and enforce their intellectual property. As new technologies emerge, the French legal system will likely continue to adapt, ensuring that its IP laws remain relevant and responsive to the needs of creators and businesses alike.

 

At Dreyfus Law Firm, our team is well-versed in the intricacies of the French IP legal framework, ensuring that our clients confidently navigate the complexities of trademark registration, enforcement, and international agreements. We understand the unique challenges that arise in today’s digital landscape and are committed to providing tailored solutions that protect your creative assets.

 

By partnering with Dreyfus Law Firm, companies can effectively manage their intellectual property portfolios and safeguard their innovations. Our comprehensive approach facilitates smooth registration processes and equips clients with strategies to tackle potential infringements and disputes. With our guidance, businesses can focus on what they do best, innovating, while we handle the legal intricacies of IP management. Choose Dreyfus Law Firm to ensure your intellectual property is in expert hands!

 

Dreyfus Law Firm partners with an international network of lawyers specializing in intellectual property.

Follow us on social media!

Instagram

LinkedIn

Read More

The EU AI Act and Its Implications for Global Business

Rapid artificial intelligence (AI) technology development has created the need for clear and harmonized regulation to ensure ethical use, safety, and innovation. The European Union’s AI Act (EU AI Act) is poised to become the world’s first comprehensive legal framework regulating AI, impacting not only European businesses but global industries operating within or interacting with the EU market. This article delves into the key aspects of the EU AI Act and its far-reaching implications for global business operations.

 

Overview of the EU AI Act

The Scope of the AI Act. The EU AI Act categorizes AI systems into different risk levels—unacceptable, high, limited, low, and minimal—each requiring varying degrees of regulatory scrutiny. The legislation primarily targets high-risk AI systems that significantly impact people’s safety, rights, and freedoms. These include AI applications in healthcare, transportation, and critical infrastructure sectors.

Compliance Requirements for High-Risk AI Systems. Under the AI Act, businesses must adhere to stringent compliance requirements for high-risk AI systems. These compliance requirements include conducting conformity assessments, ensuring robust risk management systems, and maintaining transparency and accountability throughout the AI lifecycle. Companies must also prepare for regular monitoring and audits, which designated authorities across EU member states will enforce.

 

Implications for Global Businesses

Direct Impact on AI Developers and Providers. Any company developing or providing AI systems based within or outside the EU must comply with the EU AI Act if its products are used within the Union. This extraterritorial reach of the regulation means that global businesses, particularly those in tech-heavy industries, must prioritize legal compliance to avoid penalties, including fines of up to 6% of their global annual turnover.

Increased Costs of Compliance and Innovation. The need for AI system conformity assessments, data governance policies, and risk management frameworks can significantly improve operational costs. For non-EU businesses, navigating the complex compliance landscape may require engaging local legal and technical experts, further driving up costs. However, these compliance measures also encourage responsible AI development and consumer trust, potentially opening new markets for companies able to demonstrate adherence to ethical AI standards.

 

Strategic Considerations for Businesses

Risk Mitigation and Liability. Understanding the liability risks associated with AI implementation under the EU AI Act is critical for global businesses. Companies must proactively establish comprehensive risk management processes to mitigate the legal and financial risks tied to AI systems that are deemed high-risk. Compliance can help reduce liability exposure and enhance operational security.

Competitive Advantages of Early Compliance. While compliance with the EU AI Act may initially seem burdensome, businesses that invest in early compliance efforts stand to gain significant competitive advantages. These include improved consumer trust, better market positioning in Europe, and reduced risk of facing regulatory penalties. Additionally, businesses that adhere to the Act’s principles will likely see enhanced brand reputation globally as ethical AI becomes a growing concern for consumers and regulators worldwide.

 

Broader Global Impact of the EU AI Act

Influence on Other Jurisdictions. As the EU AI Act sets a global precedent, other jurisdictions, including the U.S., China, and the UK, are expected to follow suit with their own AI regulations. This cascading effect may lead to the global harmonization of AI laws, pushing businesses to simultaneously adapt their AI strategies in multiple markets.

The Role of AI in International Trade. AI has become integral to various industries, and its regulation will affect international trade agreements, especially those involving digital products and services. Global companies must prepare for AI-related clauses to appear in trade negotiations, with compliance with the EU AI Act becoming a critical element of future international agreements.

 

Conclusion

The EU AI Act represents a landmark regulatory effort that will have significant implications for global businesses. While the compliance requirements are rigorous, they offer opportunities for companies to lead in the AI space by embracing ethical AI practices. The key for businesses is to view this regulatory shift not as a burden but as a pathway to building trust and ensuring sustainable growth in the ever-evolving world of artificial intelligence.

 

Our expertise in intellectual property enables us to guide companies through the regulatory challenges related to artificial intelligence. The European AI Act imposes strict requirements for compliance, transparency, and risk management, particularly for high-risk AI systems. With our deep understanding of intellectual property and emerging technologies, we help our clients navigate this complex framework, protecting their innovations while ensuring they meet the new standards.

 

Dreyfus Law Firm partners with an international network of lawyers specializing in Intellectual Property.

Join us on social media!

Instagram

Linkedin

Read More

Combating Counterfeiting: Organizing European Customs Surveillance

Counterfeiting represents a major challenge to modern economies. Each year, between four and twenty million counterfeit goods are intercepted by European customs, highlighting the extent of this phenomenon and the crucial importance of customs interventions in the fight against counterfeiting.

Extent of Counterfeiting and its Impacts

Although the collective imagination often associates counterfeiting with luxury products, statistics reveal a more nuanced reality. Toys rank first in the sad ranking of the most counterfeited products, followed by sports articles, empty packaging and labels, then food and beverages, which present significant risks to consumers. Clothing and accessories only come in fifth place. This diversity of products underscores the need for constant vigilance adapted to each category of goods.

Economically, counterfeiting represents a colossal threat, with a market valued at 410 billion euros, or 2.5% of global trade—far surpassing the drug trafficking market valued at 320 billion euros. Within the European Union, counterfeiting is estimated at 119 billion euros and accounts for 5.8% of imports. Beyond the economic impact, counterfeiting also harms the environment and public health, with products often manufactured under deplorable conditions and waste discharged into nature.

Legislation and Customs Actions

In the face of this challenge, the French Customs Code plays a predominant role. Article 414 provides for specific offenses such as smuggling and the importation or exportation of prohibited goods without declaration. These offenses lead to sanctions independent of those for counterfeiting.

The Code also grants customs extensive control powers, allowing them to conduct inspections on public roads, in businesses, and even, under certain conditions, in private homes.

Customs do not just control; they can also detain suspect goods. This detention can be initiated with or without a prior request for intervention by the rights holder. The verification process and the initiation of legal action are governed by strict deadlines (10 days if there is a request for intervention or 4 days without this document), thus providing a quick and effective response to combat counterfeiting.

Cooperation and Responsibilities

Collaboration between customs and rights holders is essential in determining whether goods are counterfeit. The goal is to decide whether to maintain the goods in retention.

However, in the event of seizure of non-counterfeit goods, the rules of liability are clear: customs may be held responsible for their employees’ errors, and rights holders may also be involved, according to applicable national law. This shared responsibility ensures a certain caution in seizure operations.

On a global scale, the fight against counterfeiting is supported by organizations such as the World Customs Organization and Interpol. At the European level, EUIPO, Europol, and OLAF (European Anti-Fraud Office) play a key role. Nationally, customs wield considerable power, often being the first to intercept goods upon their entry into the territory. Again, the cooperation is important.

Perspectives and Evolution

Counterfeiting is inseparable from other forms of criminality, such as drug trafficking and tax fraud, making its combat all the more complex and essential. By strengthening cooperation mechanisms and continuously adapting legislative measures, it is possible to hope for a significant reduction in this scourge. Vigilance remains crucial to protect consumers, support legitimate businesses, and preserve the integrity of global economic markets.

Dreyfus law firm, with its expertise in intellectual property law, is committed to continuing the fight against counterfeiting and contributes every day to stopping infringements on your trademark, designs, as well as domain names…

Dreyfus law firm is in partnership with an international network of lawyers specialized in Intellectual Property.

Contact us and join us on social media!

Instagram
LinkedIn

 

Read More

Plagiarism of art by fashion: inspiration or violation of intellectual property?

In a world where the lines between different artistic disciplines are becoming increasingly blurred, fashion designers often draw inspiration from art to bring their collections to life or to promote their brands.

 

This issue echoes the recent dispute between the brand Zadig&Voltaire and artist Julian Charriere over a promotional video for the brand that features a flaming fountain, similar to the one captured by the artist in his “And Beneath it all Flows Liquid Fire” video in 2019.

 

Many fashion designers are inspired by works of art to create their collections and advertising campaigns. However, some of them cross the line and copy the work of established artists almost exactly, without giving them the credit they deserve. This practice is not only ethically questionable, but can can also be harmful to the original artists in terms of violating their intellectual property (“IP”) rights.

 

 

  1. Legal issues of intellectual property in fashion and art

 

Copyrighting protects original works of the mind, whether they are literary, musical, graphic, plastic or photographic creations. Fashion designers may be tempted to take inspiration from a work of art to design a new piece or an advertising campaign, but it is essential to consider the legal issues related to IP.

 

Plagiarism, or mindless copying of a work, is a violation of copyright. In the case of fashion, it can mean using a work of art without permission to create prints, patterns or even the shape of a garment. If the copying is obvious, the original artist can sue for damages.

 

The fine line between fashion and art is even more blurred as many luxury brands have launched their own art foundations such as the Cartier Foundation or the Louis Vuitton Foundation.

 

However, it is important to note that copyright does not protect ideas, only their expression. Thus, taking inspiration from a work of art in order to create a fashion piece is not necessarily illegal, so long as the creation is suitably original and does not directly copy the work in question. Additionally, some artists occasionally can collaborate with fashion designers, such as Louis Vuitton, who recently worked with Japanese artist Yakoi Kusuma to produce a new collection as well as to transform the Louis Vuitton store in Paris, now decorated with a monumental silhouette of the artist.

 

  1. Consequences of intellectual property infringement

 

IP infringement can have negative consequences for artists and the fashion industry.

 

Plagiarism robs original artists of recognition and fair compensation for their work. When a piece of work is copied without permission, the original artist is not credited or paid for their work. This can lead to a loss of income for artists, causing them to abandon their creative work or settle for less than their talent.

 

In addition, intellectual property infringement hinders innovation in the creative industry. When artists are not rewarded for their work, it can discourage innovation and the creation of new works. Companies that copy original works do not need to devote resources to research and development of new ideas, as they can simply copy those of others.

 

Finally, intellectual property infringement can have a negative impact on the brand image of companies that engage in this practice. Consumers are increasingly aware of the importance of ethics and corporate social responsibility. When a company is accused of plagiarism or intellectual property infringement, it can damage its brand image and consumer confidence in the company.

 

In summation, the phenomenon of plagiarism of art by fashion raises complex questions and considerable stakes, both artistically and legally. The line between inspiration and copying can sometimes be unclear, and the fashion industry seems to navigate these murky waters in search of creativity and innovation.

 

While some see this appropriation as a democratization of art and a way to enrich fashion, others see them as a threat to the value and integrity of original works. At a time when legislation is struggling to adapt to these issues, it is the responsibility of fashion designers and consumers to commit to ethical fashion that respects art and its creators.

 

It is critical to continue the dialogue between the different actors involved and to rethink the mechanisms of intellectual property protection to ensure a fair balance between creative freedom and respect for copyright. Creators, as well as artists, can call upon professionals such as Industrial Property Attorneys, with their networks of lawyers specialized in intellectual property, to ensure that no IP rights are infringed upon.

 

 

 

 

 

We offer our clients a dedicated and unique experience of expertise that is necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets.  We will also endeavor to keep you informed and up-to-date about intellectual property and digital economic issues through our articles and newsletters written by the Dreyfus Legal Team.

This article is current as of the date of its publication and does not necessarily reflect the present state of the law or relevant regulation.

Read More

What Are The Latest Trends In IT Law And How Can You Leverage Them?

The legal landscape of the tech industry is constantly changing, making it difficult to keep up with the latest developments in IT law. Companies must stay up to date with the latest laws and regulations to ensure that their businesses remain compliant. Understanding the latest trends in IT law can help companies ensure that they are taking advantage of the latest legal opportunities and protecting their intellectual property.

 

One of the most important trends in IT law is the increasing focus on data privacy. As technology has advanced, companies have begun collecting and storing more information about their customers than ever before. In response, governments around the world have implemented new regulations to protect consumer data and ensure that companies are held accountable for how they store and use customer information. Companies must understand these laws and make sure that their practices are compliant. Another important trend in IT law is the emergence of cloud computing.

 

Cloud computing allows companies to store and access data remotely, eliminating the need for physical storage devices. However, this also creates a new set of legal issues, as companies must consider the legal implications of storing and accessing data in a cloud environment. Companies must be aware of the applicable laws and regulations in order to ensure that their use of cloud computing is compliant. Finally, IT law is also increasingly focusing on cyber security. Companies must be aware of the legal requirements for protecting their networks and data against cyber attacks. Companies must also be aware of the legal implications of any cyber security breaches that may occur. Understanding the latest trends in cyber security law can help companies ensure that they are taking the necessary steps to protect their networks and data.

 

So, how can companies leverage these trends in IT law? Firstly, they should ensure that they are up to date with the latest laws and regulations. Companies should also consider the legal implications of any new technologies they are using, such as cloud computing or cyber security solutions. Companies must also make sure that they are taking the necessary steps to protect their networks and data against cyber attacks. Finally, companies should consult with an experienced IT lawyer to ensure that they are taking advantage of the latest legal opportunities and protecting their intellectual property.

 

 

 

 

We offer our clients a dedicated and unique experience of expertise that is necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets.  We will also endeavor to keep you informed and up-to-date about intellectual property and digital economic issues through our articles and newsletters written by the Dreyfus Legal Team.

Read More

How do you protect a trademark in the metaverse?

As a new technology of the future digital world, the metaverse has become important to society and to such an extent and rapid pace, that many companies are entering this new world and making their goods available there.

There is no official definition of what metaverse is. The vision of the Metaverse is to allow us to build a digital representation of anything in the physical world. Furthermore, this technology can be defined as a virtual world where individuals interact through the use of Avatars.

Although full of opportunities and promises, the metaverse raises some legal questions, especially when it comes to trademark law. And because the metaverse is a combination of new digital technologies , few answers are given by National or European courts.

 

On September 13, 2022, in the webinar “Trademarks and Designs in the metaverse: legal aspects/EUIPO practice” trademarks and designs in the metaverse was discussed.

Lots of companies and individuals have decided to take a step forward by entering the metaverse. The metaverse can be considered an extension of the physical world. Consequently, some companies decide to put their products or services into this new world.

 

What about trademark protection in the metaverse?

Trademark protection in the metaverse begins with the filing of a trademark. To explain this simply, it is at the actual time of filing that protection of a trademark begins.

The choice of wording is therefore essential for the protection of one’s trademark in the metaverse. In fact, the protection goes hand in hand with the list of goods and/or services covered. In this regard, article L.713-1 of the French Intellectual Property Code states that the registration of the trademark confers to its owner a property right in the trademark for the goods and services designated.

However, it can be complicated to register a trademark for the metaverse. In practice, it is indeed difficult to classify goods or services in order to provide proper protection in this new world. The EUIPO, for example, only accepts the registration of goods or services in the metaverse under certain specific classes.

The EUIPO has set out the classes in which individuals/companies can register trademarks in the metaverse. In this respect, an individual wishing to register a trademark for the metaverse will only be able to do so if the registration covers certain classes.
A few examples are outlined here:

For example: class 9 (downloadable virtual goods, i.e., computer programs presenting footwear and clothing for use online in online virtual worlds or collectibles in the form of non-fungible tokens), class 35 (providing an online environment for the exchange of virtual art and virtual tokens), class 36 (financial services including digital tokens) and class 41 (entertainment services, i.e., the provision of virtual environments in which users can interact for recreational, leisure, or entertainment purposes).

In the context of trademark licensing, it is important to ensure that use is authorized or adapted to the virtual world, or, failing that, to ensure future contracts can be adapted accordingly.

One may also wonder what territorial pAll Postsrotection is needed or required in order to protect a trademark in the metaverse. The Internet is by definition free of all borders.

Is a French trademark enough to obtain protection in the metaverse?

No answer has been given by the courts at the moment. However, it can be assumed that the criteria, for determining when a metaverse area/service is directed to a certain audience, would remain the same as for any Web 2 website, such as the proposed language (as an example).

Finally, in order to secure an optimal protection, registering the trademark among decentralized domain names, such as .ETH, has to be foreseen.

National, European and international jurisdictions have understood the importance of the metaverse. As a result, by extending classes, the jurisdictions are allowing the protection of trademarks in this new world.

See also…

Metaverse: is it necessary to register specific trademarks for protection?

♦ Afin d’offrir à nos clients une expertise unique, nécessaire à l’exploitation des actifs immatériels, nous vous tenons informés des enjeux actuels de la propriété intellectuelle et de l’économie numérique à travers les articles rédigés par l’équipe juridique du Cabinet Dreyfus & associés.

♦ This article is current as of the date of its publication and does not necessarily reflect the present state of the law or relevant regulation.

Read More

What are the design issues in the metaverse ?

the design issues in the metaverseWhen changing Facebook to Meta, Mark Zuckerberg tried to justify Meta as the future. The metaverse is indeed a reality for millions of online players, a place to meet, interact, and create in this new world.

There is no sole definition of what metaverse is. However, it can generally be defined as a 3D immersive world, in which individuals can interact through the use of Avatars.

Metaverse is a promising technology with a possibly bright future. In fact, as an immersive world, users can do everything they do in the real world. Since this new technology is winning over millions of users, scores of industries, and companies are beginning to enter this world where they can extend and offer their products and services.

 

 

 

 

 

 

One of the industries that has benefited the most from this new technology is the luxury industry. During the Covid 19 pandemic businesses were severely disrupted.

The metaverse began to appear as a very attractive alternative for companies to continue to exist and have a presence in the marketplace. Many luxury houses have adopted a presence and entered the metaverse where they are able to offer a full immersion of styles, clothes, accessories and peripherals to Avatars. The industry has even started to conduct fashion shows with this new environment. A Metaverse Fashion Week was even created. Besides, the perk of digital fashion is that it allows to create designs which could not exist in the real world, due to technical constraints.

These digital clothes can be sold as NFTs and they can broaden the public of a luxury house, which until now could only touch the masses through more affordable goods such as perfumes and cosmetics. These houses are able – from now on – to attract them with virtual clothes.

With this change, and with the potential in this new world, there are legal issues arising. In fact, we can confirm that there is most definitely a grey area when it comes to this virtual world, especially due to the fact that rules and legal frameworks have not yet been fully developed and adapted to this world. One could even wonder whether specific legal rules should apply to the metaverse.

These questions are all the more relevant for companies to consider seriously considering that Offices have not yet brought clear and precise responses. The metaverse therefore, remains a grey legal world, where enforcing intellectual property rights is an uphill struggle.

Here, we will focus on the questions connected to protection of designs in the metaverse.

The European Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) has been looking at the metaverse and the issues it raises. In its webinar of September 13, 2022 “Trademarks and Designs in the metaverse”, the EUIPO raises some legal issues that trademarks and designs are facing in the midst of the metaverse.

 

 

1. The use of designs in the metaverse

 

Registering the feature of a product is all the more important for some individuals or companies. When an individual or company is granted design protection, it obtains a monopoly on the exploitation of the design.

This is explained in Article 19 of the Council Regulation (EC) on Community designs which concludes “a registered Community design shall confer on its holder the exclusive right to use it and to prevent any third party not having his consent from using it. The aforementioned use shall cover, in particular, the making, offering, putting on the market, importing, exporting or using of a product in which the design is incorporated or to which it is applied, or stocking such a product for those purposes”.

The EUIPO noted that the term “use” is understood in a broad sense. Therefore, it can include the use of a product on the Internet and thus, in the metaverse. This makes sense since the metaverse is a new “market” for business.

 

 

2. The availability of unregistered designs in the metaverse

 

For a design to be protected, it is essential that it meets the condition of novelty.

Under both European and French law, a design is considered to be new if, at the date of filing of the application for registration or at the date of ownership claimed, no design has been disclosed. According to article 11 (2) of the Council Regulation (EC) on Community designs “a design shall be deemed to have been made available to the public within the Community if it has been published, exhibited, used in trade or otherwise disclosed in such a way that, in the normal course of business, these events could reasonably have become known to the circles specialized in the sector concerned, operating within the Community. The design shall not, however, be deemed to have been made available to the public for the sole reason that it has been disclosed to a third person under explicit or implicit conditions of confidentiality”.

 

When a luxury house suggests new designs on the metaverse, is it disclosure ?

From a certain perspective, metaverse is a world without any borders where individuals can have access to a bunch of different goods or services.

Consequently, when a company or an individual publishes or exposes a design in the metaverse, the notion of novelty is undermined. So far, there has been no clear answer concerning this question. This question also induces another one: does the uploading of new creations in the metaverse give rise to unregistered design rights in certain territories, such as the United Kingdom?

 

 

3. Protection of designs in the virtual world

 

The last issue raised by the EUIPO concerns the protection of designs in the virtual world.

In fact, one of issues that may be considered is whether products in the metaverse meet the same definition as a product in the real world.

Article 3 of the Council Regulation (EC) on Community designs enounces that a “product means any industrial or handicraft item, including inter alia parts intended to be assembled into a complex product, packaging, get-up, graphic symbols and typographic typefaces, but excluding computer programs”.

A handicraft item is a product made in one-off pieces or in a small series of pieces. It requires the knowledge and skill of one or more craftsmen.

Therefore, some will argue that a product in the metaverse cannot be considered as a handicraft or industrial product.

The EUIPO’s response on this issue does not provide any clear answer due to the lack of case law on the matter. As a matter of fact, it is difficult to say that digital designs are industrial or handicraft items. Nonetheless, the EUIPO accepts digital designs, which are generally classified in class 14-04 of the Locarno classification (such as “icons (for computers)”). Hence, we could completely envision the extension of this class or alternatively, the possibility to add the virtual version of goods in their traditional class (such as class 2 for clothing).

 

 

 

 

The metaverse is the technology of the moment. However, it raises numerous questions, particularly in relation to designs as to the use of products, their availability and protection within the metaverse. Although the EUIPO gave us some answers as to the use of a product within the metaverse, most of the answers will come with case law.

 

 

SEE ALSO …

♦ https://www.dreyfus.fr/en/2022/03/11/metaverse-is-it-necessary-to-register-specific-trademarks-for-protection/

 

 

 

 

Read More

How to protect Building information modelling (BIM)?

Article protection des dessins et modèles et le droit d'auteur pour la modélisation des informations du bâtiment (BIM)Over the past decade, the architecture, engineering, construction and Operations (AECO) industry has undergone several developments, particularly in the area of information technology. Building Information Modelling (BIM) is now globally considered a better solution to enormous building problems, which made a huge effect on the building and construction industry. The industry is facing a practical challenge in protecting design when conflict arises between owner’s and architect’s proprietary rights.

 

 

 

 

“We shape our buildings ; thereafter they shape us.” – Winston Churchill

 

There was a time when pencil, paper and complex drawing were the base of construction planning, creating a tiring process with lots of loopholes. However, things have changed. It is now all about Building Information Modelling (BIM) which has been part of the construction industry for some time now. It connects the AECO professionals to design, build and operate infrastructure more efficiently. It is more than just 2D or 3D modelling. It is the process of designing a building collaboratively using one cohort system of computer models rather than as a separate set of drawings.

 

So, what does make BIM so exciting?

It provides insights into design constructability, reduces errors, and improves the efficiency and effectiveness of the construction phase. It can help owners in predictive maintenance, asset tracking and facilities management for future changes and renovation work. It does not solely refer to buildings, but to all sectors that have to do with construction, including roads, railways, utilities, bridges, tunnels, structures, architecture, topography, etc. BIM can be classified into different levels.

 

Where does intellectual property come into this conversation?

Let’s take a situation- an architect draws a design plan for the construction of a cafeteria. The contractor executes the work as per plan. However, the owner decides to reuse the design with some small changes for a second cafeteria. In such a case, apart from monetary consideration for services of design, does the architect have any other rights? Can he stop the owner from making changes to the design suggested by him? The answer to all such questions lies in Copyright and Design Law.

 

 

BIM models created in the tendering process before the award of the contract will not usually be registered. Therefore, BIM models cannot be protected by Design Law. Article 10 of Directive 98/71/EC, provides that the protection of designs is subject to their registration. However, unregistered designs can be covered by copyright under the concept of artistic work although EU Member States differ in how national copyright law protects unregistered designs. For instance, the French Intellectual Property Code (Code de la propriété intellectuelle) article L112-2.7, and the Danish Consolidated Act on Copyright 2014, Consolidated Act No 1144 of 23 October 2014 (Bekendtgørelse af lov om ophavsret (LBK nr 1144 of 23/10/2014)) in section 1.1, all list works of architecture under copyright law.

 

Determining the ownership of IP rights over the BIM model and its elements is necessary to determine the lawful exercise of ownership. Generally, an owner of a model is granted exclusive right regarding the use of Intellectual Property, and consequently to copy and disclose it as it wishes. In BIM Level 3, however, the authors of the model are regularly indistinguishable. However, if the contracting authorities are services of design, does the architect have any other rights ?  Can he stop the owner from making changes to the design suggested by him ? The answer to all such questions lies in Copyright and Design Law.

 

 

 

BIM models created in the tendering process before the award of the contract will not usually be registered. Therefore, BIM models cannot be protected by Design Law. Article 10 of Directive 98/71/EC, provides that the protection of designs is subject to their registration. However, unregistered designs can be covered by copyright under the concept of artistic work although EU Member States differ in how national copyright law protects unregistered designs. For instance, the French Intellectual Property Code (Code de la propriété intellectuelle) article L112-2.7, and the Danish Consolidated Act on Copyright 2014, Consolidated Act No 1144 of 23 October 2014 (Bekendtgørelse af lov om ophavsret (LBK nr 1144 of 23/10/2014)) in section 1.1, all list works of architecture under copyright law.

 

 

Determining the ownership of IP rights over the BIM model and its elements is necessary to determine the lawful exercise of ownership. Generally, an owner of a model is granted exclusive right regarding the use of Intellectual Property, and consequently to copy and disclose it as it wishes. In BIM Level 3, however, the authors of the model are regularly indistinguishable. However, if the contracting authorities are to be granted ownership of a BIM model jointly with a tenderer or winner, exercising their right by disclosing it to a third party would be contrary to the interest of the other joint owner. Therefore, the French, German and Danish legislatures grant joint ownership of jointly developed BIM models and regulate in their copyright laws the right of the owners in exercising ownership rights.

In this regard, the French Intellectual Property Code Article L.113-3 provides:

‘The collaborative work is the common property of the co-authors. The co-authors must exercise their rights by an agreement. In the event of disagreement, it is for the civil jurisdiction to rule.’

 

 

The developers of a BIM model in a tendering process will be the joint owners of the model and the exercise of their rights is governed by the copyright law of the relevant EU Member State. Since the exercise of its ownership rights by each owner can potentially conflict with the interests of another owner, such exercise would generally only be permitted with the consent of the other owner(s). Therefore, the contracting authorities would not have the right to disclose the BIM model to third parties without the prior consent of the tenderer with whom they developed the BIM model.

The possibilities of BIM are endless, the trend in the construction industry is, and when there is something new, people immediately want to assign more risk to it. Thus, companies/individuals have Thus, companies/individuals have started getting the intellectual property right registered during the initial stage of a project.

 

 

 

Science and technology are developing faster than intellectual property legislation. As a result, previously unknown products of intellectual activity are regulated by general rules. While working and exchanging digital data on a collaborative platform can cause problems related to intellectual property such as if a copyright violation of models and intellectual property enters the court process, it poses a great financial risk and can cause project delays that will result in its loss. Before a project is implemented, there needs to be a clear understanding not only of who owns the model but also of who is responsible for the model. Then, we must consider which actors have the potential to retain the collaborative product for its sustainability. Therefore, it is necessary to conduct a review and synthesis of the related studies to identify the model ownership and intellectual property rights.

 

 

 

SEE ALSO …. 

 

https://www.dreyfus.fr/en/expertise-eng/intellectual-property-law/copyright-en/

Read More

Personal data, intellectual property and consumer law: their challenges in the metaverse

Article MetaversThe concept of Metaverse is nothing new. This term was first introduced by Neal Stephenson, in his science-fiction novel  “Snow Crash” as a “form of human life and communication in a virtual three-dimensional space through a digital avatar”. As of today, this new world is no more science-fiction but part of our world.

Thus, this new virtual world raises some legal issues as to its use, especially when it comes to personal data, intellectual property and consumer law.

The metaverse is a 3D virtual world. Within this universe, users can live a complete immersive experience since they all can interact, buy, sell products, sell lands, etc.

The metaverse is a world full of opportunities as well as a world still in development. As a matter of facts, more and more individuals and companies have jumped into this new world where they both experience a unique experience. Because this is a virtual world, it is of legal interest and certain questions need to be raised.

 

 

What will be the applicable privacy laws in the metaverse?

When Facebook changed its name to Meta and introduced their vision of Metaverse, the trust people could have had toward the metaverse shifted. Thus, just as in the real world, the issue of personal data has an important place in the metaverse.

In a more general way, the virtual world is only a reflection of the real world. At the very least, it can be an improved version of reality.  As this world is virtual , the use of data becomes a major issue. As the data collected is different than in real world that involves numerous amount of information concerning the user, especially through their avatars as users are accurately represent by their avatars. Through their avatars, facial expressions, gestures or types of reactions that a person might have during their interactions in the metaverse can be collected.

 Because  facial expressions, gestures, or interactions can be collected, the traceability of users will be even more advanced than in the real world.

The European Union has the user’s data protected from being collected without their consent with the applicability of the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). Now the question is does the GDPR apply in the metaverse? Can the GDPR protect European nationals?

As per the Article 4 (1) of GDPR gives a broad definition of “personal data”. According to article 4(1), personal data is  any information which are related to an identified or identifiable natural person.

From this definition, the GDPR can indeed be applied in the metaverse. As the personal data is defined in a broad way, even indirect data can be considered as personal data. Therefore, as soon as a gesture or facial expression can be traced back to a person, it will be considered as personal data.

However, what about the territorial application of the GDPR? In fact, this Regulation only protects users when they are within the European Union.  Yet,  the metaverse, by definition, is a world without any borders.

 

Is Metaverse, facilitating counterfeiting?

The second issue raised by the metaverse is dealing with intellectual property law, and more specifically, about counterfeiting. There have been recent cases of counterfeiting in the metaverse, the most famous one being the MetaBirkin case.

On January 14, 2022, Hermès sued the artist Mason Rothschild for counterfeiting its Birkin bag. In fact, the latter had created a hundred or so NFTs in the shape of the Birkin bag, which he sold in the metaverse for cryptocurrency.

The French Intellectual Property Code defines counterfeiting as any violation of an intellectual property right, such as the reproduction, imitation, or total or partial use of a trademark, patent, model, copyright or software without the authorization of its owner (article L.335-2 French Intellectual Property Code). If a work or object belonging to a brand or artist is copied into the metaverse, there is a risk of infringement.

However, the question arises as to whether the products of small companies or the works of lesser known artists are counterfeit. While well-known brands or artists can effectively defend themselves against misuse of their brand or work in the metaverse, it is much more complicated for companies or artists who are unknown to the general public. Thus, there could be a disparity between the well-known people/companies and the “others”.

Hence, the best way to avoid such disparity but also to avoid any infringement, would be for companies or artists, whether they are known or not, to register trademarks covering virtual products or services. Similarly, one solution to avoid infringement of artists’ copyrights would be to use the blockchain. In fact, blockchain grants certificates ensuring a follow-up of the transactions and the originality of each world sold. As a result, a traceability of the work is in place, making it possible to avoid future counterfeiting.

 

Will consumer law apply to Metaverse?

As a mirror of the real world, users can buy and sell products. Because consumers find themselves buying products in this world, consumer law cannot be overlooked.

 Generally speaking, consumer law can be defined as all the legal and regulatory provisions designed to protect the consumer. Thus, as in the real world, the virtual world must be regulated and  governed by consumer law. The terms applicable in the real world will be applied in the virtual world and sanctioned in the same way.

The Commission National for Information Technology and Civil Liberties (CNIL) has looked into the issue of consumer law in the metaverse and has considered that consumers must receive enhanced information and be able to refuse without suffering the consequences. However, this seems complicated in the metaverse.

The metaverse offers infinite possibilities to its users, and to our society in general. However, the metaverse raises questions, particularly in terms of personal data protection and trademark law. Moreover, the metaverse, like the real world, offers its users the possibility of selling products. Consequently, consumer law must be applied there. In other words, the legal rules applicable in the real world must be respected in the virtual world, and some of them must be adapted to ensure the best protection of goods and users. As this technology is booming, it will be important to see how legislations adapt to this new world.

 

 

SEE ALSO…

 

♦ https://www.dreyfus.fr/en/2022/08/12/what-are-the-legal-issues-behind-the-registration-of-off-chain-nfts/

 

♦ https://www.dreyfus.fr/en/2022/03/11/metaverse-is-it-necessary-to-register-specific-trademarks-for-protection/

Read More

How does the Chinese Hangzhou Internet Tribunal decision set the pace for copyright protection on NFTs platforms?

NFT HANGzouNFTs, or non-fungible token is one the biggest digital revolutions of our century. An NFT is a digital token operating on a blockchain.

 Because it is non-fungible, an NFT guarantees someone’s property over a digital artwork. When it is combined with an artwork, an NFT can be considered as a certificate of authenticity.

 

Although an NFT is a revolution within the digital world, some issues may be raised. In fact, what about artists’ copyrights in this digital environment? How can artists’ copyrights be protected within NFT platforms? Can an NFT platform be held liable for copyright infringement? There are many proposals for reasonable responses called forth by intellectual property attorneys.

Copyright law is meant to protect artists’ rights over their artistic or literary artworks. Particularly, copyright law protects books, musical artworks, paintings but also database.

Everybody can sell or buy digital artworks on a blockchain. Therefore, what about platforms’ liability? If every one of us can sell or buy artworks, there is absolutely no guarantee that the artworks has been put on the platform by its author. As such, it is fairly common that an artwork put on a blockchain infringes the author’s copyrights. In such case, it is crucial that the author defends for their rights in collaboration with the intellectual property attorneys.

The answer to know whether an NFT platform can be held liable for copyright infringement has been raised in the case  Shenzhen Qice Diechu Culture Creation Co. Ltd v. Hangzhou Yuanyuzhou Technology Co., Ltd a.k.a “Chubby tiger having its shot”.

In this case, Ma Qianli, the author of the cartoon at stake gave to Shenzhen Qice Diechu Culture Creation an exclusive license to use his copyright over the “Chubby tiger having its shot” artwork. Defendant, Hangzhou, owns an NFT platform. This latter authorized a third party to sell NFT derivative products of the “Chubby tiger having its shot” artwork. Shenzhen then brought a lawsuit for copyright infringement against the NFT platform.

This decision is important for two reasons. Firstly, it is the first decision where copyright infringement is involved on an NFT platform in China. Secondly, the action is brought against an NFT platform.

The first question raised by this case deals with NFT platforms liability. By definition, a blockchain is decentralized. That means that nobody nor any entity checks the identity of a person.

Therefore, NFT platforms do not check the paternity of an artwork linked to an NFT. A person can sell or buy NFT-artworks and it is not even the author nor a licensee. Hence, counterfeit artworks can freely circulate on NFT platforms, infringing artists/creators’ copyrights.

Because it is difficult to sanction platforms when a content is illicit or infringe someone’s copyright, it is rare for authors to assert their rights on the Web 3.0.

In this case, defendant raises some arguments to avoid liability. First of all, defendant mentions that his platform is a third-party platform. Artworks are downloaded by the platform’s users. This latter cannot be held liable for its users’ activities. Thus, the platform put the concerned NFT on its address form. Therefore, it fulfilled its notification/deletion obligation. At last, a platform cannot divulgate which blockchain has been used nor where the NFT is.

The Internet Tribunal refuses the arguments raised by defendant. In fact, it considers that the platform at stake is a professional platform. Consequently, the Tribunal highlighted a major distinction between NFT platforms. Here, the platform is considered as being a professional NFT platform. The underlying idea is that as soon as a platform is qualified as professional, its liability can be engaged for copyright infringement.

Even though the Tribunal does not when  an NFT platform is a professional, it can still be deduced. In fact, the platform at sake is qualified as professional because it proposed transactional services. Consequently, it is a professional NFT platform when it invoices certain percentages fees for each transaction.

Because a transaction has been made and because the platform obtained a financial gain, the platform must fulfil higher obligations when it comes to copyright protection. For example, a professional platform must proceed with preliminary examination regarding the digital artworks’ property that are sold or bought on their platforms. This activity may be efficiently conducted in collaboration an intellectual property attorney.

The Tribunal here considers that the platform failed its duty of care. In this regard, when an NFT platform is professional, it must put in place reasonable measures to check the artworks’ property once they are put on a blockchain by asking to the seller/artist to prove the artworks’ copyright.

The first Chinese NFT copyright infringement was made against a platform since the appellant could not obtain the name of the seller. Claimant, during the proceeding, asked for the seller’s identity in order to sue him for copyright infringement. Consequently, this case is not over yet.

Nevertheless, this case set the pace as for NFT platforms. This decision can be seen as a warning for every NFT platforms which will have to be careful regarding each NFT digital artworks sold or bought on their platforms.

 

SEE ALSO…

 

What are the legal issues behind the registration of Off-Chain NFTs?

Read More

The new convention between the French State and AFNIC comes into force on 1st July 2022

This agreement will set out AFNIC‘s work priorities for the years to come. One of the main aims is the development of the <.fr>.

 

The growth of the <.fr> will be achieved through concrete actions such as helping companies in their digital transition. In fact, AFNIC has implemented a support system to enable SMEs and VSEs to develop their presence online.

In this Convention, AFNIC has committed to investing 2% of its turnover in order to apply tariff cuts as well as to simplify registration interfaces and to organise a faster and more efficient data management system.

AFNIC has also committed to investing 10% of its turnover in innovation to consolidate its social and environmental responsibility and is committed to achieve carbon neutrality for the <.fr>.

AFNIC and the French State wish to continue the work that has already been started with the aim of developing and strengthening the <.fr>.

Read More

Why does good trademark protection in the Middle East require registration in Israel as well as in Palestine?

The Palestinian territory is the subject of much controversy, however, trademark rights are not as insignificant as they might seem.

There are several reasons why the Palestinian market should be considered in a Middle East brand protection strategy. In fact, despite the separation of the Israeli and Palestinian legal systems, it is almost impossible to separate the two markets into two jurisdictions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

How to protect your trademark rights in Palestine?

 

There are a number of elements that illustrate the obvious geographical and commercial links that confirm that, in order to ensure full protection of trademark rights in the Middle East, it is essential to register trademarks not only in Israel, but also in Palestine. For Palestine, it is necessary to register trademarks in both the West Bank and Gaza, which have separate trademark jurisdictions. Naturally, Israeli and Palestinian jurisdictions require separate registration in each territory in order to fully protect and enforce trademark rights. However, obtaining protection in Israel is far from providing full protection if the mark has not been registered in Palestine. The opposite is also true.

 

So, what are the reasons for registering trademarks in both Israel and Palestine?

 

This is due to the geographical situation between Israel and Palestine. The economic reality is clear: 80% of Palestine’s foreign trade is with Israel.

This necessarily has an impact on the circulation of goods and services in the region. It is therefore advisable to register trademarks in both Israel and Palestine if you want to protect your trademark in the Middl East.

Thus, given the obvious geographical and commercial links between the two states, it seems crucial to have valid registrations in three different jurisdictions, namely Israel, the West Bank and the Gaza Strip, in order to obtain trademark rights in the region and ensure full protection.

 

SEE ALSO…

 

https://il.usembassy.gov/palestinian-affairs-unit/pau-business/economic-data-and-reports/

Read More

What are the legal issues behind the registration of Off-Chain NFTs?

Off-Chain NFTs are the most common NFTs, as they are cheaper, but the legal protection behind them is much weaker and the risks associated with ownership of the NFT much greater.

 

For some time now, companies have been launching NFT collections, a move that follows on from their social media presence, in order to establish a full online presence beyond the traditional website operation. However, establishing a Web3 presence is not as clear-cut as it sounds, and brands may take legal risks especially, not knowing what they are actually offering for sale on the blockchain. Thus, legal advice by trademark attorneys and lawyers specialised in NFTs should not be considered secondary, as it helps to avoid unpleasant surprises as to what is being offered for sale, once the NFT is presented on a platform.

 

What are NFTs ?

 

NFTs, or Non-Fungible Tokens, are tokens with a unique identifier and metadata operating on a blockchain. There are two types of NFT, the main difference being the nature of their smart contract.

On-chain NFTs are tokens written entirely on the blockchain: both the metadata and the accompanying smart contract exist on the blockchain. It is said that NFTs live and breathe on the blockchain.

On the other side, off-chain NFTs are not stored on the blockchain. Several options then exist to store the NFT off-chain, such as storage on a cloud (Google Cloud, iCloud, etc.), or storage on a centralized hardware server. Cloud storage is the simplest and cheapest, while physical servers are expensive to purchase, operate and maintain. The most common storage method, by far, is IPFS storage. IPFS is a more secure method of data storage, using a distributed and decentralised peer-to-peer storage network. The NFT thus includes, for an artwork for example, information about the title of the work, the original author, etc., as well as a URL link to a location on the IPFS system where the artwork is usually stored.

 

The hidden legal risks behind the use of Off-Chain NFTs?

 

There is an obvious reason behind the preferential use of Off-Chain NFTs over On-Chain NFTs. In fact, a file bigger than a few bytes cannot be kept on the blockchain itself since storing even a small image file would cost tens of thousands of dollars in gas. Thus, 95% of NFTs in circulation are Off-Chains NFTs, which are not integrated on the blockchain: only their Smart Contract is. In this contract, the location of the asset will refer to an address external to the blockchain, but this location of the asset in an external server is not without consequences.

There are truly legal risks attached to such use, which are not obvious to the general public. It is therefore necessary to seek the advice of a legal expert, trademark attorney or lawyers specialised in NFTs to understand the consequences of creating an Off-Chain NFT.

Firstly, the Cloud remains a fairly hackable object, and centralised off-chain servers can be subject to technical malfunction quite easily. Thus, if there is a disruption to the Off-Chain storage network, the link provided by the Smart Contract written into the blockchain is useless. Off-Chain NFTs therefore leave the door open for the asset to disappear temporarily. In the same sense, storage on a Cloud is also host-dependent, and it is not possible to have full control over what is stored. In the same way, the asset can die, if for example, a brand that hosts the asset outside the Blockchain on a hosting outside the chain, stops paying for that hosting.

We can see that the promise of NFTs of the object’s perennitý over time and its in principle unfalsifiable and non-fungible nature which make it rare, as it is part of a very secure technology is compromised. In fact, if the digital asset is not encrypted on the blockchain it can easily be replaced by another file or worse disappear, which is impossible if the digital object lives completely on the Blockchain.

Finally, from a legal point of view, as long as the NFT is physically hosted on IFPS or on a traditional cloud, the owner of the NFT in reality only owns the address where the asset is located and not the asset itself. More simply, since only the address is mined on the blockchain, it is the only object that really belongs to the NFT buyer.  The buyer can then only claim ownership of the GPS coordinates of the asset’s location.

In conclusion, a brand wishing to extend its presence to Web 3 should seek legal advice from a trademark attorney or an attorney specialised in NFTs on the intrinsic quality of both the NFT and the Smart Contract they issue, and take all precautions to protect the assets they own, to avoid these objects disappearing or worse, being modified, due to a lack of precaution.

 

What are the legal issues involved in using Smart Contracts to issue NFTs?

 

Smart contracts are contracts stored in a blockchain that are automatically executed when predetermined terms and conditions are met. They are used to automatically execute an agreement so that all participants are certain of the outcome, without the intervention of an intermediary or loss of time. In particular, they are used to generate NFTs on the blockchain, or point to locations where NFTs are stored.

In the context of NFTs, these Smart Contracts contain the metadata of these assets, such as its unique characteristics, the location where the digital copy is stored (On-Chain or Off-Chain), the description of the NFT, and much more. But one point should be kept in mind. In fact, although this technology could represent a real progress in many areas, from a strictly legal point of view, smart contracts are not contracts. They are simply supports for the classic contract, and represent its terms of execution. So the programmer who drafts a smart contract will need legal know-how to support him in drafting certain clauses and inserting mandatory clauses, as well as clauses granting trademark rights in the event of future transfer of the trademark. Simply put, a smart contract will have no legal value if and only if it is not accompanied by a classic contract concluded in due form.

It will therefore be important for a brand to establish whether it is feasible to move towards On-Chain NFTs, which although more expensive, offer the owner full protection on the Blockchain with the certificate and the object itself permanently engraved on the chain and the guarantee of a much more substantial title. The right to claim ownership must cover the asset in question to the fullest extent possible, and a brand that establishes an Off-Chain NFT without seeking legal advice may find itself facing problems as to the actual ownership of the NFT held.

In any case, the advice of  a trademark attorney or an attorney specialised in NFTs on the drafting of the smart contract and their valuable assistance even before launching an NFT collection should not be overlooked to avoid unpleasant surprises.

 

SEE ALSO…

 

https://art.haus/on-chain-nfts-and-why-theyre-better/

https://blog.ruby.exchange/not-on-chain-not-your-nft/https://arxiv.org/pdf/2205.04899.pdf

 

Read More

How did a sharp drop in Ethereum gas fees illustrate the real interest of the general public in NFTs ?

ethereumJust like the Internet at the end of the last century, NFT domain names have seemed to gain popularity among the general public as many people are considering investing in various blockchains. As a new tech tool, the fees that accompany the registration of a domain name on certain platforms can pose a major obstacle for any project to register a Web3.0 domain name. A sudden drop in Ethereum ‘Gas’ fees on the first weekend of July illustrated the public’s enthusiasm for Web 3.0.

 

 

 

 

 

 

What is the place of domain names in Web 3.0?

 

Transactions on blockchains are now seen as a potential solution to the middlemen of common real-world transactions, who take a commission for every money transfer. NFT marketplaces such as Opensea have recently become more popular for places to trade and sell NFT domain names.

Transactions on Web 3.0 still have a cost. In fact, miners are being paid for their role in validating transactions that circulate within the blockchain. This validation process requires solving complex mathematical problems, and the miner who solves it first is rewarded with a remuneration based on the transaction fees (called Gas fee) paid by the users responsible for the transaction. Thus, before an NFT domain name can be used, first it must be transferred to the blockchain and it is during this transfer that the transaction fee must be paid to the blockchain operator.

A long-standing problem with the Ethereum ecosystem, and its main obstacle to attracting the general public, is often attributed to extremely high transaction fees. Notably, in January 2021, Ethereum’s Gas fees jumped due to the enthusiasm around NFTs and decentralised finance. For example, between January 2021 and May 2022, the average Gas cost required by Ethereum was around $40 per transaction, with a peak of $196 recorded on May 1st, 2022. As a result, many users had chosen to abandon Ethereum in favour of blockchains with significantly lower fees such as Solana or Avalanche.

 

What about the latest notable events on the Ethereum blockchain?

 

In the first week of July, an unexpected phenomenon was observed on the Ethereum platform: the dashboard of the Ethereum Name Service, the decentralised autonomous organisation that runs the service, showed an increase of almost 200% in .eth domain name registrations between the 2nd and 3rd of July. The following week, the ENS platform recorded more than 100,000 registrations. This astonishing increase illustrates the growing interest of the general public in Web 3.0 registrations. The ENS platform had already been gaining popularity since April, when holders of certain categories of domain names started to form clubs.  One example is the formation of the 10K club for owners of ENS domains consisting of numbers between 0 and 9999. As a result, in May, a record was reached with 365,652 new Ethereum domain name registrations, and the 122,000 new registrations in June brought in some $6.6 million.

Alongside this surge in domain name registrations, the second largest sale on the ENS platform was recorded on July 3rd, for the domain name “000.eth” which sold for ETH 300 (around $320,000 at the time of sale). These events had a strong impact as they rocketed Ethereum to the top of the seven-day NFT sales chart on news tracking site Dapp Radar. In addition, social media interactions related to ENS also spiked. According to the crypto-currency social tracking platform, Lunar Crush, engagements with the keyword increased by 108.4% in seven days.

 

So, what is the explanation for the surge in domain name registrations on the platform?

 

Just like on Web2.0, owners of “.eth” domain names have to pay a fee on a regular basis, and in addition to this fee, they also pay a Gas fee. So, naturally, when the latter fall, the number of new registrations increases. Experts have claimed that the explosion in demand for ENS domain names is mainly due to the drastic drop in Gas fees seen over the weekend of July 2nd and 3rd, whose value wavered between from $1.67 to $1.97,the lowest levels in over a year.

The question then arises as to the explanation behind this sudden drop in transaction fees on the Ethereum network. The answer is mainly related to the equally large drop in daily transactions. In fact, according to Cointelegraph, daily NFT sales also reached their lowest level in over a year on Saturday. Globally, the NFT ecosystem recorded its worst performance during the month of June 2022, with an overall number of daily sales around 20,000 for an estimated value of $13.8 million.

 

Any events to watch for regarding the Ethereum blockchain? 

 

The Merge is the name given to a highly anticipated event on the Ethereum blockchain. In fact, on September 19th, the Proof of Work (PoW) model will be replaced by the Proof of Stake, (PoS) which will then become the only way to verify transactions on the Ethereum protocol. The Merge will be one of the most important steps in the history of blockchain technology, because once it is operational, this new process will reduce the energy consumption of node validation operations by 99%, going against one of the main criticisms it has received for being environmentally unfriendly.

In fact, these two main consensus protocols dominate blockchains and ensure synchronisation between all nodes in the network. With Proof-of-Work, miners have to solve a complex mathematical problem requiring significant computing power in order to confirm a transaction. In contrast, Proof-of-Stake is a much less expensive consensus, requiring no energy expenditure and no special hardware. Validating a block simply involves nodes pledging a large amount of cryptocurrency. The larger the amount, the more likely a node will be chosen to update a blockchain’s registry.

Ultimately, this change in the process of validating transactions on the platform could have a significant positive effect on Gas fees. If Gas fees continue to fall, it is likely that the general public will be more inclined to develop a Web 3.0 business and register domain names on blockchains, particularly to extend the protection of various brands.

To find out more about branding processes in Web3 and the issues surrounding this mechanism click here !

 

 

SEE ALSO…

 

♦ https://cointelegraph.com/tags/ethereum

 

♦ https://crypto.com/defi/dashboard/gas-fees

Read More

Intellectual Property and Compliance: a predestined duo?

IP et ComplianceAs the world becomes progressively dependent on technology, the increasing intertwinement of intellectual property and compliance is evident in the business setting. In the face of unprecedented yet inevitable legal transformations, it is crucial to identify the risks and solutions associated with compliance in both the virtual and real intellectual property world.

 

How are intellectual property and compliance related? 

 

Compliance describes the practice of acting in accordance with a set of laws, regulations, global standards and specific internal policies. As regulatory compliance protects and directs a business’s resources and reputation, intellectual property has become an integral part of the assets worthy of protection. A 11.7% increase in trademark filings at the which is a strong testament to the growing significance of intellectual property. Furthermore, with the digitalisation of business models and assets, these codes of conduct should encompass intellectual property protection as external threats such as counterfeiting and cyber-attacks become ever-more rampant. It was estimated that the value of counterfeiting goods amounted to 2.5% of world trade in 2019, along with a 22% surge in domain name disputes in 2021. According to the European Union’s Cybersecurity Agency (Enisa), the number of cyber-attacks against critical sectors and institutions in Europe has doubled (304 incidents recorded) since the beginning of the pandemic.

The interconnection between the two fields had not always been apparent. Initially, the interactions between intellectual property and compliance departments were rather limited. It was common practice to operate each department separately and to focus on matters concerning their own subject. This isolation was later broken by the Vinci case, which led the way to radical changes in the co-working of the two sectors.

The Vinci case concerned the domain name ‘vinci.group’ for the French concessions and construction company Vinci and another fraudulent domain name which was registered. Although Vinci’s monitoring services detected this fraudulent domain name, due to it being inactive for over three weeks, they did not pursue any actions against it. Once it became active, it was associated with a fake website leading Vinci’s customers to believe it was legitimate. Using a fake email address, the fraudsters sent press releases alerting the customers that the performance and revision of the previous year’s account releases were subject to inaccuracy and fraud. As a result, Vinci’s share price fell by 18%.

This highlights how a company’s reputation and financial well-being can be damaged due to the fraudulent use of a domain name. Since then, market regulators have set up guidelines to mitigate domain name risks to avoid similar situations. The Vinci case illustrates the importance of compliance and intellectual property departments working hand in hand – the ultimate goal being efficient risk management. Such a joint effort facilitates the implementation of preventive

measures and timely retaliation to suspected  intellectual property infringements.

As such, companies, regardless of their sectors of expertise, should put in place a compliance program for the identification, protection and maintenance of their intellectual property rights. Such a program should be fully comprehensive, taking into consideration all potential risks, especially those concerning intellectual property. As intellectual property  takes on increasing importance, it constitutes substantially heightened risks related to other crimes as well. For instance, money laundering is a common consequence of a primary domain name offence. Criminals camouflage their illicit proceeds through the violation of intellectual property ownership by exploiting its commercially viable and flexible nature. While intangible assets have to be appraised to be accounted for as company capital, the assessments of their economic value are often arbitrary. This creates a loophole which enables infringers to transfer to façade companies abroad to round trip dirty money back to its source masqueraded as legitimate earnings. In this sense, the prevention of the primary intellectual property infringement could likely limit the manifestation of any further illegal activity.

 

Who is at risk?

 

Banks, particularly online banking, and insurance firms are most likely to be exposed to such risks. As a matter of fact, any industry that engages in e-commerce can be at risk on Web 2.0 and 3.0. As for counterfeiting, the luxury industry falls victim to intellectual property infringement. Recently, the EUI jointly published a report on intellectual property crime & threat assessment, in which a study estimated that 5.8% of all EU imports in 2019 were pirated and counterfeited goods. These luxury fashion brand counterfeits were worth around EUR 119 billion. 

Apart from major corporates, everybody is exposed to such risks as well. The degree of exposure depends on different factors, such as the nature of underlying activities, the size of the organisation, the geographical location and the jurisdictions applied. In a nutshell, companies should direct their efforts towards properly comprehending their intellectual property risks and include them in their compliance setup. It is vital for companies’  intellectual property departments to take the lead and show the compliance departments the risks related to intellectual property, specifically those on the internet.

 

Impact of Web 3.0 on Intellectual Property  and Compliance

 

Over the past few years, the Web 3.0 decentralisation revolution has emerged from obscurity and gained growing acceptance even in the most conservative of practices. One notable example is the enforcement of contracts. Powered by blockchain technology, a smart contract automatically implements itself once the predetermined conditions come to fruition. The irreversible and autonomous nature of smart contracts could translate to vast applications in the realms of intellectual property. Rather than documenting intellectual property registries in the traditional database, the entire life cycle of an intellectual property right could be recorded effectively in a distributed, immutable ledger. It displays clear, authoritative evidence of the use of intellectual property rights and creatorship, which often comes in handy whenever disputes or revocation proceedings arise. These ledgers also allow for provenance authentication, with which consumers and businesses alike could verify genuine products and distinguish them from counterfeits.

However, as with many new technologies, these benefits do come with risks. The resilience of a smart contract heavily depends upon the coding prowess of its developer and whether due diligence was carried out for these protocols. In 2021, one of the most high-profile heists was pulled off when hackers stole $613 million from Poly Network by exploiting a vulnerability in their smart contracts. As blockchains keep transactions out of reach of governments and courts, the distribution of unauthorized, copyrighted materials to encrypted servers could go untraced and unpunished. Even if these illegalities come to light, an injunction would hardly be enforceable since these programs exist on thousands of machines dispersed everywhere around the world.

Despite the rapidly increasing reliance on Web 3.0 technologies, legislations have yet to stipulate a solid legal framework which provides legal certainty in commercial activities. With traditional intermediaries obliterated, there has to be sufficient legal supervision to ensure the compliance of agreements as in conventional contracts. For this reason, a solid technical team is needed in order to work with the legal department to draft a comprehensive compliance plan. An intellectual property   compliance program could effectively prevent commitments to activities which undermine or conflict the company’s intellectual property   interests. The construction of a compliance framework around Web 3.0 could be complex, yet also immensely valuable.

Additionally, a three-step process is recommended for the protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights for companies; (I) develop audits (II) carry out prior rights searches and (III) put in place a solid monitoring system. This includes the monitoring of blockchain domain names and virtual lands in the metaverse and marketplaces.

Though Web 3.0 could appear challenging and intimidating, one major advantage of blockchain is the traceability of all transactions. Take blockchain domain names as an example. Though it is hard to find the holder of a fraudulent domain name, it is not impossible. Fraudulent domain names can be tracked down through the same blockchain, and a ‘cease and desist’ letter can be sent to try to arrange a transfer, withdrawal or purchase of the blockchain domain.

Web 3.0: a challenge or an opportunity?

 

It’s both. Web 3.0 offers powerful functionalities relevant to intellectual property   rights, for example, the traceability of artistic owners through blockchain technology. Decentralisation is definitely the future of law in terms of ownership rights over virtual assets and personal data, and its protection. Regulation is still needed in order to provide similar protection as in the real world. Web 3.0 should be seen as a double-edged sword where users cannot seek its benefits without being ready to meet its risks and challenges.

Hence, I recommend a three-step strategy to avoid situations like the one encountered in the Vinci case.

First, to conduct prior research among domain names to get an idea of the current situation: identify the legitimate domain names and the fraudulent domain names.

Second, to conduct an audit. The audit allows us to set up the right strategy tailored to the company’s needs. We can then assess the risks and map them out for companies. We also help to put in place a crisis management policy to tackle fake news.

Third, to set up a daily monitoring on domain names and worldwide. This is important because it helps us to identify immediately relevant domain names, analyse them, and assess the level of risk to plan out the right actions.

Finally, I advise a collaboration between intellectual property and compliance departments to tackle the risks. For example, by identifying the key people to contact and having a process in place to secure proofs of a fraud or infringement.

We can also take immediate actions. How do we do so? We start with a technical IP/IT study of the situation. We then set up the right strategy. For example, a request of disclosure of registrant data, blocking a domain, taking down a website and removing e-mail servers. If the domain name is of interest to the company, we initiate action to obtain the amicable transfer of the domain name or we file ADR complaints such as UDRP.

At Dreyfus.io, our experts help with any possible infringements and disputes related to your copyrights, trademarks and NFT projects. Our team would be happy to assist you and answer your questions.

 

SEE ALSO…

 

https://repository.law.uic.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1374&context=ripl

https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/14613808.2012.657165

 

 

This article is based on a INTA podcast 

 

 

Guests

 

Nathalie-Dreyfus

Nathalie Dreyfus Founding Partner of Dreyfus & PartnersParis, France

nathalie-sabek

Nathalie Sabek Head of Compliance, Financial Security, and Know Your Customer Policy, BNP ParibasParis, France

Read More

Social Media Accounts are property, but who has right to ownership?

Social media platforms allow their users to create unique usernames which become part of their virtual identity, allowing them to share content and network with other platform users. These accounts become an integral part of our virtual life so many would say they are, in fact, one’s intangible property.

 

 

A. Can we know for sure who has right to ownership?

There are different types of social media accounts – personal and business – and although, in most cases they are easily distinguishable, sometimes the lines are blurred especially when employees of companies take on marketing roles.

Personal accounts are straightforward, as long as you read the fine print. You go on vacation, snap a photo and update your status on how your well-deserved vacation is going by uploading it to Instagram or Facebook, a platform you may use to connect with your friends and family. You are the only one who has access to your unique log in details such as username and password, hence a private account.

‘Business’ accounts run by a company’s employees are more complicated, regarding ownership and access to, what would otherwise be, private information. So, who owns business social media accounts accessed and controlled by employees? There are various factors which contribute to making that decision. Ideally, you want to ensure that other platform users recognise the username and associate it with the business, not the employee, like a trademark. The subject of content is still a grey area – is it the intellectual property of the employee or the company itself?

 

B. The hardships of distinguishing ownership in Hayley Paige v JLM Couture

 The former question was the focal topic of discussion in the U.S. case of Hayley Paige Gutman v JLM Couture, where the parties disputed ownership rights of the hybrid Instagram account. Referring to the account as ‘hybrid’ due to the nature of the arguments presented by the parties.

 This case was filed as a result of an alleged misuse of the account after Gutman advertised third party products without the approval of her employer, JLM Couture. The defendant, Gutman, argued that due to the style of the posts on her Instagram handle @misshayleypaige, the account was of a private and personal nature, created in personal capacity, even though she has used the account to promote her bridal collection designed for her parent company, JLM Couture. 

The appellant, JLM Couture, counter proposed the account being a business account due to the significant percentage (95%) of the content consisting of marketing for the brand, Hayley Paige. The decision favoured the arguments of JLM Couture, stating that Gutman was under a contractual obligation to give her employer access to the account in question since she has signed a contract allowing the company to reserve the right of ownership over any marketing platform and contents published under the name of Hayley Paige or any derivative thereof in relation to her branding. Eventually, multiple negotiations and a restraining order (against Gutman) later, it was agreed that Gutman’s social media account was primarily used for marketing purposes, regardless of the odd personal content here and there, and JLM Couture had the contractual right to access it.

The economic value of a business social media account is often greater than a personal one, especially those which have a large following. Companies rely on these social media platform followings to grow the image and reputation of their establishment. Often, when there are blurred lines regarding the ownership of social media accounts, employees can easily damage a company’s imagine.  For instance, in the case of PhoneDog v Kravitz, after the termination of Kravitz’s employment, he used the Twitter account originally created to advertise the services of PhoneDog during his employment, to advertise the services of its competitor. The appellant sued for misappropriation of the account and disclosure of trade secrets.  The parties settled and Kravitz continued to use the Twitter account, but the appellant endured financial loss and, without a doubt, a loss of clientele.

 

 

A business’ right to ownership of social media accounts used for marketing purposes should be made clear, not only to avoid legal disputes such as those mentioned above but also to protect the integrity and image of the company.  Employment contracts should contain social media clauses stating that any content produced and published on the social media account under the management of the business belongs exclusively to the business. So, a business social media account constitutes virtual property so why should you risk losing it?

Who really owns a social media account?

The user is the account holder, but the platform retains ownership of the infrastructure. The terms of use generally state that access can be restricted or removed at any time.
➡ A social media account is an intangible asset, governed by contractual terms.

Can a social media account be transferred or sold?

In principle, selling or transferring a personal account is prohibited by most platforms’ terms. However, in a professional context (influencer, brand), monetization or transfer may be allowed under contractual arrangements.

What happens if there is a dispute over a social media account?

In the event of a dispute (employer/employee, co-founders, heirs), courts analyze management, usage history, and intent to determine ownership. Including specific clauses in contracts or policies is strongly advised.

Read More

Family of trademarks and summary proceedings: from opportunism to trap?

Famille de marques et procédure en référé : de l’opportunisme au piège ?Don’t be fooled, although the argument of the family of trademarks can certainly be used to avoid the cancellation of a trademark for non-use, it can also work against you. This is partly the lesson taught by a decision rendered on December 17, 2021 by the Paris Court of Appeal (Paris Court of Appeal, Pôle 5, ch. 2, n° RG 20/17286), judging a summary judgment on appeal.

This decision also provided an opportunity to clarify a crucial and not uncommon point of law: the licensee’s standing to sue for infringement in the event of a referral to the interim relief judge.

 

Facts and procedure. – The first applicant, a natural person named Soraya, is the owner of the European Union word trademark SORAYA covering a swimwear and beachwear creation and distribution activity. She is also the owner of French and European Union semi-figurative trademarks composed of the name SORAYA.

 

These trademarks are exploited through a company, the second applicant, of which the owner of the trademarks is herself the manager and sole partner. The summary proceedings were brought on behalf of both the operating company and the trademark owner. A contract conferring an exclusive concession was previously concluded between the trademark owner and the company.

After becoming aware of the existence of a company called Soraya Beachwear Ltd. located in Switzerland, the licensee applied to the interim relief judge to obtain a temporary restraining order against it. The latter company operates a website selling swimwear and beachwear on line <sorayabeachwear.com>, as well as an Instagram account related to this site. Also named Soraya, the founder of the challenged company chose to use her first name to designate her collections.

Following the dismissal of their claims, the applicants appealed the summary judgment order.

Admissibility of the licensee to act in summary proceedings alongside the owner. – One of the contributions of this judgment is the interpretation made by the Paris Court of Appeal of Articles L. 716-4-2 of the Intellectual Property Code and 25 4° of the EU Regulation 2017/1001, relating to the standing of a licensee.

Under French law, there are cases in which a licensee may bring a “civil action for infringement”, notably with the consent of the owner or as a beneficiary of an exclusive right of use, provided the owner has not taken the initiative to act within a reasonable period of time after formal notice.

In any event, the Intellectual Property Code and the above-mentioned European regulation both provide that a licensee is entitled to intervene in the infringement proceedings brought by the holder of the IP rights.

There is no doubt in this case that the operating company must be considered as the beneficiary of an exclusive right of use on the invoked European Union word trademark since the exclusive trademark license, submitted to the debate, bestows on the company the status of licensee.

However, it was not a question relating to the intervention the company in the proceedings, but rather of an action being brought jointly by the company and the trademark owner. There seemed to be a confusion between the filing of a joint action, which requires the consent of the owner when the licensee initiates the action, on the one hand, and the intervention of a third party in proceedings initiated by another party, on the other hand. Indeed, it is expressly mentioned that the company “acted in summary proceedings jointly” with the trademark owner before the President of the judicial court. In bringing this action, the licensee seeks to obtain “compensation for the damage that it has suffered”, as provided for in the law rules relating to the intervention of the licensee.

One of the decision’s highlights is the fact that the license agreement was not registered, which is a condition for its enforceability against third parties. It was however ruled that the lack of publicity of the agreement did not hinder the licensee status acquired by virtue of a validly concluded agreement.

The appeal decision therefore deemed admissible the applicants’ action and reversed the interim order on this count.

It should be noted, however, that in the case of a ‘simple’ licensee (who enjoys a non-exclusive license), the solution held by judges not the same. Indeed, under the terms of a previous decision (TGI Paris, ord. ref, July 21, 2011, No. 11/55158, Sté Lyl c/ Michel Attali), the summary proceedings judge stated the inadmissibility to act of the simple licensee: “only a person with standing to bring an infringement action may refer the matter to the summary proceedings judge in accordance with the provisions of Article L. 716-6 (…), this is not the case of the non-exclusive licensee who is only admissible to intervene in an infringement proceeding initiated by another party in order to obtain compensation for the damage that is specific to him, by application of article L. 716-5 of the Intellectual Property Code”.

In addition to verifying standing, the summary judgment judge, when not confronted with a manifest nullity of the title invoked, limits itself to assessing the existence or imminence of an infringement of the petitioners’ rights.

Lack of use of the invoked trademark. – The procedure to be followed by the interim relief judge was specified in a decision of June 28, 2011 (TGI Paris, ord. ref, June 28, 2011): “The interim relief judge must therefore rule on the challenges raised before him to oppose the measures requested, and these challenges may concern the validity of the title itself ; It is then up to the judge to assess the seriousness or otherwise of the challenge and to evaluate the proportion that exists between the challenge made by the defendants and the imminent infringement alleged by the plaintiffs and to decide, in view of the risks incurred on both sides, whether or not to prohibit the marketing of the products, to order their withdrawal and to award an advance”.

In this case, the infringement of the applicants’ rights could seemingly be characterized by the use of the identical name SORAYA to cover strictly identical products and services, namely swimwear and beachwear, as well as the related commercial services.

The applicants, in order to claim infringement, relied solely on one of their trademarks: a European Union word trademark composed exclusively of the first name SORAYA. However, in order to be successful in the proceedings, the applicants had to be able to demonstrate genuine use of the trademark in question.

As a reminder, a trademark is subject to genuine use if, within a continuous period of 5 years, it is be used in accordance with its essential function, which is to guarantee the origin of the goods and services for which it is duly registered (Regulation (EU) 2017/1001 of 14-6-2017 art. 58, 1-a).

The applicants, in communicating the evidence intended to demonstrate the serious use of the trademark, seemed to rely on a certain reputation, which they did not explicitly argue. Instead, they testified to a simple “well-known use” of the trademark, induced in part by their long-standing partnership with the Miss France election. However, the argument that did not work in their favor was that “the exploitation of the derived trademarks that were the subject of subsequent registrations did not in any way diminish the use of the historical trademark SORAYA. In addition, in order to justify the serious use of the trademark, the applicants communicated documents with a certain date, but for the complex SORAYA signs and not for the SORAYA word trademark. Moreover, among the plethora of documents submitted in support of genuine use of the trademark, several of them did not have a definite date, which makes it impossible to determine whether the trademark was actually used during the five-year reference period for which genuine use must be proven. However, this period was not communicated by the opposing party’s appeal. Therefore, in this respect, the first instance court judges referred to the period specified in the last pleadings addressed to the summary proceedings judge.

With respect to the various trademarks derived from the trademark in question, which are mostly semi-figurative trademarks, the judges will consider them as a family of trademarks.

This qualification of family of trademarks must be retained, according to consistent caselaw, for trademarks commonly held by one and the same owner and including the same distinctive element. Although the contours of this concept are insufficiently understood, it should allow a trademark owner and operator to avoid the sanction of cancellation for failure to use a trademark, whether registered or not.

A recent decision rendered by the European Union Court of First Instance (EUTA) testified to the appropriateness of this concept in relation to several trademarks containing the element “Mc”/”Mac” and owned by the American company McDonald’s. In 2016, McDonald’s won the case by asserting the following 12 trademarks in the European Union: McDONALD’S, McFISH, McTOAST, McMUFFIN, McRIB, McFLURRY, McNUGGETS, McCHICKEN, EGG McMUFFIN, McFEAST, BIG MAC, PITAMAC. The qualification of “family of trademarks” was thus retained to cancel a “MacCoffe” trademark.

Nevertheless, what is worth remembering following the SORAYA decision is that the first instance court judges will consider that the use of a family of trademarks cannot be successfully invoked “when the aim is to establish the use of a sufficient number of trademarks of the same “family””.  In this sense, the use of one trademark cannot be invoked to justify the use of another trademark. In other words, the fact that the applicants used the semi-figurative trademarks independently, which are also different from the EU word trademark, does not allow them to rely on the concept of use of a family of trademarks.

 

Practical considerations from the decision:

– The exclusive licensee, together with the owner of the trademark, is entitled to bring an action in summary proceedings for the prosecution of alleged infringements;

– The licensee has standing to act even if the contract under which he derives his rights has not been subjected to publicity formalities;

– The assessment of the genuine use of a European Union trademark is carried out with regard to a reference period of 5 years, which is in principle specified by the party claiming the lack of such use, both in the writings addressed to the judge of the summary proceedings and to the Court of Appeal;

– The use of a substantial number of trademarks derived from the invoked trademark, and presumably constituting a series/family of trademarks, does not necessarily prove a substantial use that will defeat the legitimate use of similar trademarks.

 

SEE also…

 

The Specsavers vs Asda saga: Genuine use of trademarks

The masked licensee or the enforceability of the license of a non-enrolled European Union trademark

Read More

Legal Watch: UDRP Proceedings: Legitimate Interest of the Respondent

The legitimate interest of the respondent justified by the use of his trademark in connection with the services for which it is registered.

 

A respondent’s legitimate interest in UDRP proceedings is likely to be acknowledged when its registered domain names reproduce its trademark and said trademark is used for the services it covers, even though the trademark was registered subsequently to the domain name registrations. It is therefore essential for the complainant to prove in great detail that the defendant has sought to infringe its IP rights.

On 27 September 2021, Easy Online Solutions filed a UDRP complaint seeking the transfer of the domain names <cloud-mojo.com>, <cloudmojo.tech>, <cloudmojotech.com> and <cloudmojotech.website>, which were registered on varying dates between 8 May 2020 and 12 February 2021 by Cloudmojo Tech LLP.

 

 

The applicant is a US-based company specializing in the provision of web hosting, content distribution and other “software as a service (SaaS)” services. It owns four word trademarks registered in the United States between the years of 2012 and 2019 for services in class 42 relating to the signs ‘MOJOHOST’, ‘THAT’S GOOD MOJO’, ‘MOJOCDN’ and ‘MOJOCLOUD’. In addition, it has been using the domain name <mojohost.com> since 2002, and has also reserved the domain name <mojocloud.com> which redirects to the website www.mojohost.com.

Cloudmojo Tech LLP, established in June 2020 in Mumbai, India, specializes in the resale and distribution of Microsoft products and has reserved the disputed domain names in the course of its business. Furthermore, prior to the start of the proceedings in June 2022, the defendant filed the word trademark “CLOUDMOJO TECH” in India for services in Class 42, and notably for “computer programming”, “technology consulting” and “SaaS services”. Said trademark was registered on 9 December 2021.

The Panel acknowledges that there is a likelihood of confusion between the disputed domain names and the trademark “MOJOCLOUD” insofar as they consist of the same verbal elements, “MOJO” and “CLOUD”, although the terms are reversed.

In terms of the respondent’s rights or his legitimate interest, the Panel raised several points.

Firstly, the respondent is active in the IT industry, although on a relatively average scale.

Secondly, the domain names are very similar to the respondent’s corporate name. However, the respondent assumed the name only after the first three domain name registrations, i.e. a few weeks later.

The respondent argues that he was not aware of the complainant’s company, nor of its trademarks, at the time of the reservation of the disputed domain names (or at least of the first three domain names).

In fact, it must be noted that the term “cloud” is rather descriptive of the services concerned. In addition, although the term “mojo” is not descriptive of the services concerned, it is still a generic term. Thus, it is plausible that the respondent chose the term “mojo” without having been aware of the complainant’s trademarks.

This hypothesis is supported by the fact that the applicant’s marks do not seem to be known throughout the world. The Panel notes that the applicant has servers in the USA and the Netherlands. He has also been using the trademark “MOJOHOST” in the United States for numerous years. “MojoCloud” is the name used for a service offered on its website www.mojohost.com. Therefore, the claim that its trademarks have a substantial international reputation is not proven. The claimant provides no evidence of sales revenue, advertising expenditure, or of the volume of traffic generated by the www.mojohost.com website and by the redirection of www.mojocloud.com to www.mojohost.com.

In addition, the respondent has registered the trademark ‘CLOUDMOJO TECH’ in India, which is used for the relevant services. The applicant was aware of this registration application . However, no action was taken to oppose it. From this inaction it can be inferred that the applicant has no business in India. The Panel notes that although the applicant’s website is accessible from India, it has not demonstrated any activity in that territory.

In view of these elements, the complaint is rejected.

The decision is not surprising in that it is customary for a company to reflect its corporate name in a domain name, especially since the use of the respondent’s trademark is correlated with the services for which it is registered.

As such, it was essential for the complainant to prove the use of its marks in India but also to provide further evidence of its alleged international reputation. In view of the defendant’s corporate name, which was only revealed after the complaint was filed, a strong India-centered case was essential to have a chance of obtaining the transfer of the names.

 

(WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Case No. D2021-3197, 3 January 2022, Easy Online Solutions, Ltd. d/b/a MojoHost v. Ahmed Parvez Banatwala, Cloudmojo Tech LLP, and Ahmed Parvez Banatwala, Construma Consultancy Pvt. Ltd)

Read More

Womens IP World Podcast

We are pleased to present the “Women’s IP World Podcast” in which Nathalie Dreyfus, founder of Dreyfus & Associates is the guest of Michele Katz, founder and CEO of Advitam IP, LLC.

Gender washing & Greenwashing: Mother Nature, emblem of the instrumentalisation of societal and environmental struggles by tomorrow’s enterpreneurship?

 

If you want to know more about intellectual property issues and discover a rich and experienced vision on the subject, you can also read the article  Nathalie Dreyfus wrote for “Women’s IP world Annual”.

 

 

 

 

ABOUT THIS TOPIC…

 

Online Trademark Protection

 

Read More

International Designs: China joins the Hague Agreement and WIPO

In a major development for the global Intellectual Property ecosystem, China joined the Hague System for the International Registration of Industrial Designs on 5 February 2022. This accession will enter into force on 5 May 2022. Following Belarus and Jamaica, the world’s second largest economy has just joined this Union which aims to facilitate the international registration of designs.

 

 

Joining a system to facilitate access to design protection

 

The Hague System was set up to facilitate the protection of industrial designs internationally, through a simplified filing system with a single office: The World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO). Currently, 76 contracting parties are members of the system, bringing together 93 countries, including France, the European Union, the US, but also many countries in Africa, Asia and Eastern Europe. Given the importance of the appearance of a product, many countries have ratified the Hague Agreement in recent years. China has become the 77th contracting party to the Agreement.

Registering designs with WIPO allows them to be protected in the chosen countries – provided they have actually joined the Hague system – by paying a fee for each requested country. It is therefore not, strictly speaking, an international protection, as each title remains valid only in the concerned territory. Similarly, all acts relating to the protection of the design (registration, renewal) will be carried out in a single procedure.

 

 

The consequences of such accession

 

From now on, all Chinese designers will be able to benefit from the international design system. It is faster and less costly, and limits formalities by providing for a single filing covering up to 100 designs. As for foreign designers, they will have an easier access to the Chinese market, the world’s largest design application market. In 2020, the Chinese Intellectual Property Office received applications containing some 770,362 designs, which represents about 55% of global design applications. By comparison, there were “only” 113,196 EUIPO design filings.

However, the sole registration of a design with WIPO does not guarantee its protection in all the countries requested. WIPO then notifies the offices of all the designated States for an examination specific to each legislation. It is therefore necessary to pay particular attention to the conditions for protection. For example, in France: novelty, specific character and visibility of the design!

In order to file an application for design protection, French legislation provides for a grace period of 12 months following the first disclosure of the design. China, on the other hand, requires absolute novelty. It will therefore be necessary to pay attention to the specific protection conditions in certain countries in order to optimize the protection of a design internationally.

 

China’s accession to the Hague Agreement is therefore a real step forward in the homogenization of design registration. China has thus become the 77th contracting party to the Hague Agreement and gives hope that other highly innovative States will soon join in.

 

 

See also…

International designs: why has Belarus ratified the Hague Agreement?

International designs: South Korea ratifies the Hague Agreement

Read More

Trademark Modernization Act

Drapeau USTrademark Modernization Act: new fast and efficient procedures to challenge non-used U.S. registered trademarks.

The United States Trademark system is based on use. This means that U.S. trademark holders are required to use their trademarks in relation to the goods and services designated in the trademark registration.

Contrary to the EU Trademark system, this use requirement applies both before and after the registration of U.S. trademarks. The U.S. system requires trademarks to be used before their actual filing. As regards foreign trademark registrations, an intent to use the trademark in the U.S is required.

The U.S. system traditionally provides two cancellation procedures to challenge non-used trademarks: the cancellation procedure based on ‘abandonment’ and the cancellation procedure based on ‘non-use’. While the former procedure requires a lack of use and a lack of intent to re-use it, the latter requires an asserted non-use within 5 years of its registration.

 

These two cancellation procedures still apply today.

However, the problem is that they are relatively expensive, time-consuming and not necessarily effective. For trademark holders, it is fairly easy to win these procedures as they simply need to show their intention to start or to resume the use of their trademarks.

Nonetheless, the Trademark Modernization Act changed this system.

 

The Trademark Modernization Act came into effect on December 18, 2020 and has an important impact on U.S. trademark owners and future applicants. It regards both national (U.S.) trademarks and international registered trademarks designating the United States.

This act adds two new procedures regarding non-used U.S. trademarks.

 

Expungement petition

A first important new procedure is the so-called ex parte expungement petition.

What?

The ex parte expungement petition is a new and relatively simple procedure to cancel U.S. registered trademarks for lack of use. It regards national and international trademarks (designating the U.S.) that have never been used in the U.S. in commerce and/or in connection with the goods and/or services after their registration.

The petition can be filed by anyone – contrary to traditional cancellation proceedings – and does not require a lack of intent to resume use.

When?

Until February 27, 2023, the petition can be filed against any non-used U.S. trademark that is older than 3 years.

After this date, the expungement petition will only be opened within 3 to 10 years after the registration of the non-used trademark in question.

Consequence?

The trademark holder has three months following the action to provide proof of use. The burden of proof, which is strictly interpreted, is thus put entirely on the latter. In case of insufficient proof of use, the trademark registration will be partly/fully cancelled.

 

Reexamination petition

A second important new procedure is the so-called ex parte reexamination petition.

What?

This procedure makes it possible to obtain a reexamination of trademarks registered via a national or international trademark filing (designating the U.S.) that have not been used in commerce or in connection with goods and services on a certain date. This petition can also be filed by anyone.

When the underlying application was initially filed based on use of the trademark in commerce, the relevant date will be the filing date of the application.

When the underlying application was filed with an intent-to-use basis, the relevant date will be the later of the date that an amendment to allege use was filed or the date that the deadline to file a statement of use expired.

When?

The reexamination petition can only be filed within 5 years of the registration of the trademark.

Consequence?

The trademark holder will need to provide sufficient proof of use for all of the challenged goods and services. Should the trademark holder fail to do so, the trademark registration would risk cancellation.

 

(Dis)advantages?

Firstly, these new procedures make it possible to challenge non-used U.S. registered trademarks more quickly and efficiently. Contrary to the traditional cancellation procedure, these new procedures do not require the element of abandonment. It only requires non-use. The fact that a trademark holder has the intent to resume use is irrelevant in this regard.

Secondly, this new procedure makes it easier to get rid of ‘dead wood’ (non-used trademarks), and consequently, to register (non-used) trademarks faster and cheaper. Before the Trademark Modernization Act, it was generally burdensome to apply for a trademark registration when an older similar/identical non-used trademark prevented the application. In this context, cancellation procedures could take several years and bring forth substantial costs.

Thanks to the new expungement and reexamination procedures, it is more flexible and less time-consuming (it doesn’t require briefs, motions, etc.) to act against non-used trademarks and to try to register a non-used trademark yourself at a later stage.

Moreover, the new procedures require U.S. trademark holders to be (more) careful. They need to really use their trademarks and they should constantly keep evidence to prove, when needed, the actual use of trademarks in the U.S., in relation to goods and services, before and after the registration. The less evidence of use, the higher the risk of losing a U.S. trademark, and the easier it becomes for competitors to register similar and even identical U.S. trademarks.

 

The new procedures make it possible to challenge non-used U.S. registered trademarks more quickly and efficiently.

Therefore, we recommend you to audit your trademark rights in the United States, in order to avoid the risk of cancellation or reexamination.

As regards your trademark registrations that are currently under review, we invite you to contact us so that we can discuss and develop the best strategy to adapt your registrations to this new regulation.

We can also accompany you in the assessment of your trademarks in order to identify the products and/or services that would be likely to weaken them.

 

See also…

Keeping your registration alive

Expungement or reexamination forms

 

Read More

How could Louis Vuitton, a well-known brand, fail to prevent the registration of a competing trademark?

On November 2, 2020 Louis Vuitton Malletier filed an opposition against the application for registration of the figurative mark “LOVES VITTORIO” designating the same goods in classes 25 and 26, on the basis of Article 8(1)(b) of the European Union Trade Mark Regulation (EUTR). The Office rejected the opposition on the grounds that the similarity between the earlier sign and the contested sign was slight, and thus not sufficient enough to create a likelihood of confusion on the part of consumers with an average level of attention. The opponent invoked article 8, paragraph 5, of the EUTR concerning the reputation of the trademark. However, due to a lack of evidence the judges rejected the complaint without examination of its merits.

 

1. Assessment of the likelihood of confusion in light of the overall impression given by the signs

 

Since the “SABEL BV v. Puma AG” judgment handed down on November 11, 1997 by the  Court of Justice of the European Communities, a new approach to the assessment of the similarity between two signs has been put forward. This approach is more global, notably by studying the three following criteria: visual aspect, aural aspect and conceptual aspect. As a result, the Office conducts a step-by-step analysis of these criteria between the earlier mark and the application for registration of the contested mark.

First of all, on the visual aspect, the Office found a very low degree of similarity insofar as the two signs “have in common only the letter L” and “partially coincide in the stylization of the two letters”. In addition, although the stylization and colours used in the two signs are the same, consumers will perceive these elements as being merely decorative. The judges especially note a difference between the two signs by the addition of the words “LOVES” and “VITTORIO” and the letter “N” in the contested sign.

Likewise, in terms of aural similarity, the judges found only a slight degree of similarity in the pronunciation of the letter “L”. Finally, the Office stated that the two signs are conceptually different.

Thus, the Office concludes that the few similarities between the two signs are not sufficient to cause a likelihood of confusion for the consumer with an average level of attention and that they will distinguish the origin and the source of each sign. Moreover, the relevant public will perceive the sign as a whole, in particular by the addition of the terms “LOVES” and “VITTORIO” as well as the letters “L” and “N”, and will not limit itself to the same stylisation.

However, it must be noted that there is a visual similarity that could lead the relevant public not to perceive the difference between the letters “LV” and “LN” in a clear and precise manner, especially since the added term is “VITTORIO”.

Moreover, in view of the identical goods covered by the two signs, it seems somewhat surprising that the judges did not take this into account, given that according to the “Canon Kabushiki Kaisha and Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Inc.” judgment handed down on September 29, 1998 by the Court of Justice of the European Communities, a low degree of similarity between the signs can be compensated by a high degree of similarity between the designated goods or services.

 

2. The unfortunate exclusion of the reputation of the earlier mark

 

At first glance, this decision may seem surprising in the sense that the earlier mark “LV” is a mark that supposedly enjoys a strong reputation.

Indeed, this reputation could probably have led the judges to grant the opposition request to the application for the registration of the contested mark, if the latter ” unduly [took] advantage of the distinctive character”; “or the reputation of the earlier mark”; “or [was] detrimental to them”.

However, this exclusion of the reputation of the mark is fully justified insofar as the Office renders its decision by limiting itself to the evidence and arguments provided by the opponent. However, the opponent did not provide evidence of the mark’s reputation, in accordance with Article 7(2)(f) of the European Trade Mark Delegated Regulation

 

It is therefore essential before the filing of any opposition to analyse the similarity between the signs and the goods and services between your trademark and the disputed trademark application, and particularly to provide all relevant evidence demonstrating the intensive use of the trademark or its reputation.

This decision highlights the importance of the evidence provided during a procedure relating to the relative grounds for refusal of registration of a trademark application, evidence that could undoubtedly have allowed a different turn of events.

 

 

See also…

 

The current reputation of the trademark is not sufficient to prove bad faith registration of an old domain name

Why is the well-knownness of an earlier trademark not enough to qualify bad faith?

Read More

Legal Watch : THE UDRP PROCEDURE

CYBERSQUATTINGThe UDRP PROCEDURE is designed to deal with cases of abusive cybersquatting.

Since the implementation of the General Data Protection Regulation and, more generally, when domain names are registered anonymously, it is often difficult to identify the enemy that we intend to strike.

The issue can be solved through filing a UDRP complaint. This is what happened to the US company Capital Distribution Consulting Inc. As the owner of the semi-figurative trademark Royal dragon superior vodka 5X distilled, the company filed a complaint against the anonymously registered domain name <royaldragonvodka.com>.

Once the procedure was initiated, the identity of the registrant was revealed. The latter was a certain Mr. X, who was an officer of Horizons Group (London) in the United Kingdom and the owner of the UK trademark Royal dragon vodka.

 

 

In fact, it turned out that both parties obtained their trademarks through a transfer carried out by Dragon Spirits Limited in Hong Kong, of which Mr. Bharwani was one of the shareholders.
This information gave rise to further exchanges between the parties, each accusing the other of having obtained the trademark unlawfully. In particular, the complainant argued that the transfer to the defendant had taken place after the liquidation of the transferee.

The facts reported in this decision are particularly complex and all-encompassing, which indicates that the UDRP is not the appropriate forum for this kind of litigation.
The expert reported that the complainant filed an additional response, which is not provided for in the Regulation, after the defendant’s response and then a second response 9 days later. This response contained 15 annexes, including a sales agreement, court orders, share transfers, a declaration relating to the liquidation procedure, etc.

The expert decided not to accept this response and consequently not to consider the defendant’s request to reply in case these submissions were accepted.
The expert pointed out that this case does not concern a simple case of cybersquatting but rather a competition matter, involving trademarks being registered around the world.

He noted that trademark rectification proceedings based on competition grounds have been granted or are still pending in different jurisdictions. Therefore, the domain name in question is fully in line with this broader dispute. The expert recalled that the Guiding Principles of the UDRP are not designed to settle all kinds of disputes that would have any link with domain names. On the contrary, the Guidelines establish an inexpensive and streamlined administrative procedure being limited to ‘abusive cybersquatting’ cases.
This decision serves as a reminder that it is essential to obtain as much information as possible about the disputed domain name that forms the subject of a procedure. For relatively old names such as <royaldragonvodka.com> being registered in 2011, valuable information can be found through consulting the Whois history of the domain name.

 

 

WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Case No. D2021-2871, Nov. 24, 2021, Capital Distribution Holding Inc. v. Hiro Bharwani, Horizons Group (London) Ltd.

Read More

Can the French public be advertised for the sale of non-prescription drugs on the Internet?

Stockage médicaments pour préparation de commande en ligneIn France, the online sale of non-prescription drugs is strictly regulated, for public health considerations. Thus, some advertisements are prohibited, including paid referencing on the Internet.

In a dispute opposing a Dutch company to French pharmacists and e-pharmacists, the Paris Court of Appeal ruled, on September 17, 2021, that the Holland based seller who advertised his products on French soil, as well as on the Internet did not, in doing so, carry out acts of unfair competition.

 

In 2015, shop-pharmacie.fr, an online sales site for non-prescription drugs administered by a Dutch company, launched a large-scale advertising campaign on French soil. Millions of flyers were thus included in postal packages sent by major e-commerce players such as Zalando and La Redoute. The Dutch company also carried out a paid referencing strategy on the Internet, targeting the French audience.

This campaign, which French companies could not in any case have carried out, appeared excessive and even unfair for some of the associations representing the profession. The Union des groupements de pharmaciens (the Union of pharmacists’ consortium) and the Association française des pharmaciens en ligne (the online pharmacists Association) thus sought to have this campaign qualified as an act of unfair competition, basing their request on legal provisions of the French Public Health Code.

The Paris Commercial Court granted this request but the Dutch company appealed this ruling. The Paris Court of Appeal then referred the matter to the Court of Justice of the European Union. The question raised was whether France could apply to e-pharmacies established in another EU Member State the same limitations it imposed on French e-pharmacists in regards with the promotion of their business and products on its territory.

 

Greater interests of the Internal Market and rejection of the French protectionism

Can European regulations, in particular Article 34 TFEU and the provisions of Directive 2001/83, allow an EU Member State to impose on pharmacists, who are nationals of another EU Member State, rules derived from Articles R.4235-22 and R.4235-64 of the Public Health and good practices Code issued by the public authority of the Member State?

The Court of Justice of the European Union answered this question in its October 1st 2020 decision C-649/18 by the negative. This legal and political decision relied namely on the fundamental notion of the European internal market.

This decision brought the protectionism of the French provisions to a standstill but it was initiated in 2016 by the French Competition Authority which at the time stated that the French legislation introduced “additional constraints that appear to be disproportionate for the intended purpose of public health protection” (French Competition Authority, 20th April 2016, notice n°16-A-09 §91). In 2019, another notice further supported this opinion and stated that online sale was “obstructed in its development by excessive constraints that limit the development of players established in France compared to their European counterparts” (French Competition Authority, 4th April 2019, notice n°19-A-08).

Thus, the European justice system decided to mitigate the implementation of the French legal limitations in order to protect the Internal Market.

 

Possibility of limiting advertising on French territory through targeted legal provisions

The Court of Justice of the European Union has established a first principle whereby a Member State can impose limitations on advertising if its legislation is strictly circumscribed. The Paris Court of Appeal followed this clarification in the dispute between French pharmacists and the Dutch e-pharmacy and ruled that the provisions invoked from the French Public Health Code were not specific enough. More precisely, they did not solely target drugs, but referred to the general term of “pharmaceutical products”.

The door is therefore left open for the French legislator to specify its legal provisions relating to the framework of pharmaceutical drugs online advertising.

 

Paid referencing on the Internet in principle possible for companies established in another Member State of the European Union

In order to prevent the over-consumption of pharmaceutical drugs, French law prohibits French e-pharmacies from carrying out paid referencing campaigns in the digital space, particularly on search engines and price comparators.

In this case, the Court of Justice of the European Union stated that such referencing is in principle possible, unless it is limited by a measure that is necessary and proportionate to the purpose of safeguarding public health. Therefore, the general rule is that referencing is possible, unless the opposing Member State provides a targeted, proportionate and necessary legal rule.

Yet, such legislation does not exist in France. Moreover, the provisions of the Public Health Code that have been included in the debate seem inadequate for e-commerce. Indeed, e-commerce has its own constraints, namely its universal, instantaneous and continuous access via the Internet. Consequently, it seems very difficult to provide a sufficiently concrete and specific framework for the practice of paid referencing on the Internet for this type of activity.

 

To sum up, French e-pharmacists and e-pharmacists located in other EU Member States are not on an equal footing regarding advertisements carried out in France.

This case provided the Paris Court of Appeal the opportunity to reaffirm the right to paid referencing by stating that the decree of December 1st 2016 “relating to the technical rules applicable to e-commerce websites for pharmaceutical drugs ” and relating in particular to the prohibition on referencing in search engines or price comparators in return for payment, was unenforceable. Furthermore, the French Council of State had annulled this decree on March 17, 2021.

Read More

LEGAL WATCH : THE NAME PARISTECH.ORG

The name < PARISTECH.ORG >, operated by Parisian entrepreneurs, would not infringe Paritech’s rights.

At the end of the year 2021, a surprising UDRP decision was issued. It concerned a complaint filed against the domain name < paristech.org > that was registered by an anonymous registrant in 2017. The complaint was filed by the French ParisTech Foundation («ParisTech») who is known for its higher education services primarily in the fields of science and technology,

ParisTech notably owns two French Paristech trademarks, registered in 1999 and 2010 and subsequently renewed, as well as the international trademark “Paris Institute of science and technology Paristech” registered in 2010 and renewed in 2020. It also owns the <paristech.fr> domain name, registered in 2004.
The disputed domain name was used to disseminate French articles on a variety of topics, most of which related to technology and innovation. Before filing a complaint, the complainant attempted to contact the registrant at the address mentioned on its website, but without success.

 

After the complaint had been filed, the defendant indicated that he was open to find an amicable agreement with the complainant. Although it led to the suspension of the proceedings, the negotiations – whereof the content has not been reported – were not successful. Consequently, the proceedings resumed. The defendant submitted a late response to the complaint, which the expert decided not to accept, based on the consideration that it would not have changed the outcome of the case anyway.
In his analysis, the expert acknowledges that the domain name is identical to the complainant’s prior Paristech trademarks.

However, as far as the legitimate interest is concerned, his position may seem unexpected since he decided not to rule on the matter.

He noted that the website included articles on various topics that mostly related to technology and innovation. The site incorporates a «Paris Tech» logo at the top of the page and at the bottom, a reference to the city of Paris and a postal code.

He noted that the «Paristech» website is managed by two Parisian entrepreneurs who want to keep track of technological developments.

The only method of contact is an email address. Nonetheless, the complainant demonstrated that this email address does not work.

The expert further noted that the legal notices only contained the contact details of the OVH host and that the contact details did not correspond to those provided by the registration office.
However, he noted that there is no evidence to suggest that the purpose of the defendant was to target the complainant’s trademark. The “Paris Tech” logo on the site is different from that of the complainant. In addition, the expert stated that the content presented on <paristech.org> and <paristech.fr> are different.

He explained that «Paristech» can easily be understood as “Paris Technology” referring to the content of the site.

Based on these facts, the expert considered that the complainant failed to prove the defendant’s bad faith and referred to his comments on this point.

He considered that the defendant could have known about the Paristech trademark when he registered the domain name since the complainant’s trademark appears to be known in France in connection with its research education services and that the website is operated by Parisian entrepreneurs, where the complainant is based.

Nevertheless, he noted that the site was non-commercial, relating to technology and innovation, and did not refer to the complainant’s field of activity, namely education.

Moreover, the expert noted that the complainant did not provide proof that the registrant had proposed the domain name for sale before the start of the proceedings, nor that he would have obtained a financial gain by making use of this domain name through taking advantage of the risk of confusion. Hence, the domain name registration does not constitute an abusive reproduction of third-party trademarks.

He therefore rejected the complaint, stating that the choice to hide his contact information on the Whois file and to provide on his website a contact email address that does not work is not sufficient to conclude bad faith registration.
This decision may seem surprising given the complainant’s reputation among the French speaking and international public.

The domain name is strictly identical to the earlier trademark and reproduces part of the complainant’s legal name. The website is operated in French. However, the complainant is located in France where it enjoys a certain reputation.

The legitimacy of the site may seem questionable since no legal notice is inserted and the contact address is false. The defendant does not claim trademark rights or a legal name «Paristech».
The website’s topics are similar to those covered by ParisTech. The fact of not drawing active income or not actively proposing the sale of the domain name does not mean that the defendant did not intend to target the complainant’s trademark. We note that as of December 30, 2021, the site is inactive.

By consulting the history of the Whois of the disputed domain name, we can see that on February 12, 2017, the name was held by Mr. X, ParisTech company. According to our research, the latter was the general manager of ParisTech. Subsequently, the name became anonymous. Therefore, there appears to be a very clear link between the complainant and this domain name.

Finally, although the articles promoted on the site do not focus on education, it could be argued that the dissemination of informative articles can be related to it.

It appears that the expert based his decision primarily on the lack of commercial intent in the use of the disputed domain name.

However, the expert noted that if the content of the website were to change in order to infringe the complainant’ rights, then the complainant would be free to pursue legal action.

 

WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Case No. D2021-2417, October 28, 2021, Paristech Foundation v. Domain Administrator d/b/a privacy.cloudns.net

 

Read More

Legal Watch: Two people file a complaint regarding the same domain name

When two people file a complaint regarding the same domain name, the domain name’s transfer isn’t necessarily granted to the trademark rights’ owner

The Uniform Domain Name Dispute Resolution Policy specifies in point 4) a) that the relevant disputes involve those where a domain name is “identical or confusingly similar to a trademark in which the complainant has rights”.

This is the case when the domain name has been registered and used in bad faith, when the registrant has no rights or legitimate interests and when the domain name registered by the domain name registrant is “identical or confusingly similar to a trademark or service mark in which the complainant has rights”.

Recently, the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center considered that, although the applicant had previous trademark rights, the transfer of the disputed domain name shall happen on behalf of the other complainants.

 

 

 

The complainants in this case were Victoria and David Beckham.

The first complainant, Victoria Beckham, a former member of the Spice Girls, is specialized in haute couture and commercialises clothes under her name on the website “www.victoriabeckham.com”. The trademark “VICTORIA BECKHAM” is notorious, especially in the United-Kingdom: it was designated as Designer Brand of the Year in 2011.

The second complainant is David Beckham, renowned for his soccer career, as well as for his professional collaborations with major brands.

He owns several trademarks, invoked in support of the complaint and in particular some registered in the United States “BECKHAM” No. 3342223, dated 20 November 2007, renewed, relating inter alia to clothing products and the trademark “BECKHAM” No. 4208454, dated 18 September 2021 in class 3, which includes perfumes. Thus, the trademarks cited in support of the complaint belong solely to him.

The Beckhams discovered the domain name <usbeckham.com> registered on 8 July 2020, after the registration of Mr Beckham’s trademarks. This domain name linked to a page selling clothing, handbags, shoes and accessories. The site was titled “BECKHAM® Official Online Boutique” and featured the header “BECKHAM” in a font similar to Victoria Beckham’s site. It also had a “Perfume” tab, which redirected to the <genewus.com> website, selling perfumes but also a range of swimwear bearing the name “Victoria Beck”.

Firstly, the expert observed that both complainants shared the same name BECKHAM, for which David Beckham had acquired trademark protection for perfumes and clothing. Hereby, the expert considered the consolidation of the complainants well-founded.
According to the expert the disputed domain name may generate a risk of confusion with the earlier trademarks as it incorporates the word BECKHAM.
Concerning the legitimate interest and the potential rights of the defendant, the complainants argue that they have not given any authorization to the defendant to use their name and that the latter held no rights on the sign “BECKHAM”.
The use of the domain name is confusing for products in competition with those of the complainants and have a title with the symbol ® implying that the respondent is the owner of the trademark “BECKHAM”. The term “Official” also suggests that the website is official. This demonstrates the respondent’s lack of good faith: the expert therefore considers that she has no right nor legitimate interest in the domain name.
Furthermore, with regard to the registration and use in bad faith, the expert considers that the applicants are very famous and that the defendant could not have been unaware of the applicants’ trademarks “BECKHAM”, given that she lived in London and in view of her interest in “high fashion” as mentioned on her website. Moreover, her name is not “Beckham”. However, this name has some significance in the world of high fashion through the applicants’ trademarks. The expert therefore considers that the defendant necessarily registered and used the domain name in bad faith.
Therefore, the complaint was accepted and the domain name was transferred to the first complainant, Victoria Beckham.

 

This ruling is interesting since most of the decision’s reasoning is based on Mr. Beckham’s trademarks. The trademarks in question were protected in particular for “clothing” and “perfumes”. Those same products are found on the disputed website.

A research reveals that there are several “VICTORIA BECKHAM” trademarks, but at first sight, they do not belong to Mrs. Beckham herself, but to her company. Although the company bears the same name, it was not a complainant in this litigation.

The consolidation of complainants makes it possible to consider that “2 become 1″ for the purposes of the complaint. Anyone of the complainants can obtain the disputed domain name whereas it is not decisive which one of them is mentioned as the actual trademark owner in the complaint.

Perhaps Victoria Beckham could have argued that she has common law rights regarding the name “BECKHAM”. However, these rights would have been in competition with those of her company.

(WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center, Case n°D2021-1841, Victoria Beckham, David Beckham v. Contact Privacy Inc. Customer 1247653581/ Cynthia Panford)

 

See also…

Domain names

Read More

Metaverse: is it necessary to register specific trademarks for protection?

*Image generated by DALL-E 3, Microsoft Version

The metaverse -a parallel virtual world which is booming in the Web 3.0 era- has become an unavoidable topic. This fictional world will combine prospectively and simultaneously virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), blockchain, crypto-currencies, social networks, etc. Many companies are already planning to do business in this world following the company’s digital transition.

As a result, trademark applications covering products and services related to “digital virtual objects” have been multiplying since the end of 2021.

But how to effectively protect this new activity that calls for a whole new lexicon?

 

 

 

1.The metaverse, a new world for new ambitions?

In a few words, the metaverse can be defined as a fabricated virtual universe -mixing the words “meta” and “universe”, to designate a meta-universe in which social interactions would be extended and digitized. It seems to be directly inspired by the 1992 novel Snow Crash” (“Le Samourai virtuel” in French) by Neal Stephenson.

This parallel digital environment embodies a new way to explore innovative and ambitious projects from a different perspective, before they take concrete shape in the actual world.

As an example, Aglet created its own range of sneakers, the “TELGAs”, after launching it as a digital collection for online games. The collection is also available on the OpenSea platform, alongside brands such as Nike and Adidas, who have stepped up to virtual collections in the form of Non-Fungible Tokens (NFTs).

NFTs, whose transactions are mostly hosted on the Ethereum blockchain, are essential components of the metaverse. This digital asset category, which is distinct from crypto-currencies such as Bitcoin and Ether, allows for authentic and unforgeable certification of the ownership of one of these virtual digital objects offered for sale in the metaverse.

The metaverse follows on from social networks and will undoubtedly allow companies to establish a strong online presence, beyond the operation of a traditional website.

Whether the metaverse is a trend that will last and become anchored in our culture is uncertain, though many large companies have already taken the plunge.

Before venturing into the metaverse, it is necessary to register specific trademarks, adapted to the goods and services of the metaverse. This will ensure efficient protection against infringement and will enhance the value of the company’s brand assets.  In this respect, it is important to draft an appropriate wording for the trademark.

 

2.How to design an adequate and optimal protection?

When launching an activity into the metaverse, the definition of the goods and services should be careful considered as the crucial element of a trademark is its wording above all. The filing process for a trademark application with the INPI, EUIPO, or any other national industrial property office, will indeed guarantee, to some extent, a monopoly on goods and services determined. This will confer also a commercial value to the trademark, once it is registered by an industrial property office.

As a reminder, once a trademark application has been filed, it is impossible to add classes of goods and services and to add any additional good or service, nor to add goods or services. Only a modification in the sense of a restriction of the wording will be considered.

The most relevant classes, which will contribute to the wording, are classes 9 and 41.

Class 9 allows for NFT coverage, although the product may not be accepted as such. More explanatory wording will be required. For example, one can target “downloadable digital products, i.e. digital objects created using blockchain technology”. These goods can be of all kinds: clothing, works of art, etc.

Class 41 covers the components of entertainment. In this respect, MMORPGs, which are defined as interactive games, which by their nature and concordance are closely associated with the metaverse, could be covered in class 41.

When a virtual trademark is to be exploited through points of sale, services class 35 seems unavoidable in order to include, among other things, “retail store services for virtual goods”.

In a complementary vision, it will then be necessary to think of designating the corresponding goods in the classes that classically cover them.

 

3.Virtual trademarks registered in various sectors

In early February 2022, Pumpernickel Associates, LLC filed a trademark application for “PANERAVERSE” No. 97251535 with the USPTO. This filing, initiated for virtual food and beverage products, NFTs and the ability to purchase real products in the virtual world, demonstrates a definite willingness by the American company to deploy these outlets in the metaverse.

McDonald’s has also filed trademark applications (No. 97253179; No. 97253170; No. 97253159) for “the operation of a virtual restaurant offering real and virtual products” and for “the operating a virtual restaurant online featuring home delivery”. In addition, the U.S. fast food chain also plans to obtain a trademark for “on-line actual and virtual concerts and other virtual events” and other entertainment services for a virtual McCafe (No. 97253767; No. 97253361; No. 97253336).

These are not the only trademark applications filed at this time; Facebook and Nike pioneered this trend, followed by luxury, textile, cosmetics and perfume brands. L’Oréal, for example, has filed several registration applications for perfume brands from its portfolio, in their digital version, with the French National Institute of Industrial Property (INPI)

 

4.Conceptual considerations

In light of this unprecedented craze around the metaverse, one might wonder whether these immaterial goods, whose projected use is exclusively intended for virtual exploitation, should not come under a new particular category of products, not defined to date under the Nice Classification.

The addition of an ad hoc class dedicated to these virtual goods and services seems complex insofar as many of them could overlap with already existing products and services. The list could be very long.

In any case, drafting a trademark for the metaverse requires a meticulous definition of the goods and services concerned.

The Nice Classification, despite the successive trademark filings made since November 2021, does not include for the moment, in its explanatory notes or product suggestions, any reference to goods and/or services closely related to the metaverse or NFTs. Perhaps it will do so shortly in view of the developments encountered.

What will be the boundaries between the metaverse and the actual world? The question is a structuring one for trademark law and competition law. The European Commissioner Margrethe Vestager and the president of the US antitrust authority, Lina Khan, are wondering about “the right time to put in place competition rules in this emerging sector”.

Dreyfus accompany you in the protection of your brands in the metaverse era and to draft with you a wording of goods and services adapted to your activity.

 

 

See also…

 

How to protect your brands in the digital era?

Why is it necessary to register a trademark?

United States: what are the options to protect a trademark?

Read More

Is it possible to invoke a trademark that is not protected in the defendant’s country?

The trademark invoked by the applicant does not necessarily have to be protected in the country of the respondent

WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center ADMINISTRATIVE PANEL DECISIONVente-privee.com v. 郑碧莲 (Zheng Bi Lian)Case No. DCN2021-0004

In order for a UDRP complaint to succeed, it is necessary to prove a trademark right similar or identical to the domain name, generating a risk of confusion. Then, it must be established that the respondent has no rights or legitimate interests, and finally, it must be shown that the respondent has registered and used the name in bad faith.

 

 

 

In order to establish this bad faith, it is essential to show that the respondent has prior knowledge of the applicant’s rights and that the disputed registration is aimed at these rights. Being the owner of a trademark protected in the country where the defendant is established is therefore a considerable asset. However, it is not a requirement.
Vente-privee.com is a French e-commerce company that has been operating for 20 years in the organization of event-based sales of all kinds of products and services at reduced prices, including major trademarks.
At the beginning of 2019, Vente-privee.com began a process of unifying its trademarks under a single new name: VEEPEE. This rebranding was widely promoted internationally. It had previously secured trademark rights to the “VEEPEE” sign via a filing an EUTM in November 2017 and via an international trademark filed the same day covering Mexico, Monaco, Norway and Switzerland. Vente-privee.com also owns numerous domain names matching “VEEPEE” such as <veepee.es>, <veepee.it>, <veepee.de> and <veepee.com>.

Having detected the registration of the <veepee.cn> domain name reserved in 2018 by a China-based registrant, the company filed a complaint with the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center seeking the transfer of the name.
The likelihood of confusion was easily admitted by the expert, who considered the domain name to be identical to the applicant’s earlier trademarks. On this occasion, he recalls that the trademark does not need to be registered in a specific country for the assessment of the likelihood of confusion.

This is in line with the assessment of WIPO’s Overview 3.0, which specifies in its section 1.1.2, quoted by the expert, that in view of the international nature of domain names and the Internet, the jurisdiction in which the trademark is protected is not relevant for the analysis of the first criterion. Bearing in mind, however, that this factor may be important for the examination of the other criteria.

the Panel notes that the Respondent has no business relationship with the Complainant and has not received any authorization from it to reserve the disputed domain name. As the Respondent did not respond to the Complaint, the Panel finds that Vente-privee.com has established that the Respondent has no rights or legitimate interests in the disputed domain name.

Finally, on the issue of bad faith, the expert insists on the arbitrary nature of the name VEEPEE: “VEEPEE is a made-up word with no particular meaning in Chinese or English”. He also highlights the fact that the domain name has not been actively used, but on the contrary refers to a website in English, accessible to all, on which it is for sale.

Therefore, the expert orders that the disputed domain name <veepee.cn> be transferred to the Complainant.

This decision is a reminder that it is important to choose the right trademarks to be used in a UDRP complaint. Ideally, it is necessary to prove a registration in the country of the registrant, if possible prior to the domain name. In the absence of a registration in the relevant jurisdiction, it is important to demonstrate that the trademark is used and known outside the boundaries of its registration.

In this instance, we note that the disputed domain name is indeed subsequent to the applicant’s trademarks, but prior to the Vente-privee.com rebranding operation by almost a year. This information might have required analysis had the Respondent responded to the Complaint. Information that could have been counterbalanced, however, with the registration date of the name <veepee.com> (the <.com> targeting the international), which is very old: December 6, 1999.

 

SEE ALSO…

♦Domain names

Read More

Online Trademark Protection

Monitoring, protecting and promoting your trademarks online: these are the core business activities of the Dreyfus law firm.

Our team assists you to anticipate, secure and optimize your trademarks, allowing you to enhance your business.

A successful trademark registration does not mean that your trademark is automatically protected. Nonetheless, your trademark has an undeniable business value and as such warrants to be monitored and defended. One of the important issues is that public entities such as the INPI, EUIPO or WIPO are not required to notify prior trademark owners when a third-party applicant files an application for a similar or identical trademark. Since these organisms do not assess whether trademark applications are likely to infringe earlier trademarks, it is up to the applicants to perform a prior art search. In other words, careful trademark monitoring is very important for an optimal and durable protection of your trademark. However, identifying risks and responding accurately, effectively and timely to potential harms is not always obvious.

That is why the Dreyfus team helps you monitor and protect your trademarks online. First, we detect potential infringements, then we inform you in due time when a (strongly) similar or identical trademark is filed.

Thanks to our innovative Dreyfus IPweb® solution, we are able to monitor and automatically detect trademark filings that are identical or similar to yours and to take steps against any potential infringement before a similar trademark enters the market. IPweb® provides direct access to a company’s domain name monitoring services. It covers all social media networks such as Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and LinkedIn, as well as advertising platforms such as Google AdWords. Your trademarks are constantly monitored and you will be swiftly alerted in the event of a breach.

After assessing the similarity of the signs and the products and services in question as well as your chances of success, we will inform you immediately and, if necessary, advise you on the steps that should be followed. As it is better to be safe rather than sorry, it is important to act as quickly as possible and to contact the third-party applicant at an early stage, by sending him a warning, a letter of formal notice or even by filing an opposition against the trademark application to ensure that the said applicant uses an alternative name for his/her products and/or services.

 

Detecting potential trademark infringements and securing your trademarks online

 

We report potential trademark infringements on the Internet and social networks and we provide you with personalized advice regarding your portfolio management strategy, including weaknesses that could hinder the development of your (digital) business and give rise to possible litigation.

In this regard, we offer you appropriate and personalized strategies to anticipate dangers, such as online fraud (i.e. phishing, fake websites, identity theft, forged emails, etc.) which requires immediate action as it can be significantly damaging to the image and reputation of your trademark and may generate a financial loss.

For compliance purposes, we can help you put in place a strategy to prevent any breach caused by domain names. This includes – in addition to monitoring your trademark among Internet domain names – monitoring of your trademark on other social networks (such as Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Instagram, YouTube, Snapchat) to detect and respond appropriately to any new breach.
With our intuitive platform, Dreyfus IPWeb®, we allow our clients to have access to – and closely follow their trademark files online. Moreover, our clients have access to the results of the performed surveillance on trademarks, domain names, corporate names or social networks. With these trace and control tools, we help you restructure the management of your trademark portfolio in an easy and accessible way.

 

 Online trademark audits

 

The next step consists of performing a trademark audit. It is a crucial step to get a global and transversal view of the potential value of your trademarks and to anticipate risks such as conflicts regarding ownership, the loss of rights on an unused trademark or the expiration of your trademark rights. With thorough online trademark evaluations, we will bring to light potential harmful situations and assess the risks and opportunities in relation with your trademark. Besides, trademark audits become important assets when negotiating licensing or assignment agreements.

Furthermore, the Dreyfus team offers you personalized recommendations to strengthen your trademark rights. The online assessment and promotion services offered by the Dreyfus team will allow you to have an accurate and global overview of your situation, from a legal, commercial and technological perspective.

 

(Pre)litigation

 

The Dreyfus law firm assists you with the defense and enhancement of your rights and helps you resolve your disputes efficiently, quickly and amicably. With its detailed knowledge of trademarks in the digital environment, our team helps you settle your disputes online, out-of-court and in a confidential, strategic and efficient manner. Thanks to its know-how and its many clients, the Dreyfus team follows continuously and closely ongoing issues and has an increased vision of current and future risks.

The Dreyfus team will help you successfully defend and enhance your trademark rights and will assist you with the resolution of disputes, infringement actions, problems relating to domain names, as well as during mediation and arbitration procedures. Have you discovered a website that infringes on your trademark? Do you have a French or European Union trademark or an international trademark having effect in France or in the European Union and would you like to file an opposition to an application for registration of a French trademark or an international trademark having effect in France?

Dreyfus & Associates assists you in effectively and rapidly defending your rights. In this regard, we help you introduce an opposition procedure before the INPI to prevent the registration of a trademark that infringes on your prior rights. We also assist you in initiating an out-of-court settlement procedure before the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Centre, including the resolution of national and international domain name disputes.

 

SEE ALSO…

Trademarks, other distinctive signs and franchise

Read More

Brief : DOMAIN NAMES: THE POTENTIAL CONFLICT OF DIFFERENT DOMAIN NAME SYSTEMS

A website can only be accessed if a system is able to link the URL entered by a user in his or her browser to the server of the website in question. This is called the Domain Name System (DNS). The DNS operates as an intermediary system through sending a request on the Internet in order to make the link between the address entered in the browser by the user and the actual access to the site. This is the reason why the DNS is often compared to a telephone directory as it allows to translate the names given by the user into names that are intelligible for machines.

When everything is set up properly to ensure that the DNS can play its role as an intermediary, it is sufficient to just have a device with Internet connection to access the site.

But currently some registrars offer domain names that don’t rely on the traditional DNS. Instead, they use technologies such as blockchain.

In order to be accessible, these domain names require the installation of specific tools such as particular browsers or plug-ins. These constitute additional costs for potential buyers who simply want to obtain a traditional domain name for their website.

 

These offers present two fundamental risks. The first issue relates to the communication of the Internet regulatory authority ICANN of November 24, 2021. It concerns the risk of confusion for consumers. In fact, it is not easy for the average consumer to make the distinction between these two types of offers whereas the purchase of these different domain names covers very different realities.

The second issue of this alternative resolution system consists of the risk of conflicts between domain names that would be registered through the traditional DNS system and those based on one of the new non-DNS systems.

These possible conflicts include name collisions. Hence, this phenomenon might intensify with the creation of parallel networks. This might occur when the system being used to translate names being entered by users into intelligible names for machines – in this case a non-DNS system – is sent to a DNS system, for which the address corresponds to the address of a different website.

In that case, the user would be redirected to the wrong domain name. These uncertainties could give rise to legal conflicts in the coming years if the new systems become more important.

 

 

Sources: ICANN Blog, Buyer Beware: Not All Names Are Created Equal, November 24, 2021, A. Durand
ICANN, Frequently Asked Questions: Name Collisions for IT Professionals

Read More

Brief : THE DEREFERENCE OF WISH FROM SEARCH ENGINES: THE BEGINNING OF A NEW LEGAL SAGA?

On the 23rd of November 2021, the French Department of Economy and Finance ordered the dereference of the US online sales platform “Wish” from search engines. This decision was issued after an investigation conducted by the Directorate-General for Competition, Consumer Affairs and Fraud Prevention (DGCCRF) on a line of goods sold by the online platform. This investigation revealed a high percentage of non-compliant and hazardous products.

It appeared that 95% of all the surveyed electronic devices were non-compliant and 90% of them were hazardous. Therefore, the DGCCRF ordered Wish to comply with the applicable regulation on the 15th of July. However, as this injunction did not receive a satisfactory response, the website as well as the mobile application were dereferenced from search engines at the request of the department of the French Ministry of Economy and Finance.

The dereference of Wish from search engines was issued in compliance with article L. 521-3-1 of the French Consumer Code. Under this article, any competent agent is allowed to order the dereference of «online interfaces whose content are manifestly illegal».

 

 

According to the online platform Wish, this measure was disproportionate as it undermined its image and reputation and caused detrimental financial consequences to the company. However, it should be noted that the effectiveness of the decision remains relative because the dereference only applies in France. With a few clicks, it is often sufficient to change the settings of your browser, such as Google, to locate yourself in a different region.

Moreover, as of December 28, 2021, we note that the first two results of the Google search engine reveal a Google Play page to download the Wish app as well as the company’s Facebook page.

Finally, the website is of course directly accessible via its web address.

Unlike website blocking, dereferencing does not prevent access to a website. But in theory, it makes it more difficult to access it because you have to type the entire URL to access it, instead of just entering the name of the online marketplace in a search engine.

After the rejection of the request of an expedited appeal procedure (“recours en référé”) by the administrative court, Wish decided to file an appeal in cassation. A new judicial saga seems to be looming on the horizon.

 

 

Ministry of Economy and Finance: « Protection des consommateurs: lourde sanction pour la place de marché en ligne Wish »: www.economie.gouv.fr/protection-consommateurs-sanction-place-marche-ligne-wish
TA Paris, Ord. 17 déc. 2021, n° N°2125366/2
Press release of the Ministry of Economy and Finance, November 24, 2021, « Bruno Le Maire, Alain Griset et Cédric O annoncent des mesures exceptionnelles à l’encontre de la place de marché Wish pour sensibiliser et mieux protéger les consommateurs »

Read More

Why is it necessary to register a trademark?

Registering your trademark allows you to protect it. For a French trademark, it must be registered with the INPI (National Institute of Industrial Property), but the protection can be extended to the European Union (EUIPO) and internationally (WIPO). When a trademark is registered on the national territory, in order to extend its protection, it is possible to register the trademark within the European Union and internationally. There is a right of priority which allows to file other trademark applications while benefiting from the filing date of the first application. The priority period is six months for trademarks.

Before considering filing a trademark with an office, it is necessary to make sure that the trademark is not already registered by another person. It is then sufficient to consult the databases of the offices in which are grouped all the trademarks already registered or in the process of being registered. The notion of distinctiveness is important in industrial property.

Indeed, a trademark is any sign, symbol, logo or any external appearance that will allow the average consumer not to confuse the trademarks between them. Signs allow companies to distinguish themselves from each other. A brand can take many forms: word, name, slogan, logo or a combination of several of these elements. This notion of distinctiveness is essential for the registration of the trademark, it allows to avoid an opposition procedure to the registration of the trademark on the basis of infringement.

Protecting your trademark allows you to use it without someone else infringing on it or without the use of your trademark infringing on another. Indeed, when your trademark is registered by the office, it does not infringe on the goods and services of an earlier trademark. If a new trademark infringes on your trademark, it is possible to file an opposition to the registration of this trademark.

 

Registration of trademark (INPI)

 

To register a trademark in France, the procedure is carried out in a dematerialized way on the INPI website. The duration of the registration is 10 years, the same period for each renewal to be made at the office. It is however possible to renew an expired trademark registration within 6 months following the last day of the month of expiration, however a 50% fee surcharge will be required.

 

How much will it cost to register a trademark with INPI

 

The INPI website specifies that the cost of registering a trademark with the INPI is 190 euros for one class and 40 euros for each additional class. For the renewal the price is 290 euros for one class and 40 euros per additional class.

The price for filing a trademark with the EUIPO is 850 euros for an electronic filing, plus 50 euros for a second class and 150 euros for any additional classes. For a renewal of a European trademark, it will be necessary to count 850 euros then 50 euros for a second class and 150 euros for all additional classes.

The price for an international trademark application varies depending on the countries that are covered by the application.

 

Today in France the registration of a trademark is not mandatory, however, not registering a trademark is taking risks. In France, the rights on a trademark are acquired by its registration and not by its use. Thus, the registration of a trademark provides legal protection.

However, it is important to perform prior searches to ensure that the trademark registration is possible. This work can be performed by patent attorneys, which adds a cost but ensures the validity of the trademark registration project.

 

 

See also…

 

Trademarks, other distinctive signs and franchise

Read More

« .au direct »: the new Australian namespace that will launch on March 24, 2022

On the 24th of March 2022, a new name space will launch in Australia: “.au direct”.

It is a new name space that enables Australian citizens, permanent residents and organizations registered in Australia to register domain names directly before the .au.

Instead of registering and using domain names in the traditional namespaces such “com.au”, or “org.au”, “net.au”, “gov.au”, “edu.au” etc., Australian internet users will be able to opt for simpler and shorter domain names directly ending with “.au”.

In fact, the new name space enables two application possibilities. You can register a completely new “.au direct” name that isn’t registered in any existing .au namespace. The second option is to register the exact match of an already existing .au domain that you hold.

Where to register your “.au direct” domain name and at what price? 

From March 24, 2022, you will be able to simply register new or matching “.au” domain names through participating auDA accredited registrars. Bearing in mind that the rule of supply and demand applies, the registration prices vary between different registrars. It is likely that a potentially popular name is more expensive than an ‘ordinary’ one. Nonetheless, the official administrator of Australia’s .au top level domain (the auDA”) sets the wholesale price for all .au domain names. Whether you opt for a “com.au”, “net.au” or “.au direct”, the wholesale price will be the same.

What are the requirements?

First of all, you need to prove a verifiable Australian presence. Article 1.4 of the .au Domain Administration Rules provides an exhaustive list of 17 natural and legal persons that are considered to have an ‘Australian presence’. In short it concerns Australian citizens, permanent residents of Australia and organizations and companies registered in Australia. This Australian presence is thus the first requirement for any person or organization who wants to register a “.au directdomain name.

The second requirement regards the name itself. Although there are no allocation rules for the “.au” namespace, in the sense that you can freely choose any name, this doesn’t mean that there are no restrictions.

First, the name that you would like to register needs to be available. Considering the new namespace will launch in March 2022, the availability is not a problem (yet). But the ‘first come, first served rule’ applies so the risk of unavailability will be something to bear in mind.

Second, the name cannot be mentioned in the « reserved list ». Under the Licensing Rules, you can’t apply for a registration of a word, acronym or abbreviation that is restricted or prohibited under an Australian law or a name or abbreviation of an Australian state or territory, including the word ‘Australia’.

Finally, you can’t register a name that is deemed to pose a risk to the security, stability and integrity of the “.au” and global Domain Name System.

The second requirement consists thus of a negative requirement; you cannot register an unavailable name, nor a so-called reserved name.

How to register “.au direct” domain names?

Provided that the Australian presence and availability requirements are met, you will be able to register any new “.au direct” name via any participating auDA accredited registrar starting from March 24.

Furthermore, provided that these same requirements are met, Australian internet users will also be able to register the exact match of an existing .au domain that you already hold. However, this allocation process is a bit more complex. The .au Domain Administration Rules provide for a “Priority Allocation Process”. This process foresees a six-month “Priory Application Period” – from March 24 until September 20, 2022 – for holders of a “.au” name in another namespace (such as “com.au”, “org.au” or “net.au”) who would like to apply for its exact “.au direct” match.

For example, if you own the domain name “dreyfus.com.au”, you can apply for the registration of “dreyfus.au” within this period via an accredited registrar. If it appears that the requirements are met, you will get a priority status and you will be put on “Priority Hold for the Priority Application Period”. Through this status, you have the first opportunity to register the name which prevents third parties from registering it.

In some cases, there may be more than one applicant for the same “.au direct” domain name. For instance, if you hold the domain name “dreyfus.com.au” and a third party holds the domain name “dreyfus.net.au”, and you both want to register the “dreyfus.au” direct domain name, the “.au direct” exact match will be allocated according to the Priority Allocation Process.

A distinction is made between two priority categories. The first Priority Category regards names that are created on or before the 4th of February 2018. The second Priority Category regards Names created after the 4th of February 2018.

Under Article 1.9 of the .au Domain Administration Rules, Category 1 applicants have priority over Category 2 applicants.

In case there are multiple Category 1 applications, the name is allocated on agreement/negotiation between the Category 1 applicants.

Finally, if there are only Category 2 applicants, the name is simply allocated to the applicant with the earliest creation date.

As a final note, registering a “.au direct” domain name does not entail any negative consequences. You can always attempt to register your “.au direct” exact match because it has no consequences on your existing .au domain names. So, if you already own the domain name “dreyfus.com.au” and you want to register “drefyus.au”, the domain name “dreyfus.com.au” will not be affected by this registration and will continue to exist.

On the 24th of March 2022, the new “.au direct” namespace will thus launch in Australia.

This new name space that enables anyone with a verified connection to Australia, such as citizens and permanent residents of Australia and organizations registered in Australia, to register “.au direct” domain names. Instead of registering and using names in the traditional namespaces, it will be possible to opt for simpler and shorter domain names that directly ends with “.au”.

The first possibility is to apply for a registration of a new .au direct names that are not already registered in the .au registry.

The second possibility consist of registering the exact match of existing .au domain names. The allocation of these domain names is regulated by the specific provisions of the “Priority Allocation Process”.

About this topic…

.au direct update – .auDA WEBSITE

Reverse domain name hijacking

Read More

Are trademark payment notices always to be trusted?

Avis de paiementPrepare and prevent, don’t repair and prevent…This saying also applies to trademarks, since fraudulent payment notices are becoming more and more common nowadays.

 

How is this happening?

 

Dishonest private companies, scammers, approach trademark applicants directly to ask them to pay certain service fees or other payments that are in fact neither necessary nor legally required.

It is therefore crucial to be vigilant.

Since trademark registration and management are already time-consuming and expensive enough, it goes without saying that paying scammers for their so-called trademark services is unnecessary. You should be extra vigilant when enquiries about trademark procedures do not come directly from your usual counsel.

However, fraud is not always easy to detect and the imagination of fraudsters is endless.

For instance, some fraudsters approach trademark owners directly by e-mail and demand payment of certain expenses, fees or additional charges to obtain trademarks’ registration when these expenses are purely fictitious. The payment notices are often for trademark monitoring services, additional registration services or services related to trademark renewal.

The problem is that trademark owners are very often approached by a so-called official agency, company or institution and sometimes even a so-called public authority or government. They use the same official templates, signatures and stamps as these types of entities and they provide the exact data of the trademark application or registration in question. After all, this kind of information is relatively easy to find online.

 

Another issue is the cross-border nature of these scams.

It may happen that trademark owners receive a notice from a Russian, Indian or Chinese company. While it is perfectly possible that payment notices from foreign countries are made in good faith, it is always beneficial to carefully check the accuracy and legitimacy of such notices.

 

Here are our advices.

 

Firstly, we invite you to check the stage of the proceedings in which your trademark is located. Isn’t it strange to pay fees for the registration or renewal of a trademark if the time limit has not even started or has already expired?

We encourage you to be vigilant. Do not hesitate to ask us questions when you receive documents that do not come from Dreyfus. Indeed, it is always wise to contact your legal adviser before making a payment. Dreyfus is specialised in these matters and is fully aware of the applicable time limits, procedural steps and expenses.

There are also official offices and agencies that can be contacted in the event of a suspicious or misleading trademark notice. For instance, the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) can be contacted. Although this office does not have the legal authority to prevent companies from engaging in these types of fraudulent practices, the USPTO does assist in the fight against fraudulent trademark notices. The USPTO issues reports and works with the Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission. Trademark owners can always file complaints with the Federal Trade Commission. This commission has the power to investigate and even prosecute if, for example, a particular company commits fraudulent business practices on a large scale. Dreyfus can assist you in filing such complaints and prevent you from being entrapped.

Fraudulent trade mark notices are becoming increasingly common. It is important to be very vigilant, to check the applicable time limits, to contact your Trademark Attorney before making any payments. At Dreyfus, we work with trademark offices and official agencies, such as the USPTO, in case of trademark notices that are suspicious or appear to be misleading.

 

About this topic…

 

Why is the well-knownness of an earlier trademark not enough to qualify bad faith?

Read More

ICANN Summit: the fight against DNS abuse, a GAC priority

recommandationThe 71st ICANN Summit gave its GAC (Governmental Advisory Committee) the competence to take stock of the essential elements of its missions, reflected in its report of June 21, 2021. In the “Issues of Importance to the GAC”, several elements were highlighted.

1. The next round of new gTLDs allow companies to have a TLD in their name

 

Göran Marby, CEO of ICANN, recalled that strengthening competition and improving the opportunities of Internet users to benefit from their own identifiers is part of ICANN’s duty. The ICANN presented the ODP (Operational Design Phase). This is a system that provides information on the operational issues of the project and aims to implement advice to make the procedure more effective.

But on the other side of the coin, there are also fraudsters amongst the beneficiaries. This is the case, for instance, regarding new gTLDs that were launched on the market almost ten years ago (like <.icu> or <.guru>).

 

 

2. Addressing the issue of domain name abuse

 

The issue of DNS abuse remains a flagship issue for the CAG, who describes the problem as a “priority”. DNS abuse is a term that refers to piracy cases where domain names are registered and used for fraudulent purposes such as phishing. The idea of the Framework on Domain Generating Algorithms (DGA) associated with Malware and Botnets was created. The objective of this framework is to place registries at the center of the fight against these abuses, and to encourage them to prevent the blocking of domain names from DGA’s. These DGA’s are algorithms used to generate a very large amount of domain names that can serve as meeting points between control servers and the command, allowing botnets to thrive more easily.

 

3. Reliability of Data

The GAC highlighted the importance of the correctness and completeness of domain name registration. Data reliability is an important aspect to ensure the prevention of – and fight against DNS abuses. It recalls the obligation of registers and registration offices to verify, validate and correct data. One of the objectives is to respond to the pitfalls of these data in a timely and efficient manner. The GAC specified that this should not only concern compliance with the GDPR but that it should include all information relating to domain names.

 

4. Accessibility of data

The ODP for Stage 2 of the EPDP has been put on the table. The purpose of this ODP is to inform interested parties on the question whether the SSAD (System for Standardized Access/Disclosure) works in favor of the interests of the ICANN community, especially in view of its impact in terms of costs. For the record, via the SSAD, it is possible to get information about requests that demand to lift the anonymity on certain domain names.

Phase 2A of the EPDP (Accelerated Policy Development Process) was discussed after the release of the EPDP Phase 2A Initial Report on the “Temporary Specification” (which is a new version of the Whois). This report provides guidance on how to publish registration information on companies that is not protected by the GDPR as well as email addresses for those who are anonymized.

 

5. Consumer protection

Finally, the recommendations of the CCT (Competition, Consumer Trust and Consumer Choice Review) were addressed. Among the recommendations that the GAC would like to see implemented was a pro bono assistance program as well as the recommendation concerning the identification of party chains that are responsible for registering domain names.

The ICANN’s report of June 21, 2021 highlighted several important elements. The fact that new gTLDs allow companies to have a TLD in their name engenders both benefices and dangers. It underlined the issue of domain name abuse and the importance of the correctness and completeness of domain name registration data, as well as the importance of accessibility of data and the need for consumer protection.

 

 

Dreyfus law firm

 

 

 

About this topic…

 

Attempted reverse domain name hijacking is an abuse of the administrative process

Read More

Copyright in front of artificial intelligence

IA et droit d'auteurFollowing a decision by the Shenzhen Nashan People’s Court in China, a work generated by an algorithmic program has been deemed eligible for copyright protection.

 

1. An infringement action of a work produced by an automated program

 

Tencent, a company specializing in internet services and online advertising, published on its website a financial report article written by an algorithm-based intelligent writing system and data set, called « Tencent Robot Dreamwriter ».

After noticing that the article was reproduced without permission on a website operated by Shanghai Yingxun Technology, Tencent filed an infringement action against the said company.

However, the underlying and main issue in this dispute is whether a work generated with the help of artificial intelligence can adequately benefit from copyright protection.

The issue has been a constant source of controversy on an international scale for several years, and the Beijing Internet Court ruled in 2019 that only legal subjects expressly specified by Chinese copyright law should be considered as appropriate authors of works. Therefore, algorithmic programs are excluded. The court had also investigated on the process of generating the artificial intelligence at issue.

 

 

2. A precarious apprehension of creations generated by artificial intelligence

 

According to Revised Issues Paper on Intellectual Property Policy and Artificial Intelligence of May 21, 2020 prepared by the WIPO Secretariat, a distinction should be made between « AI generated », which does not require human intervention and which can modify its behavior during an operation in accordance with the application of various factors and « AI assisted », which conversely requires material human intervention and/or direction.

Regarding the European Union, the Delvaux Report adopted in February 2017 by the European Parliament proposed to grant a « sui generis » intellectual property protection to works created by artificial intelligence and to reflect on the criteria of proper intellectual creation applicable to copyrightable works created by computers or robots.

3. Towards an evolution of copyright in the field of artificial intelligence

 

The case opposing Tencent to Shanghai Yingxun Technology is the first litigation to support copyright protection for a work generated by an algorithmic program.

During the proceeding, Tencent explained the entire process of the “creative team” used to generate and publish the article with the assistance of the “Dreamwriter” robot.

The court carried out a reasoning based in particular on two points of assessment.

Firstly, attention was classically paid to the form of expression, the content and structure of the article that have been judged original.

Then, the court turned to the generation process of the article. In this regard, it focused on the presence of factors indicating the creator’s individual selections, judgment and required skills, recognizing that the creation process differed from the ordinary process of creating written works.

This court decision tends to favor, eminently, a possible extension of copyright protection to works generated by artificial intelligence on an international scale. However, reflections on the criteria that could be specifically retained in order to appreciate the benefit of the protection of these works coming from a creative process that has been excluded until now, will continue to feed, and even prolong, the debate.

In order to offer our clients a unique expertise, necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets, we keep you informed about intellectual property and digital economy issues through articles written by Dreyfus’ legal team.

 

About this topic…

 

♦ All concerned: works generated by artificial intelligence

♦ Meeting with Jean-Gabriel Ganascia

Read More

How did Miley Cyrus manage to register her eponymous trademark despite the existence of the earlier Cyrus trademark?

Miley CyrusSome cases are interesting because of the judicial outcomes, others because of the reputation of the Parties in the proceedings, and others because they fall into both categories.

This is the case of the judgment rendered by the General Court of the European Union on June 16, 2021. This decision opposed the European Union Trademark Office (EUIPO) to the company of the famous singer and actress Miley Cyrus: Smiley Miley. The latter is challenging the decision rendered by the Office in the dispute between it and the company Trademarks Ltd.

The genesis of this procedure was the European Union trademark application, in the name of Smiley Miley, of the word mark MILEY CYRUS in classes 9, 16, 28 and 41.

Cyrus Trademarks Ltd. lodged an opposition against said application, on the basis of its earlier European Union “CYRUS” trademark No. 9176306, registered for goods in classes 9 and 20.

 

After the Opposition Division partially upheld the opposition because of the likelihood of confusion, Smiley Miley filed an appeal that the EUIPO rejected.

Indeed, the EUIPO considered that there was a likelihood of confusion in particular because the level of attention of the relevant public varied from medium to high, that, by all means, the goods and at stake were identical and similar, and that, visually and phonetically, the signs were relatively similar.

Were the signs distinctive, different and differentiable?

The key criterion for assessing the risk as a whole is the overall impression that the trademark produces.

The Board of Appeal first tried to analyze the value of a surname compared to a first name and concluded that a surname has a “higher intrinsic value”. Then, the Court considered that neither the first name Miley nor the surname Cyrus are common in the European Union, “including for the English-speaking public”.

Not surprisingly, the applicant denounced this reasoning. The Court of First Instance recalled that these principles cannot be applied automatically, as they are principles drawn from experience and not set in stone. That said, as the singer and actress enjoys real renown, the assessment of the distinctive character of her mark would be less Manichean than it would have been for a trademark based on the first and last names of a non-famous person. In this regard, the Court of First Instance agreed with the applicant, considering that none of the elements of the mark “MILEY CYRUS” was more dominant than the other.

Regarding visual and aural levels, the Tribunal deemed that the trademarks were similar despite their differences.

The delicate examination of the conceptual comparison of signs

The applicant assessed that, due to Miley Cyrus’s fame, the mark was distinct from the earlier trademark. The EUIPO considered that the name and surname of the singer had not become a symbol of a concept.

The Court of First Instance accepted that Miley Cyrus was a character known to the general public in the ordinary course of events (a finding the Board of Appeal did not challenge).

When the Court of First Instance assessed the conceptual meaning of “MILEY CYRUS”, using the Larousse definition of “concept”, its research showed that, given her fame, the singer had indeed become the symbol of a concept.

On the other hand, and insofar as the artist had never performed using her surname alone, even though it is not common, the Court concluded that the public would not necessarily perceive the term “Cyrus” as referring directly to Miley Cyrus.

The Court therefore concluded that the “earlier mark has no particular semantic meaning for the relevant public”. Moreover, insofar as the concepts of the two trademarks were quite different, this had the effect of blurring their visual and phonetic similarities.

The law established that to qualify a likelihood of confusion, there must be an identity or similarity of the signs and an identity or similarity of the goods and services designated. Here, the Court of First Instance’s reasonings allowed to discard the likelihood of confusion between the two marks; the star entered the European Union trademark registry under No.012807111.

 

This decision serves as a reminder that great conceptual differences between two trademarks can benefit an applicant. This case also adds to the list of cases where the fame of names has allowed visual and phonetic similarities of signs to be easily dismissed.

 

About this topic…

 

♦  Towards increased protection for authors and performers: what does Directive 2019/790 bring to the harmonization of contract chains?

Read More

Are we still really anonymous on social networks in 2021?

Social mediasAnonymity on the Internet, or the eternal debate about social networks, raises more and more moral and legal questions with an exponential number of disputes brought before the courts.

The popularization of social networks is usually associated with anonymity, and therefore with the eternal debate about the lifting of anonymity in the face of the excesses of certain users. The murder in October 2020 of Professor Samuel Paty, targeted on social networks, or a wave of insults towards a candidate of Miss France at the end of 2020, have re-launched this discussion on the political scene. And especially the desire to add a section to the French legislative proposal “strengthening the respect of the principles of the Republic” to fight against online hate.

 

 

 

 

As a preliminary, it is interesting to really ask ourselves about anonymity on the Internet: are we really anonymous on the Internet?

 

The answer is no in most cases. Indeed, when we browse the Internet, an IP address anchors each of our researches. This address makes it possible to identify each device that connects to the Internet, even indicating the geographical location of the person.

This is one of the reasons why it is very difficult to leave no trace of your passage on the Internet, unless you are a very experienced technician.

The difficulty in reality is related to the obstacles linked to the recovery of these data allowing to identify a user, more than to the existence of anonymity stricto sensu. The Internet actors play a preponderant role in the possibility that some users have to hide their identity. This concealment has increased especially with social media.

 

The position of social networks

Social networks and other platforms argue that they are simply “host” or “technical intermediary” to reject a request to lift anonymity or to delete an account that is the author of contentious content.

Only a court decision can force these platforms to lift anonymity on an account. However, judicial decisions are still discreet. This can be explained on the one hand by the fact that positive law only allows the anonymity of an account to be lifted if the content is clearly illicit. On the other hand, the freedom of expression constitutes an obstacle to the lifting of anonymity.

However, some recent decisions seem to reverse this trend.

 

French jurisprudence on the move

On February 25, 2021, the Paris Judicial Court (Tribunal judiciaire, Paris, (ord. réf.), February 25, 2021, G. B. c/ Sté Twitter International Company) ordered Twitter to communicate the identification data of a user, in a case against a female Youtuber. Under Article 145 of the French Civil Procedural Code, “if there is a legitimate reason to preserve or establish before any trial the evidence of facts on which the solution of a dispute may depend, legally admissible measures of investigation may be ordered at the request of any interested party, on application or in summary proceedings. The influencer filed a request with the Court for the communication of identification data in parallel with the filing of a criminal complaint for defamation.

This communication of data by hosts is provided for by Article 6-II of the law of June 21, 2004. Indeed, this article provides for an obligation for hosts to hold and retain data allowing the identification of persons who have: “contributed to the creation of the content or of one of the contents of the services for which [they] are a provider”.

The Court granted the applicant’s request, as the existence of a legitimate reason was well established, namely the short duration of the storage of these identification data. The court thus ordered Twitter to disclose the necessary information:

♦ The types of protocols and the IP address used to connect to the platform

♦ The identifier used to create the account

♦ The date the account was created

♦ The first and last names or the company name of the account holder

♦ the pseudonyms used

♦ the associated e-mail addresses

 

The European court, also seized of the matter

 

The High Court of Ireland has referred to the Court of Justice of the European Union the issue of lifting anonymity in a case between Facebook Ireland and a school, whose staff was subjected to derogatory comments via an Instagram account (a platform recently acquired by Facebook).

The question posed to the CJEU, concerns the threshold of seriousness that allows an exception to the GDPR, which protects our personal data, and thus be able to condemn the platform concerned to lift the anonymity on the authors of the contentious content.

The answer of the CJEU, will not come before several months, however it will surely allow to have clearer criteria concerning the balance between the respect of freedom of expression, protection of personal data, and infringement of people.

 

These decisions could open the way to a more supervised and therefore better regulated anonymity on social networks. A growing body of case law in this area, could encourage the courts to more condemn more easily these platforms, to communicate these identification data in order to punish the illicit content that users publish too easily, taking refuge behind anonymity and freedom of expression.

 

Dreyfus is at your disposal to assist you in securing these projects.

 

ABOUT THIS TOPIC…

♦ How will the Digital Services Act change the legal framework for the Internet service?

Read More

Podcast – You, Me & IP : Intellectual property, Cybersecurity and malicious Domain Names: how to combine them?

podcastWe are pleased to present the “You, Me & IP” Podcast – Episode 4 in which Nathalie Dreyfus, founder of Dreyfus & Associates is the guest of Carlos Northon, founder and CEO of Northen’s Media PR & Marketing Ltd.

“Intellectual property, Cybersecurity and malicious Domain Names: how to combine them?”

 

If you want to know more about intellectual property issues and discover a rich and experienced vision on the subject, you can also read the article Nathalie Dreyfus wrote for “The Global IP Matrix”.

 

ABOUT THIS TOPIC…

 

How to protect your brands in the digital age?

 

 

 

Read More

Influencers: be careful not to promote counterfeit products!

influencersThe Internet has changed the way we do business. From now on, advertising agencies are no longer the only ones to promote their client’s products; influencers have become the privileged interlocutors of brands wishing to make their products successful. If this approach does not seem abnormal, legal actions are flourishing against these people, for trademark infringement.

In a recent case, “Petunia Products, Inc. V. Rodan & Fields, et al.”, the plaintiff Petunia Products (“Petunia”) filed a complaint against Rodan & Fields for infringement of its trademark “BROW BOOST”. The latter had hired the influencer Molly Sims in order to promote its “Brow Defining Boost” product. On August 6, 2021, Federal Judge Cormac J. Carney dismissed the influencer’s motion to dismiss the complaint of alleged trademark infringement, in particular, because the plaintiff had succeeded in demonstrating that the promotion of the contested product could mislead consumers and create a likelihood of confusion between the prior trademark and the defendant’s product.

In particular, the judge argued that the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) declared that influencers and celebrities could be held liable for false or, at the very least, misleading advertising. Judge Carney drew a parallel with the case at stake and considered that every statement made by an influencer could amount to liability. Besides, and this is the main point of the first decision in this case, the judge took into consideration the risk of confusion, keystone of any claim for trademark infringement. In this case, this risk was genuine since the products were in direct competition with each other, from two competing companies operating on the same market, with a very similar name.

However, this decision must be balanced insofar as Judge Carney only ruled on the motion to dismiss filed by the influencer.

 

Concept and role of the influencer

It is necessary to understand the legal definition of “influencer”. In the opinion in Maximian Schrems v. Facebook Ireland Limited, Advocate General Bobek defines influencers as “everyday, ordinary internet users who accumulate a relatively large following on blogs and social media (…)”.

The French Authority of professional regulation of advertisement (ARPP) defines an influencer as “an individual expressing a point of view or giving advice in a specific field (…)”. It adds: “an influencer can act in a purely editorial framework or collaboration with a brand for the publication of content (product placement, (…), distribution of advertising content, etc.)” (free translation).

The influencer, therefore, has the power to direct the choices of the people following him/her, which is all the easier as the social networks on which they act are increasingly simple of use and accessible to the greatest number. Because of this ease of use, two American influencers, Kelly Fitzpatrick and Sabrina Kelly-Krejci promoted counterfeit products on Instagram and TikTok for sale on the Amazon platform. Amazon, therefore, filed a lawsuit on November 12, 2020 against the two women for fraudulent promotion of counterfeit products.

 

What is the influencer’s responsibility?

First of all, and Judge Conrey noted this in his decision, the influencer must state on the publication that the promotion of the brand results from a collaboration with the latter.

In France, this is also a recommendation of the French Professional Advertising Regulation Authority but most of all a legal obligation, which the French law for confidence in the digital economy (LCEN) of 2004 had already formulated. If the influencer can escape the net and not be found guilty of trademark infringement within the framework of a collaboration (that would be different if he/she promotes an infringing product directly), he/she could, be found liable of parasitism, unfair competition or misleading commercial practice, all three of which are heavily sanctioned under Article 1240 of the French Civil Code.

However, it is noteworthy that the influencer bears the weight of his/her responsibility concerning the information he/she publishes! Therefore, if a plaintiff can prove that the influencer in question was fully aware that the product he/she was promoting infringes on a third party’s rights, then it is likely that a judge would find the influencer and the company that contacted said influencer guilty of trademark infringement, either jointly or individually. Again, the judge will also consider the extent to which the product advertised by the influencer could confuse the public mind.

 

Hence, being an influencer is not without risks, and the partnership agreement concluded with a company must be carefully examined beforehand. Analysing the environment is essential as well as the product to be promoted must not infringe upon the prior rights of a trademark, even more so a competitor.

Dreyfus is at your disposal to assist you in securing these projects.

 

ABOUT THIS TOPIC…

Webinar – Influenceurs, réseaux sociaux et propriété intellectuelle

Instagram and social networks : what rights do users have in their posted photos?

Read More

How does the departure of Lionel Messi from FC Barcelona demonstrate the influence of players on the Intellectual Property rights of soccer clubs?

lionel messi soccer Underlying the performance of athletes, soccer clubs are engaged in a big race to develop their respective trademarks. FC Barcelona, until now the second biggest soccer club trademark, now risks losing its place to the club Paris Saint-Germain (PSG) as a result of Lionel Messi’s departure.

Lionel Messi has recently made the news by announcing his departure from FC Barcelona after more than two decades with the club.

This unexpected announcement is mainly due to the financial difficulties faced by FC Barcelona who are unable to take on the costs of the new contract agreed with the footballer two weeks ago..

This departure may not only impact the club’s quality of play but also its finances and especially its Intellectual Property rights.

 

 

A probable significant decrease in the value of the FC Barcelona brand

 

Brand Finance, in an article of 6 August 2021, estimated that the departure of Lionel Messi could cause an 11% decrease in the value of the club. This departure would cause a loss of €137 million. According to Brand Finance estimates. FC Barcelona has been, until now, one of the three most valued brands among soccer clubs (behind Real Madrid and in front of Manchester United). This news may well change the ranking.

Lionel Messi’s departure is even more impactful as he is considered one of the greatest players in the history of soccer. FC Barcelona’s image is therefore strongly impacted.

 

An opportunity for Lionel Messi’s new club.

 

On the other hand, the recruitment of the footballer by PSG is a real boon for the club which could see the value of its brand increase considerably. According to Brand Directory, the PSG brand is currently worth €887 million and ranks 7th among the most important soccer club brands.

The influence of players on intellectual property rights is such that some player brands even rival the value of some clubs’ rights. Messi has the most registered trademarks of all footballers. He has 115 trademarks, compared to 60 for Neymar, 53 for Cristiano Ronaldo and 46 for Paul Pogba. His trademarks are registered in various countries around the world, but mainly in Argentina, his country of origin. They are mainly registered in class 25 (Clothing), 28 (Games, sporting goods, toys) and 9 (Computer programs).

This trademark portfolio, owned by the footballer, is also an asset for the club that recruits him, as it increases its importance and influence.

So, PSG now holds two of the biggest players in terms of brand portfolio, Neymar and Lionel Messi, and could also be inclined to recruit Paul Pogba.

 

An impact on the new cryptocurrencies

 

As a result of PSG’s brand value, its cryptocurrency, “PSG Fan Tokens”, has grown considerably. The club made its mark by concluding the first player signing that included fan tokens. This news caused the cryptocurrency to rise by +100% in just three days.

As a result, the simple signing of Messi boosted the club’s PSG token capitalization to almost €144 million.

The PSG trademark is on track for considerable expansion, which can only reinforce the strength and interest of Intellectual Property rights in the world of soccer. Whether it’s the value of a club brand, the derivative products derived from it, or its cryptocurrencies, the composition of soccer teams considerably influences the pecuniary value of clubs.

We are a law firm with a unique expertise in the exploitation of intangible assets. We keep you updated on issues related to intellectual property and the digital economy through articles written by the Dreyfus legal team.

 

ABOUT THIS TOPIC…

 

  Webinar : clubs sportifs

Protecting trademarks during the Olympic Games : the major issues and challenges

Read More

What are the new provisions of the April 17, 2019 European Directive on copyright?

author rightsAside from including related rights for press publishers and press agencies, and rebalancing relations between rights holders and content sharing platforms, the April 17, 2019 Directive strengthens the position of authors vis-à-vis assignees. These last provisions about copyright have just been transposed into French law.

 

The transposition marks a significant step forward in protecting creators and cultural organizations in the digital age. While cultural pieces of work are becoming more and more accessible online, this provision reaffirms the importance of copyright.

 

Copyright begets fair remuneration of artists and creative enterprises in the member states of the European Union. The Directive’s purpose is to establish a global framework, where intellectual creators, authors, content editors, service providers and users will all be able to benefit from clearer, modernized and adapted rules of the digital era. As such, the Directive aims to ensure that online press publishers and authors/artists receive better renumeration – especially when leading platforms such as Google News or Youtube use their work. The adoption of this Directive is the result of negotiations that lasted more than two years.

 

What are the new provisions of the Directive?

The Directive aims at modernizing the European Union copyright law, taking into account the increase in digital and cross-border uses of protected content. This directive mainly provides:

 1) measures to adapt certain exceptions and limitations to the digital and cross-border environment, among which are exceptions concerning:

– text and data mining (TDM exception),

– the use of works in digital and cross-border teaching activities, in particular the accessibility needs of people with disabilities, and

– conservation of cultural heritage;

2) measures to improve licensing practices and ensure more extensive access to content, which consist of harmonized rules facilitating:

– the exploitation of works that are not commercially available,

– the extension of collective licensing contracts by collective management organizations to rightsholders who have neither authorized nor excluded the application of these mechanisms to their works,

– the negotiation of agreements to make works available on video-on-demand platforms (VoD platforms), and

– entry into the public domain reproduction of works of visual art at the end of the initial term of protection; and

3) measures to ensure fair market practices with respect to copyright, liability of content sharing platforms, and contracts for the remuneration of authors and performers.

Similarly, Article 15 of the said Directive creates a new neighbouring right for press publishers. Remember, neighbouring rights are exclusive rights, more recent than copyright, and are exercised independently of the latter. They were born from the need to make the auxiliaries of creation benefit from making their works available to the public. Finally, article 17 (ex-article 13) created a liability regime adapted for internet content sharing platforms, while establishing a new exception for the monopoly of rightsholders.

 

What are the new obligations of content-sharing platforms?

The targeted main players (Title IV of the Directive) are platforms for mass sharing of copyright and related rights protected content – such as such as Google, YouTube, Dailymotion, or Facebook. The Directive more precisely defines it as:

 

The provider of an information-focused service, whose main objective or one of its main objectives is to store and give the public access to a significant quantity of copyrighted works  or other protected subject matter  that has been uploaded by its users, which it organizes and promotes for profit.”

 

There are cumulative criteria that determine their obligations. Platforms that have been active for less than three years and have an annual turnover of fewer than 10 million euros will be subject to reduced obligations. On the other hand, platforms exceeding this limit will be subject to a proactive obligation provided for by the Directive regarding works distributed without authorization. The Directive excludes from the liability regime non-profit online encyclopedias such as Wikipedia, non-profit educational and scientific directories, open-source software platforms, online marketplaces like Amazon, Cdiscount or eBay, and individual cloud storage services with no direct access to the public. With regard to the regime applicable to content sharing platforms falling within the above-mentioned scope, the most important thing is to have the rightsholders’ authorization, which allows copyrighted work to be available to the public through, for example, a license agreement.

 

Can platforms be exonerated from liability?

Platforms may be exonerated from liability if it meets the following three cumulative conditions:

– That it has “made its best efforts” to obtain permission from the rightsholder to release the work to the public,

– That it has “made its best efforts” “in accordance with high industry standards of professional diligence” to ensure the unavailability of the copyrighted work once the unauthorized communication of it has been reported by the rightsholder by means of “relevant and necessary information,

– That it acted promptly to withdraw or block access to the work upon receipt of “sufficiently motivated” notification from the rightsholder.

 

Finally, the platforms must be transparent towards rightsholders about the measures taken within their area of responsibility. This Directive gives certain platforms greater responsibility for the content they publish. Meanwhile, the liability system for online selling platforms, where counterfeits abound, will not change. Their status as host or publisher will always determine their liability regime.

In France, in addition to the debates surrounding compliance with the Intellectual Property Code, it will be interesting to see to the court’s decisions in the months to come.

We are a law firm with a unique expertise in the exploitation of intangible assets. We keep you updated on issues related to intellectual property and the digital economy through articles written by the Dreyfus legal team.

 

 

About this topic…

 

♦ Webinar – Maîtrisez vos marques, noms de domaine, droits d’auteur, logiciels

The « Copyright in the Digital Single Market » Directive: transposition is on the way!

Read More

How are restaurants trademark portfolios evolving?

To protect a trademark and minimize the risk of potential legal action, restaurateurs should employ an ongoing research strategy, registration and monitoring.

 

What impact could the pandemic have on restaurant brand portfolios?

The pandemic has pushed restaurants to innovate. Delivery services, technological services, and even innovative uses of restaurant real estate are leading to an increase in trademark demands beyond traditional restaurant services.

Foodservice companies have expanded the use of “ghost kitchens” (also known as “dark kitchens” or “virtual kitchens”).

In ghost kitchens, chefs prepare food only for delivery or pickup without a seat for customers. A ghost kitchen can serve as a cooking space for multiple brands, allowing operators to expand their customer base without investing in a separate area for each brand.

The ghost kitchen concept also encourages experimentation because a brand can get started quickly with little additional cost.

The legal consequences arising from the different classes and descriptions of services requested by kitchens and brands continue to evolve. Regardless of what lies ahead, restaurants and related entities need to extensively think when filing for trademark protection and enforcing their rights.

The Covid-19 pandemic has put innovative pressure on the restaurant industry. As restaurants have changed or expanded their products and services since the start of 2020, their trademark portfolios have also expanded to include new classes of trademark registration.

How to effectively manage restaurants trademark portfolios?

In this context and after having created the name, the question of the company’s trademarks protection and international extension quickly arises, even for restaurants.

Today, there is a craze for trademark registration, which has a considerable impact on the strategy of their management by companies. It is increasingly complex to create a distinctive and solid brand or to maintain a monopoly on a word coveted by many.

In addition, legal risks have accelerated with e-commerce, market globalization and the company’s international exposure to the Internet.

As the demand for contactless food delivery grows, restaurants and related brands have adopted broad strategies, including partnering with ghost kitchens or selling food through temperature-controlled lockers.

At the same time, these new business areas have created an increased need to examine restaurant trademark portfolios and identify areas for which brands should be protected.

 

What precautions should you take to protect your IP rights?

It is of great importance to protecting your IP rights to take several precautions:

  • Ensure that you included confidentiality clauses in your contracts;
  • Provide for non-disclosure agreements;
  • Be vigilant on the terms of transfer of rights between the creator and the company.

 

It is necessary to establish a protection strategy in the real world and in the digital world to protect your trademark portfolio.

Why bet on the brand?

It is about obtaining an operating monopoly, which can be renewable indefinitely and will constitute the pillar in your marketing and commercial strategy.

It is necessary to register the trademark from the genesis of the project. Determine a limited but suitable territory is also of great necessity. Likewise, it is about thinking globally and digitally by protecting domain names when registering the trademark.

The domain name is an important asset!

Today, insurers identify the intellectual property of which domain names are a part as one of the top three risks facing businesses.

The domain name occupies a special place in that it serves as a vector for ever more sophisticated and varied frauds. Managing your trademark on the Internet is not just about filing and renewing but also building a strategy.

It is crucial to invest in protection and preventive defense strategy and also set up surveillance on your brand.

Finally, you must be particularly vigilant about the use that is made of your brand on the Internet to avoid any “bad buzz”, which would be particularly harmful to your reputation.

A restaurant’s brand portfolio is a true intellectual and economic investment that must be protected.

In order to offer our clients a unique expertise, necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets, we keep you informed of the current issues of intellectual property and digital economy through articles written by the legal team of Dreyfus & associés.

 

 

ABOUT THIS TOPIC…

 

♦ Why is the well-knownness of an earlier trademark not enough to qualify bad faith?

Why is claiming unregistered trademark rights over a geographical name a difficult challenge in UDRP proceedings?

 

Read More

Transposition of the AVMS Directive in France: what impact on the audio-visual sector?

Zapping sur une plateforme de vidéo à la demande Directive (EU) No. 2018/1808 of the European Parliament and of the Council, adopted on November 14, 2018 and amending Directive 2010/13/EU (AVMS Directive), has (finally) been transposed into French law, via the Order of  December 21, 2020. This directive is part of a context of international competition on the one hand and profound transformation of the audio-visual and the evolution of demand on the other hand.

Redefinition of the essential concepts of the 2010 European Directive

The Order deals with essential concepts that one needs to fathom to understand the issues at stake. First of all, what are audio-visual media services (AVMS)? There are two types:

  • Linear television services (traditional services);
  • Non-linear servicese.audio-visual content-on-demand services or media-on-demand services (MOS). These SMAD services allow the customer to choose both when and what they wish to watch.

The Order also calls into question certain principles, such as the old principle of media chronology resulting from a 1960 legislation. This legislation coordinated the diffusion of films, after their release in cinemas, to optimise their profitability.

Modernisation and adaptation of the rules to the transformation of audiovisual services

The Order transposing the Directive has implemented several measures aiming to ensure the effective contribution by market players and to protect both the minors and the public.

The system of financing national cinematographic and audio-visual creations has indeed been completely revised by the Directive. From now on, the country of origin principle applies: each EU Member State may exercise its production contribution regime to foreign VOD (Video On Demand) channels and platforms offering a service on the territory of that Member State. 

While this principle is a leading point of the reform, the AVMS Directive also acknowledges the profound changes in multimedia by extending audio-visual regulation to video-sharing platforms, social networks and live video platforms. This way, Brussels wishes to protect minors against certain harmful content and harmonise the legal framework of the European audio-visual sector.

Reform of the 1986 Act and safeguarding the French cultural exception

France wanted to implement the directive and collaborate in the European project while defending the French cultural exception. The Order is mainly concerned with reinforcing the rules of transparency for service publishers and with establishing more complete objectives, such as the inclusion of the system of funding for production (particularly independent production) over time, but also the guarantee that French broadcasters and global platforms are on an equal footing.

Article 19 of the Order, therefore, now requires “publishers of television services and on-demand audio-visual media services aimed at French territory” “when they are not established in France and do not fall under the jurisdiction of France”, to financially contribute in the same way as French publishers do.

Article 28 substantially reforms the principle of media chronology and now allows the industry players to negotiate an agreement with the professional organisations within six months to reduce broadcasting delays.

Extension of the powers of the CSA and protection of minors

As platforms are now part of the regulatory landscape, the CSA has seen its competencies and powers broadened and, in particular, has been assigned two new essential missions: the accessibility of AVMS programmes, and the protection, in particular of minors, against content that is violent, incites hatred or constitutes a criminal offence. The CSA will then have jurisdiction if the head office or a subsidiary of the platform is established in France.

Furthermore, the CSA is also in charge of ensuring that publishers have issued guidelines of best practice (particularly regarding food advertising to which minors could be exposed) and highlighting audio-visual services of general interest on new audio-visual platforms.

In addition, the Order completes Article 15 of the 1986 Act by prohibiting in programmes not only incitement to hatred and violence but also a provocation to commit acts of terrorism, while entrusting the CSA with the task of ensuring that these provisions are respected.

 

If the Oder is already a significant step forward, the implementing decrees are just as important. In particular, on June 23, 2021, the audio-visual media services on-demand decree (or SMAD decree n°2010-1379 of November 12, 2010) was published in the French Journal Officiel, which probably represents the most valuable step in the project to modernise the financing of French and European audio-visual services. Among other things, SMADs will have to devote at least 20% of their turnover in France to finance the production of European or original French cinematographic and audio-visual works.

 

Finally,  negotiations are underway between TV channels and producers’ representatives about reviewing a second decree known as “DTT” (Digital Terrestrian Television decree No. 2010-747 of July 2, 2020), which defines the production obligations of TV channels. The points discussed concern particularly the sharing of copyright on works between producers and TV channels and the lasting of these rights.

 

We are a law firm with a unique expertise in the exploitation of intangible assets. We keep you updated on issues related to intellectual property and the digital economy through articles written by the Dreyfus legal team.

 

About This Topic…

 

How will the Digital Services Act change the legal framework for Internet services?

Read More

How does the new Civil Code of the People’s Republic of China facilitate the protection of IP rights?

The Third Session of the 13th National People’s Congress (NPC) voted and passed the Civil Code of the People’s Republic of China on May 28, 2020. This law came into force on January 1, 2021.

The fundamental objective of this Civil Code is to facilitate the protection of people’s extensive civil rights and provide sufficient remedies for right holders whenever their IP rights are infringed upon especially when it comes to counterfeiting.

Apart from serving as a policy instrument for stimulating innovation, intellectual property (IP) rights have always been considered a significant category of private rights. The intellectual property regime, thus, is deeply rooted in and closely related to the civil law system.

While referred to by the Chinese press as the Encyclopedia of Social Life, the new Civil Law includes many provisions related to intellectual property (IP).  At first read, the most striking IP provision is for punitive damages for intentional infringement, which will be potentially most valuable in patent infringement cases and especially in cases related to counterfeiting.

Article 1185 (out of 1260 articles) states, with reference to IP, “if the circumstances are serious, the infringed person shall have the right to request corresponding punitive damages”. This actually aligns with the newly amended trademark law that provides for increased punitive damages.

Article 63 of the trademark law, as amended in November 2019, increased punitive damages from three times to five times the amount of assessed damages when infringement is “committed in bad faith and the circumstance is serious.”

The United States has called China the “world’s principal IP infringer”. In a 2017 report, the US bipartisan Commission on the Theft of American Intellectual Property estimated that counterfeit goods, pirated software and the theft of trade secrets cost the US economy between US$225 billion and US$600 billion annually, not including the full cost of patent infringement.

China, meanwhile, has signaled that IP protection is a priority in its 14th five-year plan for 2021 to 2025, as part of its strategy to move towards self-reliance in critical technology.

Government economic planners detailed how they intended to strengthen the protection of IP and raise high-value patent ownership over the next five years, and Beijing is this year set to reveal its strategic plan to make China a global IP power by 2035.

In both the Chinese Patent Law and the Copyright Law, which will come into effect on June 1 2021, the applicable elements of punitive damages are intentional infringement” and “aggravated circumstances according to the China Civil Code.

Therefore, punitive damages will be more actively applied by the Chinese courts when handling IP cases in the future.

The introduction of punitive damages into IP infringement disputes will help improve the protection of intellectual property rights, promote technology progress and innovation, and build a healthier market for investment. 

The implementation of the Civil Law in China is not just a declaration to strengthen the protection of civil rights. It opens a new era by protecting IP rights.

 

The new Civil Code is demonstrating China’s resolute attitude toward malicious IP infringement, concrete articles and complementary civil principles could enhance the protection of IP rights in China.

 

In order to provide our clients with a unique expertise, necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets, we keep you informed about intellectual property and digital economy issues with our articles written by the Dreyfus legal team.

 

About this topic…

 

Fragrance and intellectual property : which protection ? 

How to protect store layout -Visual Merchandising with Intellectual Property law?

Read More

Reverse domain name hijacking

domain name administrative processReverse domain name hijacking constitutes an abuse of procedure. On this topic, the WIPO issued on April 4, 2021 a decision reminding Complainants of their failings: it was their duty to proceed to relevant checks before initiating the complaint and to build their case properly. The examiner was all the more severe given that Complainants were represented by counsel.

The complaint in question was filed by three applicants.

 

 

First Complainant is an Indian company notably specializing in the manufacture and sale of sanitary products and kitchen appliances. First Complainant was originally known as Hindustan Twyfords, but later changed its name to HSIL Ltd. in 2009. Second Complainant, Somany Home Innovation Limited, was incorporated in 2017. It manufactures and sells, among other goods, air and water purifiers, water heaters, air coolers. Like Second Complainant, Third Complainant, Brilloca Ltd, results from the split of First Complainant.

Having detected the registration of the domain names <hsil.com> registered on November 16, 1999 and <shil.com> on December 9, 1999, Complainants filed a complaint with the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center to request the transfer of the domain names.

 

 

Respondent is a UK registered company, established on October 7, 1998, which provides web development services to help small businesses gain visibility on the Internet, initially focusing on the health club and leisure equipment market. In addition to the main site « health-club.net », Respondent has registered a number of short acronymic domain names.

First Complainant owns trademarks for the sign « HSIL », the first of which dates from 2004. Complainants further argue that Somany Home Innovation is widely known by the sign « SHIL », the acronym that corresponds to its corporate name.

 

 

First and foremost, the panelist notes that the applicants have not submitted any evidence showing the use of the sign « SHIL » to the point of making it a distinctive identifier for their benefit. Therefore, the latter considers that they are in default concerning the proof of likelihood of confusion between the <shil.com> domain name and an earlier trademark in which they potentially have rights. On the other hand, the likelihood of confusion was recognized for the name <hsil.com>.

 

 

Then, regarding the issue of legitimate interest and/or rights in the domain names, the panelist takes into account the fact that Respondent registered the disputed domain names in 1999, before the alleged filing and use of Complainants’ « HSIL » and « SHIL » marks. As opposed to Complainants, Respondent has provided evidence to support its claims that the names were used as acronyms for « Sports / Health in London » and « Health / Sports in London ».

Besides, the disputed domain names were registered in 1999, many years before the filing of the HSIL marks and the registration of domain names containing « HSIL ». In addition, the Complainants have no trademark rights for the sign « SHIL ».

Also, Respondent has demonstrated a use of the disputed domain names in connection to a bona fide offering of goods and services.

 

The complaint is therefore dismissed.

In addition, the panelist found that the complaint constituted reverse domain name hijacking, an attempt to obtain a domain name by artificially proving infringement.

Complainants, who are represented by counsel, should have anticipated the weakness of their argument and the fact that the acronyms « Hsil » and « Shil » could not refer exclusively to them, as alleged in the complaint without any evidence.

The panelist also notes that Complainants tried to make it look like trademarks were rejected in India because of the « well-known status and enormous goodwill » acquired by their earlier marks. This, despite the fact that the defendant has proven that third parties have been able to obtain registration of trademarks for the sign « SHIL » in India.

 

The panelist also targets Complainants’ representative and denounces an « unfamiliarity with the UDRP » and raises the fact that the latter has listed the registrar as respondent simply because it had allowed the registration of an available domain name, even though it is not in its power to decide whether or not to allow a registration.

 

Source: WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, April 4, 2021, Case No. D2020-3416, HSIL Limited, Somany Home Innovation Limited v. SHIL Ltd, Brilloca Limited v. GOTW Hostmaster, Get on The Web Limited, India

Read More

The Public Interest Registry creates an institute specialized in the fight against DNS abuse

lutte anti DNSThe Public Interest Registry (PIR), registry for the .org top-level domain, launched the domain name system Abuse Institute on February 17, 2020. The purpose is to help protect Internet users from the threat of domain name system abuse.

The institute’s mission includes helping to identify and report DNS abuse, establishing best practices in the area of domain name system abuse and funding domain name system research.

The Institute’s activities cover three main areas:

Innovation: Developing best practices for registries and registrars and funding research on cyber security and domain name system abuse;

Education: Through the development of a library of available information and practices;

Collaboration: The Institute will operate as a networking forum and sharing centre for stakeholders interested in these issues.

 

A hotline has also been created to assist registries and registrars with questions about DNS abuse.

 

 

Sources :

https://dnsabuseinstitute.org/about-the-dns-abuse-institute/

Read More

What are the challenges of zombie trademarks?

Propriété intellectuelle, marques The protection of intangible assets as well as the efficient management of zombie trademarks or patents  portfolio contribute to the proper development of a company and its business.

Building a reputation is the very goal of any brand. This reputation is normally attached in law to the sign and to the company that filed and operates it. However, in the context of zombie trademarks, the mark does not symbolize the reputation of the current owner but that of the original owner.

Indeed, these zombie trademarks are signs that have been abandoned but still have marketing potential, a reputation.

A zombie trademark presupposes an indisputable relinquishment, that is to say an abandonment both in fact and legally. It then falls into the public domain.

As long as a brand continues to be used and is renewed every ten years, it can exist perpetually, contrary to patents and the author’s economic rights. However, sometimes a company discontinues the use of some of these signs.

This abandonment can occur any time, whether while the filing is still under review or even when the sign has been in use for a long time. In terms of non-use, a sign is abandoned when a holder stops using it without the intention of resuming its operation, for five consecutive years according to Article L 714-5 of the French Code of Intellectual Property.

Although perpetually renewable, in practice the vast majority of brands have a limited lifespan. They are born and they die. However, it happens that some experience a different fate. They are resurrected.

 

As we can see with the zombie trademarks, abandonment doesn’t have to be permanent.

A company that has given up its rights to a trademark cannot normally prevent a newcomer from bringing a trademark “back from the dead”. Indeed, the disputed sign has returned to the public domain, which theoretically allows anyone to be able to dispose of it freely.

An abandoned trademark is in principle available to everyone.

In France, it is possible to take action against a so-called deceptive brand. Article L. 711-3 c) of the French Intellectual Property Code provides that signs “likely to deceive the public, in particular as to the nature, quality or geographical origin of the product or service” cannot be adopted as a trademark. The former owner also sometimes has the opportunity to initiate ​​unfair and parasitic competition claims.

Resurrecting a brand can thus be of major asset for a company wishing to take advantage of the notoriety of a distinctive sign that has returned to the public domain. However, some of these marks are not legally neither quite dead, nor quite alive, and it is advisable to be very careful, given that the case law is still rare and uncertain on this subject.

Dreyfus is experienced in anticipating, securing and optimizing IP portfolios, which ultimately adds value to our clients’ businesses.

 

In order to offer our clients a unique expertise, necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets, we keep you informed about intellectual property and digital economy issues with our articles written by  Dreyfus’ legal team.

Read More

How to bring an action for invalidity or revocation of a trademark before the French Trademark Office INPI?

INPI, procedure, intellectual property, trademarks

On April 1, 2020, a new trademark action nullity or revocation procedure entered into force, with the PACTE law.

This law, transposing European Directive 2015/2436 commonly known as the “Trademark Package”, establishes a new administrative action for trademark invalidity before the National Institute of Intellectual Property (“INPI”).

 

 

Since April 2020, it is possible to bring an action for nullity or revocation of a trademark before the INPI, a competence so far reserved for the courts.

The INPI’s e-procedures portal now makes it possible to introduce trademark invalidity or revocation requests. These new provisions entered into force with the PACTE law on April 1, 2020.

The procedure is instructed at the INPI by a team of specialized lawyers. It potentially makes unused trademarks available for new actors to use them, and enables to remove invalid trademarks or trademarks contrary to public order.

Applications for nullity or revocation of a trademark are only made electronically through a simple and fast tool, including online help and a secure payment area.

This administrative procedure replaces the procedure for contesting a trademark in court, which remains possible in certain specific cases, such as for infringement actions.

 

 

Who can request the invalidity of the trademark?

 

In the past, it was necessary to justify an interest in taking action to request the invalidity of a trademark. This interest in acting could, moreover, be strictly assessed.

From now on, when the request is based on an absolute ground of nullity, it is no longer necessary to prove an interest in bringing proceedings.

Absolute grounds for nullity relate to the intrinsic value of the trademark. For example, if the trademark is descriptive of the products it designates (such as “white chocolate” for … white chocolate), then any person can request that it be void, without justifying any damage that would be specific to them.

 

 

What are the characteristics of the procedure?

 

The procedure for nullity or revocation of a trademark opened before the INPI is a written and exclusively electronic procedure, accessible via the INPI e-procedures portal.

This procedure is subject to the adversarial principle, allowing the parties to exchange and confront their arguments several times throughout the procedure. The duration of the procedure is therefore dependent on the will of the parties, up to three contradictory written exchanges can be organized.

Finally, said procedure allows the presentation of oral observations. This hearing, at the request of one of the parties or the INPI, is organized at the end of the written exchanges.

 

 

Can we appeal the decision?

 

The decision is subject to appeal before a court, the appeal being devolutive and suspensive.

The decision of the INPI, like a court decision, can be appealed to the Court of Appeal of the applicant’s domicile.

The Parties will have one month to file an appeal, by electronic means, upon notification of the INPI decision. Some mandatory information are required, otherwise the claim could be deemed  inadmissible.

This appeal has a suspensive but also a devolutive effect, which means that the judges will have the obligation to retry the case in its entirety.

During the appeal process, the Parties have three months to hand in their submissions together with all of their substantive claims.

If necessary, a cassation appeal may be lodged subsequently, by the director of the INPI or the Parties.

 

What is the current state of this new procedure?

 

This new procedure made it possible to reduce a disparity that existed between France and the European Union, since this option was already offered before the European trademark office EUIPO.

Saving time and money for those who introduce the action but at the same time more risk of seeing your brand attacked if it is vulnerable.

The INPI case law databases show that 131 decisions have since been issued on April 1, 2021 ruling on the revocation or maintenance of a mark and 55 on the invalidity of a mark. It takes about six and a half months for a decision to be rendered.

By its simplicity and speed, the new trademark invalidity action procedure before the INPI helps relieve the congestion in the courts. Thus, decisions can be rendered relatively quickly and above all, more actions will be taken thanks to the limited costs of an administrative procedure.

 

 

Benefit from the new nullity and revocation proceedings before the INPI (French Office), Dreyfus can help you!

 

In order to offer our clients a unique expertise, necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets, we keep you informed about intellectual property and digital economy issues through articles written by Dreyfus’ legal team.

Read More

How to protect store layout -Visual Merchandising with Intellectual Property law?

Trademarks, shop window, design, stores, intellectual propertyVisual Merchandising (VM) represents all store layout techniques. It is the art of implementing the identity dimension through scenarization of points of sale.

The term Visual Merchandising is born in the United States in the 1950s with the rise of art in business. Andy Warhol made the first storefronts in New York. After the years of the Depression, it was necessary to boost the economy with eye-catching storefronts.

The industry is branded, every brand is unique and represents your business in the market.

It is the art of implementing the identity dimension of a store through a scenarization of spaces. It is a true creation of the company which displays its own identity in its store.

Visual merchandising makes it possible to reconcile commercial efficiency, aesthetics and enhancement of the image of the brand in order to attract customers and retain them. There are different channels to seek legal protection of your investments in visual merchandising.

 

 

How to protect store layout -Visual Merchandising with copyright law?

 

Interior design is likely to be protected by copyright, provided that the criteria of form and originality are met! In the “Ladurée” case, the Paris Court of Appeal acknowledged the originality of the layout: “The elements and spaces created bore the imprint of the author’s personality and in the choice of style, colors and decoration the personality of the author was reflected”.

 

How to protect store layout -Visual Merchandising with trademark law?

 

To be protected, a trademark must be distinctive, lawful and available. Thus, the company Apple Inc was able to obtain the registration of its sales spaces as a three-dimensional trademark.

 

How to protect store layout -Visual Merchandising with unfair competition and free-riding ?

 

The main act of unfair competition potentially occurring in visual merchandising is confusion / imitation: causing, in the mind of the customer, an assimilation or a similarity between two companies or between their products and services.

In the Zadig Voltaire v. Bérénice case, the company Zadig France based its claim to protect the fittings of its stores on unfair competition.

Parasitism refers to “the set of behaviors by which an economic agent interferes in the wake of another in order to profit, without investing anything, whether its efforts or its know-how”.

 

What precautions should you take to protect your IP rights?

 

To protect your IP rights, it is paramount to take several precautions:

* Ensure that confidentiality clauses are included in your contracts;

* Provide for nondisclosure agreements;

* Be vigilant on the terms of transfer of rights between the creator and the company.

For example, the Court of appeal of Paris considered in the Petit Bateau case that the publication by an employee of photographs revealing the new collection of a clothing brand, even on a private Facebook account, constitutes a serious fault justifying the dismissal.

The Court ruled that the employee at the origin of the publication had committed the serious fault of having communicated to third parties confidential information, while its employment contract expressly provided for an obligation of non-disclosure.

In order to protect your Visual merchandising, it is necessary to establish a protection strategy in the real world and in the digital world.

 

Why bet on the trademark?

 

This way you obtain a monopoly, which can be renewable indefinitely and which will constitute the pillar in your marketing and sales strategy.

It is important to register the trademark from the genesis of the project. To that end, it will be necessary to determine a limited but suitable territory. Likewise, it is important to think globally and digitally, and to envision the protection of domain names when registering your trademark.

 

The domain name is an important asset!

 

Today, intellectual property of which domain names are a part is identified by insurers as one of the top three risks facing businesses.

Domain names in particular serve as vectors for ever more sophisticated and varied frauds. Managing your brand on the internet is not just about filing and renewing, but also building a strategy.

It is important not only to invest in a protection and preventive defense strategy but also to set up appropriate watch services for your brand.

Finally, you must be particularly vigilant about the use that is made of your brand on the Internet by avoiding “bad buzz” that is harmful to your reputation.

As a creation, Visual merchandising is a real intellectual and economic investment that is essential to protect.

 

 

Dreyfus & associés

In order to offer our clients a unique expertise, necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets, we keep you informed about intellectual property and digital economy issues through articles written by Dreyfus’ legal team.

Read More

How will the Digital Services Act change the legal framework for Internet services?

European Union, Internet, legal, regulation, digitalDigital Services Act : For the first time, a common set of rules on the obligations and liability of intermediary services within the single market will open up new possibilities to provide digital services on the Internet across borders, while ensuring a high level of protection to all users, wherever they live in the European Union.

On December 15, 2020, the European Commission published the Digital Services Act (DSA) and Digital Market Act (DMA) draft regulations, which should allow the implementation of a new regulatory framework, to put an end to the lack of responsability of digital giants.

Said regulations should come into force at the beginning of 2022.

 

The legal framework relating to digital services on the Internet remained mainly governed by the so-called “Electronic Commerce” directive of June 8, 2000, which for several years has already been met with numerous criticisms on the grounds that it has become obsolete and no longer allows to respond effectively to the new digital challenges and the difficulties posed by the emergence of Web giants, often referred to by the acronym “GAFAM” (for Google, Apple, Facebook, Amazon and Microsoft).

It is in this context that the European Commission officially announced its desire to modernize the regulatory landscape relating to digital platforms on the Internet.

As part of its strategy for a digital single market and alongside the Digital Market Act, the European Commission is proposing a regulation on digital services which will be subject to the ordinary legislative procedure of the European Union.

For Margrethe Vestager, executive vice-president for a Europe adapted to the digital age, “the two proposals serve the same purpose: to ensure that we, as users, have access to a wide choice of products and services online, securely. And that businesses operating in Europe can compete freely and fairly online just as they do offline. They are two sides of the same world. We should be able to shop safely and trust the information we read. Because what is illegal offline is also illegal online”.

According to the press release from the European Commission, the rules provided for by this regulation aim to better protect consumers and their fundamental rights on the Internet, to put in place a solid framework for the transparency of online platforms and clear rules with regard to their responsibility, and finally to foster innovation, growth and competitiveness within the single market.

For the first time, a common set of rules on the obligations and liability of intermediaries within the Single Market will open up new possibilities to provide digital services across borders on the Internet, while ensuring a high level of protection for all users, wherever they live in the European Union.

In order to protect Internet users against the proliferation of illegal content and to adapt the existing legal framework to the emergence of new players on the Internet, public authorities have considered various regulatory strategies.

 

 

What is illegal content?

 

Illegal content is defined as any content that does not comply with European Union law or the national law of a Member State (Article 2, g). In other words, the proposed regulation does not define what is illegal, but refers to European and national laws and regulations.

The directive of June 8, 2000 did not define the concept of illegal content either.

 

 

Who will be affected by the new rules?

 

The proposed regulation aims to apply to any provider of intermediary services, whether established in the EU or not, as long as the recipients of such services are established or reside in the EU.

As for intermediary service providers, the proposal maintains the qualifications as provided for in the directive of 8 June 2000, namely network access and data transmission providers, caching operators and hosting providers.

Tthe proposal introduces a new qualification: online platforms. These are defined as hosting service providers who, at the request of the recipient of the service, store and distribute content to a potentially unlimited number of third parties (Article 2, h). Thus, unlike hosting providers, these players also allow content to be distributed.

Note that the proposed regulation makes a distinction between platforms and “very large” platforms. The latter are those that exceed the threshold of 45 million users per month. Said threshold will be reassessed every six months. Indeed, in addition to a set of common rules applicable to any platform, the proposal provides for a reinforced legal framework for “very large” platforms.

Under the directive of June 8, 2000, the platforms were qualified as hosts on several occasions by the courts. Consequently, they currently benefit from a reduced liability regime provided for in that directive.

Thus, these actors are only responsible with regard to the published content if they have effective knowledge of its illegal nature or if, once they have become aware of it, they have not acted promptly to remove it or to make its access impossible.

 

 

Is a new liability regime planned?

 

The proposed regulation does not introduce a new liability regime. Like hosting providers, the platforms will remain subject to the reduced liability regime provided for by the directive of 8 June 2000. The principle of the prohibition of imposing a general surveillance obligation on hosting providers, including the platforms, is also maintained.

However, compared to hosting providers, platforms will have additional obligations which may vary depending on their size.

In addition, unlike the directive of June 8, 2000, the proposal clarifies that content moderation systems voluntarily put in place by intermediary service providers (hosts, platforms, etc.) do not call into question the benefit of the lightened liability regime provided for in the proposal.

The DSA will thus set up control and monitoring mechanisms. At European level, this will be done through a new, fully independent body: the “European Digital Services Committee” (Art. 47-49) in charge of the committee’s advice and national coordinators.

At the level of the Member States, each will have to designate one or more authorities to ensure the application of the future regulation, including one responsible for the coordination of digital services (Articles 39 to 45). The entire framework will be supplemented by soft law: standards, code of conduct, in particular with regard to online advertising (art. 36).

The DSA is thus presented as an ambitious overhaul of the European legislative framework for digital services on the Internet.

A major project in Brussels, the Digital Services Act (DSA) tends to govern digital technology on the old continent for the years to come. In preparation for many months, the text was officially presented in mid-December 2020 and should enter into force in the next 18 to 24 months after agreement of the Member States and vote of the European Parliament.

 

 

 

In order to offer our clients a unique expertise, necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets, we keep you informed about intellectual property and digital economy issues with our articles written by the Dreyfus’ legal team.

Read More

Artists: how can you defend your freedom of artistic expression?

Preparing to defend copyright intellectual property In a decision handed down on 23 February 2021, the Paris Court of Appeal offers some guidelines in copyright infringement, recalls some key principles and provides an overview of all the usable means of defense.

In this case, the internationally renowned artist Jeff Koons was condemned for copyright infringement, in solidum with his co-defendants and the Court awarded €190 000 in damages. This amount greatly exceeds the amount awarded in the first instance, where the Court ordered Jeff Koons and his co-defendants to pay €135,000 in damages.

Let’s dive into the facts: in 1988, Jeff Koons started his “Banality” series of works, which consisted of creating three-dimensional objects inspired by various images. One of the works in this series, “Fait d’hiver”, shows a young woman in a fishnet corset, lying in the snow, with a small pig wearing a barrel around its neck.

 

In November 2014, the Centre Pompidou in Paris hosted a retrospective of Koons’ work, in which several works from the “Banality” series were exhibited, two of which have been subject to infringement lawsuits.

One of the two disputed works is “Fait d’hiver”. The designer of a 1989 advertising campaign for the company Naf-Naf, Frank Davidovici, sued the Centre Pompidou and Jeff Koons, among others, for copyright infringement of the campaign. At that time, the Naf-Naf brand’s Autumn/Winter collection was presented to the general public thanks to a photo of a young woman lying on the snow and accompanied by a pig, wearing a collar reminding one of a Saint Bernard dog.

 

On November 8, 2018, the Paris Court of First Instance found all the defendants guilty of infringing Frank Davidovici’s economic and moral rights. In their appeal, the defendants then set out all the possible defences in the context of such infringement action.

 

Was the “fair use” exemption a good idea?

 

Insofar as Jeff Koons’s work “Fait d’hiver” was conceived in the United States, the artist upheld that United-States law should have applied. To strengthen his argument, he relied on the Rome II Regulation, which seeks to preserve the principle of “lex loc protectionis” about “a non-contractual obligation arising from an infringement of an intellectual property right”. It would have been a mistake for Jeff Koons not to try to benefit from this Regulation, notably since American law provides for the “fair use” exception, which allows the exclusive rights of an author to be limited, in particular, to allow his work to be parodied (17 U.S.C. §107). But let’s remember that in 1992, Koons lost an action in which he had claimed this exception. At the time, the Court charged him with copyright infringement for his sculpture “String of Puppies”, which was considered a copy, with a few differences, of a photo taken by the American photographer Art Rogers. The judges deemed that the slight differences between the original photograph and the sculpture were insufficient to rule out infringement.

That said, and thus contradicting one of Jeff Koons’s arguments showing the differences between his “Fait d’hiver” and that of Naf-Naf, the Court of Appeal recalls that infringement is not assessed regarding the differences, but rather in terms of the similarities between the works involved.

Not too much of a surprise, the Paris Court of Appeal found that French law applied to “Fait d’hiver” insofar as the copyright infringement took place in France. Hence, the exception of fair use was not applicable in the present case.

 

Did Frank Davidovici have legal standing? 

 

Koons then claimed that Frank Davidovici lacked legal standing. Indeed, the original photograph was a collective work and therefore the property of Naf-Naf. The evidence provided by the appellants was not enough for the Court of Appeal, which came to the same conclusions as at first instance, namely that the advertising campaign was not a collective work but a collaborative work, in which Frank Davidovici’s contribution could be “individualized”, and that the other authors had assigned their economic rights to him.

On the French five-year limitation period for infringement

 

The appellants argued that the work had been created more than 20 years before the subpoena (which took place on January 9, 2015), that it had been exhibited since 1995 in a Parisian gallery. In addition, they claimed that Jeff Koons displayed the reproduction on his website where he described it as ‘unmissable to anyone interested in [his] work’ and by “anyone”. Koons targeted the respondent.

The Court of Appeal rejected this argument since the respondents were criticising the exhibition at the Centre Pompidou, which had begun in November 214, i.e. two months before the subpoena.

Pleas in law based on the freedom of artistic expression and the parody exception

 

The appellants invoked Article 10 of the ECHR (European Convention for the Protection of Human Rights) to remind them that judges shall not interfere with the artists’ creative freedom or deny their artistic approach. However, this article also states that the artistic freedom of expression includes limitations, and in this case, the latter was legal since it relied upon Article L.122-4 of the French Intellectual Property Code. This article condemns any adaptation or transformation of a work without the consent of its author. Considering that the sculpture uses the dominant elements of the original photograph (the penguins and the pig’s flower necklace being of little relevance) and that it makes no mention of Davidovici’s work, Koons was obviously at fault. There is a very narrow line between inspiration and infringement of earlier work.

The appellants also sought to invoke the parody defence, relying on the definition given by the CJEU (Court of Justice of the European Union) in 2014 in the Deckmyn case, which stated that “the essential characteristics of parody are, first, to evoke an existing work while being noticeably different from it, and, secondly, to constitute an expression of humour or mockery“. The Paris Court of Appeal considered here that the humorous purpose was certainly not obvious, insofar as Koons described his “Fait d’hiver” as being “a work on renewal“, the illustration of the “process of self-acceptance“. Besides, according to the Court, there was a gap of almost 30 years between the advertising campaign and the sculpture. This period was so long that the public might not have perceived the parody.

 

The boundary between free inspiration and art infringement is very narrow, and sometimes difficult for artists to apprehend. Despite the solid defence strategy of Jeff Koons, one must acknowledge that it is essential to obtain prior approval before creating a work that may infringe the rights of another artist.

Read More

Towards increased protection for authors and performers: what does Directive 2019/790 bring to the harmonization of contract chains?

Directive on "Copyright and Related Rights in the Digital Single Market" n° 2019/790: towards increased protection for authors and performers, through harmonization of rules on contract chainsThe Copyright Directive n° 2019/790 of April 17, 2019 is a milestone in strengthening the protection for authors and performers. The provisions of the directive regarding contracts in the field of literary and artistic property generally tend to rebalance the legal relationship between contractors, to the benefit of creators. This is notably reflected in the rules on contract chains. 

 

A. The European classifications of contract chains in the field of copyright law

The European legislator specifies the chains of contracts that are subject to the new regulation.

 

1. Primary contracts: Licenses and transfer of rights

As regards primary contracts, Article 18(1) of the Directive distinguishes between licenses and transfer of rights.

These provisions thus implicitly rely on a criterion, which looks at whether there is a transfer of ownership or not, and which is used in French law to distinguish between assignments and licenses, to classify contracts in the field of literary and artistic property. So far, this aspect was not clearly stated in the intellectual property code.

In other words, the assignment is a transfer of ownership whereas the license confers only an exploitation right: the assignment is therefore always exclusive whereas the license is not necessarily exclusive; the assignment includes, in particular, a transfer of ownership of the infringement action, which is not the case in a license.

 

2. Secondary contracts: sub-licenses, licenses and subassignments

When the primary contract is a license, the secondary contract is a sub-license, by virtue of Article 19 of the Directive.

Where the first contract of the chain consists in a transfer of ownership, the second contract will be, depending on the case, assimilated to either a licensing contract (if its object is to confer an exploitation right) or to a sub-assignment contract (if another transfer of ownership is completed).

 

 

B.  Increased protection of creators in contractual matters

The new European provisions outline a legal regime that strongly protects creators in contract chains, and thus substantially reform the case law of the Court of Cassation on these issues.

 

1. Prior to the enactment of the directive, limited protection for authors in chains of contracts

In French law, many specific provisions in the field of literary and artistic property aim at protecting the author in his/her contractual relations, especially the rules concerning the formal requirements of authors’ contracts. Yet, the protection of the author beyond the first contract remained rather limited.

Indeed, the intellectual property code does not specifically regulate contract chains. In a Perrier decision dated October 13, 1993, the French Supreme Court distinguished between contracts concluded with authors and contracts concluded between operators, considering that the latter operators were not subject to the provisions of the intellectual property code. Thus, the obligations of sub-operators towards authors were limited.

For instance, an obligation of transparency towards authors had already been enacted, but it was very limited, and only concerned distributors of long cinematographic works and audiovisual works created thanks to funding from the National Center for Cinema and the Moving Image (articles L213-28 and L251-5 of the Cinema and the Moving Image Code).

Similarly, the principle of a proportional remuneration of authors by sub-operators was interpreted quite restrictively, and only applied to audiovisual works, according to rulings of the French Supreme Court dated July 16, 1998, and May 29, 2013.

 

2. The benefits of the Copyright Directive for authors and performers

The Directive changes the old framework and extends the protection of creators in contractual matters.

From now on, Article 19 of the European Union directive states an obligation of transparency for sub-operators towards authors and performers, and grants authors and performers a direct right of action against sub-operators who would not comply with their obligation.

Moreover, Article 18 generalizes the principle of appropriate and proportional remuneration by the sub-operator to authors and performers to all fields of literary and artistic property.

Finally, Article 20(1) establishes an adjustment mechanism together with a direct right of action for authors or performers against the party with whom they have concluded a contract for the exploitation of rights or against their successors. This mechanism is designed to provide for an additional remuneration when the remuneration initially agreed upon proves to be unreasonably low compared to the total income subsequently derived from the exploitation of the works or performances.

The European directive therefore extends the regulation of contract chains in the field of literary and artistic property, while strengthening the protection of creators.

 

 

Article 34 of Law n°2020-1508 of December 3, 2020 authorizes the French government to enact, by ordinance, any law aimed at ensuring the transposition of articles 17 to 23 of this directive.

Read More

Why does the willingness to sell a domain name is not conditioned on an active approach? 

Télévision netflix (OMPI, Centre d’arbitrage et de médiation, 23 février 2021, affaire n° D2020-3322, Netflix Inc. c. WhoisGuard, Inc. / Siddharth Sethi)

 

Avons-nous encore besoin d’introduire Netflix ? Cette plateforme proposant des services de streaming vidéo compte 195 millions de membres dans plus de 190 pays et semble être connue dans le monde entier. Pourtant, certaines personnes tentent de se soustraire à cette notoriété pour tenter de se construire une légitimité artificielle et justifier l’enregistrement d’un nom de domaine .

 

En effet, alors que la société Netflix détient de nombreux enregistrements dans le monde pour le signe « NETFLIX » en tant que marque , la société a détecté l’enregistrement du nom de domaine <netflix.store> . En conséquence, elle a déposé une plainte auprès du Centre d’arbitrage et de médiation de l’OMPI pour obtenir son transfert.

Le nom de domaine, enregistré le 3 septembre 2017, pointe vers une page qui présente une animation composée d’un effet d’éclatement de couleur et se termine par un écran de couleur vierge.
Le titulaire soutient que le nom de domaine ne reproduit pas la marque NETFLIX mais est plutôt composé de deux termes , “net” et “flix”. Or, comme prévu, l’expert considère que la marque NETFLIX est reproduite à l’identique dans le nom de domaine.
L’expert considère que si l’utilisation du nom de domaine n’est pas commerciale, son enregistrement ne serait pas non plus considéré comme légitime. En effet, le site mis en place vise à légitimer l’enregistrement afin de dissimuler l’intention de vendre le nom de domaine au Plaignant. Ni la reproduction de la marque NETFLIX dans le nom de domaine litigieux, ni l’extension <.store> n’ont de sens si le projet devait effectivement être non commercial.

 

En conséquence, il estime que l’intimé n’a aucun droit ou intérêt légitime sur le nom de domaine .
Par ailleurs, l’expert constate que le Défendeur connaissait le Plaignant et son activité et prévoyait qu’en achetant le nom de domaine, il serait en mesure de le revendre au Plaignant avec un bénéfice significatif. Cette stratégie a été partiellement couronnée de succès, car Netflix a fait une offre que l’intimée a refusée, essayant d’obtenir une somme considérablement plus élevée.

Or, l’enregistrement d’un nom de domaine qui correspond à la marque d’un Plaignant avec l’intention de le vendre au Plaignant lui-même , établit la mauvaise foi. L’expert précise que le titulaire « [n’aurait pu] raisonnablement penser qu’un tiers serait en mesure d’utiliser commercialement le Nom de domaine litigieux ». Il convient également de noter que l’intimé a tenté de faire croire à la personne qui l’a contacté qu’il avait reçu d’autres offres plus élevées. En effet, le représentant de Netflix, qui n’avait pas indiqué qu’il agissait pour Netflix, ce qui était un secret de polichinelle, avait proposé la somme de 2 000 USD, que le déclarant jugeait trop faible.

L’expert commente ce comportement récurrent de certains cybersquatteurs : « Peu importe que le Défendeur n’ait pas proposé activement à la vente le Nom de domaine litigieux. Il n’est pas rare que des déclarants opportunistes de noms de domaine incluant une marque tierce attendent d’être approchés, réalisant qu’une offre active de vente du nom de domaine peut faciliter un procès UDRP à leur encontre ».

En conséquence, l’expert conclut que le nom de domaine litigieux a été enregistré et est utilisé de mauvaise foi et ordonne ainsi son transfert au Plaignant.

Sauf dans les cas où un nom de domaine reproduisant une marque notoire telle que NETFLIX est utilisé à des fins de critique sans usage commercial, ou pour un usage commercial minimal, il est quasiment inconcevable d’imaginer qu’un tel nom de domaine ait pu être enregistré de bonne foi . Netflix savait évidemment qu’elle gagnerait le procès, mais a visiblement choisi d’essayer de négocier un rachat à l’amiable pour un budget légèrement inférieur à celui d’une procédure UDRP, si l’on compte les 1 500 USD d’honoraires et les honoraires d’avocat. Cette approche, si elle réussissait, aurait permis d’économiser du temps et de l’argent, mais la simple offre de rachat a pour effet d’encourager le cybersquattage.

Read More

International designs: why has Belarus ratified the Hague Agreement?

Over the past two decades, like other countries in Central and Eastern Europe, Belarus has focused its efforts on the transition to a knowledge-based economy. To do so, the government is supporting the development of an innovation ecosystem that fosters business growth and the country’s long-term economic viability. Strengthening the national intellectual property system is at the heart of this project.

The Hague system offers the owner of an industrial design the possibility of obtaining protection for his design in several countries by filing a single application in one language with a single Office.

 

This system is administered by the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) in Geneva, Switzerland.

 

Since May 13, 2015, the United States and Japan can be designated as countries for the registration of an international design. Most recently, Belarus joined the Hague System for the International Registration of Industrial Designs.

As a general rule, industrial design protection is limited to the country in which it was granted. The Hague Agreement Concerning the International Registration of Industrial Designs provides for an international registration procedure: the applicant can make a single international deposit, with WIPO. The holder can designate as many Contracting Parties as he wishes.

An international registration produces the same effects as those of a registration effected directly in each of the countries designated by the applicant, provided that protection is granted by the competent Office of such country.

On April 19, 2021, Belarus deposited its instrument of accession to the Geneva Act (1999) of the Hague Agreement with the Director General of the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO). The Republic of Belarus becomes the 66th Contracting Party to the 1999 Act and the 75th member of the Hague Union.

This accession brings the total number of countries covered by the Hague system to 92, expanding the system’s coverage further into the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS).

This Agreement allows the registration of an industrial design in several countries through a single application to the International Bureau of WIPO.

 

The advantages of such an international design filing are numerous.

 

On the one hand, it considerably reduces formalities while offering registration in several countries. On the other hand, it makes it possible to simplify the subsequent management of the design as all the acts necessary for the protection of this design, such as renewal or registrations, will be carried out through a single procedure.

Besides, it is interesting to note that, unlike the international trademark system, no prior national application or registration is necessary to apply for an international design.

Finally, the only limit to this international industrial design system is the number of members. Indeed, only the States members of the Hague Agreement as revised on several occasions and in particular by the Geneva Act of 1999, can be designated by this international registration.

In other words, and once again in a manner comparable to the international mark, in order to designate certain countries, the applicant will have to file a national design and will have to go through the accompanying formalities.

However, while there are to date 95 member countries to the Madrid Agreement and to the Protocol relating to this arrangement concerning the international registration of marks, there are unfortunately only 64 members for the international registration of industrial designs and models. Several countries are therefore missing, including countries such as Australia, China, the Russian Federation, Ireland and Mexico.

 

Since July 19, 2021, Belarusian businesses and designers will be able to start using the Hague System to protect their designs internationally by filing a single international application covering up to 100 designs.

Read More

What are the new cookies regulations?

The Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation) affects how you, as a website owner, can use cookies and online tracking of visitors from the European Union.

Wednesday March 31, 2021 was the very last limit set by the National Commission for Informatics and Freedoms (Cnil), for French advertisers to comply with European rules relating to cookies.

From Thursday, April 1, 2021, the banner on websites is required to enable much more explicitly Internet users to “refuse” these computer tracers much more explicitly.

This is one of the measures voted in 2016 by the European Union in the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) and entered into force in May 2018 in all 28 (now 27) member states.

When they browse the web or use mobile applications, Internet users are increasingly followed by various actors (service editors, advertising agencies, social networks, etc.) who analyze their browsing, their movements and their consultation or consumption habits, in particular in order to provide them with targeted advertising or personalized services.

This tracing is carried out by means of various technical tools, tracers, of which cookies are a part.

Cookies are small pieces of text inserted into your browser while you are browsing the web.

There are various types of cookies and have multiple uses: they can be used to remember your customer ID with a merchant site, the current content of your shopping cart, the language of the web page, an identifier allowing to track your navigation for statistical or advertising purposes, etc.

They are a source of concern for many users, while others are not even aware of their existence apart from the mandatory pop-ups on all websites that ask you to Accept cookies“.

If you are a website owner, it is important that you make sure that the management of cookies and consent on your site complies with the very strict requirements of the GDPR.

In France, the National Commission for Informatics and Liberties (CNIL) carries out numerous checks and issues sanctions for non-compliance with the GDPR and French legislation.

Your website is required under the EU’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) to allow European users to control the activation of cookies and trackers that collect their personal data.

This is the essential point of consent to the use of cookies according to the GDPR – and the future of our digital infrastructures.

The CNIL reminds that the consent requirement provided for by these provisions refers to the definition and the conditions provided for in Articles 4 and 7 of the GDPR.

It must therefore be free, specific, enlightened, unambiguous and the user must be able to withdraw it, at any time, with the same simplicity with which he has granted it.

In order to remind and clarify the law applicable to the deposit and reading of tracers in the user’s terminal, the CNIL adopted guidelines on September 17, 2020, supplemented by a recommendation aimed in particular at proposing examples of modalities consent collection practices.

Consent must be manifested by a positive action of the user, informed beforehand, in particular, of the consequences of his or her choice and having the means to accept, refuse and withdraw his or her consent. Appropriate systems must therefore be put in place to collect consent in practical ways that allow Internet users to benefit from easy-to-use solutions.

Acceptance of general conditions of use cannot be a valid method of obtaining consent.

The CNIL will therefore now carry out checks to assess compliance with the rules relating to tracers, in application of article 82 of the Data Protection Act and articles 4 and 7 of the RGPD on consent, as summarized in its guidelines.

Through this action, the CNIL intends to meet the expectations of Internet users who are increasingly sensitive to Internet tracking issues, as evidenced by the constant complaints it receives on this subject.

If breaches are noted following checks or complaints, the CNIL may use all the means made available to it in its repressive chain and issue, if necessary, formal notices or public sanctions.

 

The evolution of the applicable rules, clarified by the guidelines and the recommendation of the CNIL, marks a turning point and progress for Internet users, who will now be able to exercise better control over online tracers.

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

How does the bad faith duplicate between registration and bad faith use?

UDRPWhile one generally refers to the “three criteria” of the UDRP (a trademark similar to the domain name; the absence of rights or legitimate interests of the defendant in the disputed domain name; and the bad faith of the registrant), it should be kept in mind that bad faith in UDRP matters has two aspects: the first is bad faith registration and the second is bad faith usage. Therefore, proving only one of these elements is insufficient even though it may be considered “fair” that a name used in bad faith should be transferred to the applicant.
In the present case, Great American Hotel Group, Inc. complained that its former vice-president retained the domain name <greatamericanhg.com> and changed the password of the account used to manage this name with the registrar.

It all started in 2011 when the applicant decided to adopt the name Great American Hotel Group. Its president at the time asked Mr. Greene, then vice-president of the company, to reserve the domain name <greatamericanhg.group>.
The latter did so, but – apparently without notifying his superior – reserved the domain name in his name instead of that of the company. He did, however, record the company’s postal address, and pay with the company card. In 2012, he hired an anonymity service to hide his data.

Since its registration, the name had been used for the company and Mr. Greene had always treated the domain name as part of the company’s assets.

However, following disagreements, Mr. Greene was suspended from office in 2015 and dismissed in 2016. In 2017, the name was renewed by the company’s technical teams even though Mr. Greene was no longer present. However, the latter subsequently changed the password so that the name could no longer be renewed by the company. The applicant’s counsel proceeded to send Mr. Greene a letter of formal notice, which remained unanswered, leading to the filing of a UDRP complaint.

The panellist acknowledged that the applicant had common law trademark rights through the use of the sign “Great American” and that the registrant did not have any legitimate rights or interest in the name as it was created for the applicant company.
He also acknowledged that the domain name was used by Mr. Greene in bad faith.

Nevertheless, the panellist was more sceptical regarding the issue of bad faith registration. Indeed, the name had been reserved by Mr. Greene at the request of the president of the applicant company, which, in principle, had, in fact, been a registration in good faith.

In order for registration by an employee to qualify as having been done in bad faith, the panellist specified that the employee must have, from the beginning, had “an intention to cause harm”. Therefore, the evaluation must be factual and done on a case-by-case basis.

In this case, Mr. Greene had registered the domain name in his own name. The panellist found that “this may be subject to questioning, and the fact that he did not mention the company does not constitute a good domain name management practice”, however, the president and the company seemed to be equally as uninterested in formalizing the reservation of the name.

For four years, until he was suspended from his functions, the registrant had always displayed conduct that demonstrated that he understood that the name belonged to the company. Thus, there is no reason to suppose that by reserving the name four years earlier, he had intended to compete with the applicant or to benefit from some type of tactical advantage against him.

Consequently, the plaintiff’s complaint was dismissed as the registration in bad faith had not been established. Nevertheless, the panellist specified that the applicant could turn to other avenues to try to obtain relief.

The significance of this decision, in addition to highlighting the dual condition of bad faith, is that it reiterates the need to set up an internal naming charter to avoid any dispersion of assets, both in terms of trademarks and domain names.

Read More

How to protect your brands in the digital era?

brand protectionIntellectual property was viewed with passion – and in a style steeped in pre-Romanticism! – as “the most sacred, the most legitimate, the most unassailable […], the most personal of properties”; “The least likely to be contested, the one whose increase can neither hurt republican equality, nor overshadow freedom,” said Patrick Tafforeau in his book Intellectual Property Law published in 2017.

It should be borne in mind that intellectual property is protected by law. This protection is notably achieved through patents, copyright and trademark registrations. These intellectual property rights allow creators to obtain a certain form of recognition or even a financial advantage from their inventions, plant varieties or creations.

In this sense, paragraph 1 of article L111-1 of the Intellectual Property Code provides that: “The author of a work of the mind enjoys on this work, by the sole fact of his creation, of an exclusive and  intangible property right enforceable against all”.

In fact, the Internet has created tremendous opportunities for companies in terms of communicating their brand message. However, its global reach, openness, versatility and the fact that it is largely unregulated are all elements that have created fertile ground for trademark infringement such as counterfeiting.

 

For a long time, real world activity and Internet activity were separated. Today, the two worlds undeniably tend to come together. Trademark law is therefore very useful in defending yourself in the digital era. By appropriately balancing the interests of innovators with those of the general public, the intellectual property system aims to foster an environment conducive to the flourishing of creativity and innovation.

When you create a company or launch a product, know that it is recommended to protect your trademark (which can be the name of your company, a logo, numbers, letters, etc. …). This registration will protect your company from counterfeiting.

Once registered, the trademark is an industrial property title which gives you a monopoly of exploitation for a period of ten years, renewable indefinitely.

Registering your trademark gives you an exclusive right to a sign that distinguishes the products or services you offer from those of your competitors, which is a significant competitive advantage ! As such, your sign is protected for the categories of goods and services referred to in your trademark registration and in the territory for which said registration is accepted.

In this perspective, it is necessary to put in place a strategy for the protection of your brand as soon as possible. Before filing a trademark, it is important to make sure that it is available and that there is no owner of an earlier right to that trademark. You must therefore be the first to register this mark.

The reasons why trademark registration is becoming a necessity are multiplying in the face of the phenomenon of cybersquatting. Thus, owners of registered trademarks benefit from new advantages in the defense of their rights on the Internet.

 

First, it has become increasingly important to protect your brand on social media. Since 2009, Facebook has allowed its members to create usernames, easily accessible, but which can include brands. Prior to 2009, Facebook allowed registered trademark owners to identify their trademarks and prevent their use by other members.

Most social networks register user names on a “first come, first served” basis. In order to defend your rights, it is preferable to have a registered trademark in order to report a violation of trademark rights, according to the general conditions of use of social networks.

 

Secondly, the presence of a mark on the Internet also imposes its protection in referencing on search engines and in particular paid referencing. Through the AdWords system, Google allows advertisers to select keywords so that their ads will appear to Internet users after entering those words into a search. Conflicts arise when advertisers buy keywords that contain brands, but do not have rights to them.

Owning a trademark right then also becomes extremely useful in the fight against unfair practices.

 

Thirdly, the proliferation of new gTLD domain name extensions must also attract the attention of trademark owners. To date, more than 300 new gTLDs have been delegated, and gradually hundreds more will follow. Faced with the risk of conflicts with protected trademarks, a new tool is made available to trademark rights holders: The Trademark Clearinghouse. It is a centralized declarative database of registered trademarks. Once the trademark is registered, the holder benefits from the priority registration period for new gTLDs – Sunrise Period – and is notified when a third party wishes to register a domain name identical or similar to its trademark. The registrant of the disputed domain name is also informed that he may infringe trademark rights.

 

Finally, if a domain name reproducing or containing a trademark is registered, the trademark rights holder has the possibility of taking action against cybersquatters using dedicated extrajudicial procedures such as the Uniform Rapid Suspension (URS) and the Uniform Domain Resolution Policy (UDRP). These dedicated procedures are only open to trademark holders.

It should be remembered that the business landscape has changed with the rise of the Internet and, in order to thwart the risks of intellectual property infringements on online markets, it is important that companies adapt their management of industrial property rights portfolio accordingly.

 

Nathalie Dreyfus – Industrial Property Attorney, Expert at the Paris Court of Appeal, Founder & Director of Cabinet Dreyfus in Paris – Dreyfus.fr

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

Why is claiming unregistered trademark rights over a geographical name a difficult challenge in UDRP proceedings?

UDRP ProceedingsWhile certain geographical names may, by exception, benefit from protection within the meaning of the UDRP rules, it should be remembered that they must be perceived as a trademark or service mark over which the applicant has rights. However, the mere use of a geographical name to identify certain goods and services as a territorial entity is not sufficient to demonstrate rights in a trademark or service mark within the meaning of the Guidelines, as the pannelist rightly pointed out in the present Decision.

 

In this case, the geographical name Solothurn (‘Soleure’ in French), corresponding to a city in Switzerland, was reproduced in its entirety in the domain name <solothurn.com>. It was registered in 1997 and has not been used since except to redirect to a “pay-per-click” page.

The applicants, the City of Solothurn and two associations under Swiss law promoting mainly tourism and unsurprisingly showing a strong interest in the domain name <solothurn.com>, claimed an unregistered trademark right on the sign “Solothurn”, which has been used extensively over the years. They also claimed protection of the name as “trademark-like” within the meaning of the Swiss law on unfair competition.

In this regard, they provided several documents attesting to the use of this geographical name by tourists since 1890 and its recognition as such. The applicants inferred that the use of the sign “Solothurn” constituted a trademark used to identify tourism and other related services. They also cited several decisions of the centre concerning geographical names, which are far from having argued in their favour.

The defendant, domiciled in the United States and known for his activities related to domains specializing in “geographical” domain names, had put the domain name <solothurn.com> up for sale. The defendant cited numerous decisions on how geographical names should be assessed (including a decision about the name <rouen.com>) and on the need to fulfill the function of a trade-mark.

Faced with this case and the question of whether the applicants could validly claim an unregistered trademark right in the name “Solothurn”, the panellists carried out a meticulous examination of the case law of the decisions of the WIPO panellists (overview) in the field of geographical names.

In particular, they recalled that according to the overview, “geographical terms used only in their ordinary geographical sense, except when registered as trademarks, do not, as such, provide standing to act in UDRP proceedings“. They also noted that in UDRP matters, it has generally been difficult for affiliates or entities responsible for a geographical territory to demonstrate trademark rights over that geographical name. However, the panellists noted that the decisions cited by the applicants all acknowledged that the geographical name was used in a purely descriptive way of a geographical location and not as a trademark.

On the other hand, they took note of the fact that some panellists have indicated that an unregistered trademark right in a geographical name may be granted to an official authority in exceptional circumstances. The circumstances in question cover the increasingly rare assumption that the geographical name would be used in connection with products and services but without any connection to the geographical location to which it corresponds. The idea is that the trade name should not generate an association with a geographical location in the minds of consumers, but rather an association with products and services, as the main function of the brand requires. For example, we can mention the products of the Ushuaïa brand, unrelated to Tierra del Fuego.

In the present case, the panellists noted that the applicants had not provided any proof of use of the name “Solothurn” in connection with products and services beyond those provided by the City of Switzerland. On the contrary, the applicants merely pointed out the use of the name “Solothurn” in connection with the name of the city of Switzerland and the tourist activities offered there. Consequently, the panellists could not validly conclude that the applicants had established that they had rights in the unregistered Solothurn trademark.

The panelist added that the applicants could not rely on the protection of this name as “trademark-like” within the meaning of the Swiss law on unfair competition insofar as Article 4.a. (i) of the Guidelines expressly refers to the “trade or service mark“.

Finally, the complaint was rejected as the applicants had not provided proof of trademark rights. However, this decision seems to be qualified by the panellists, who point out that it is a decision rendered under the UDRP principles, adapted to disputes between registrants and trademark owners whereas the solution could have been different under Swiss law and in matters of unfair competition.

 

The “morality” of this decision is not new; the UDRP procedure is not suitable for all disputes involving domain names and should not be systematically preferred to legal proceedings, even if it does have the advantage of being faster and less costly.

Read More

What happens to the domain name reserved by the franchisee once the contractual relations have been broken?

domain name

One of the key elements of the franchise is the authorisation given by the franchisor to the franchise to exploit its trademark. In such contracts, it is key to define precisely the terms of use.

Century 21 Real Estate LLC (“Century 21”) is a renowned real estate company, founded in 1971 and managing 8000 franchised agencies in 80 countries. In particular, it owns the trademark C21, protected in Montenegro.

Century 21 filed a complaint before the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center to obtain the transfer of the domain name <c21fresh.me> registered on November 14, 2012 by Lika Ivanoc, which belongs to the Fresh d.o.o. company in Montenegro, also specialized in real estate.

Century 21 asserts that in the past the Respondent has been a member of its network of franchisees but that this is no longer the case. Realogy Group LLC, another parent company of Century 21, was reported to have entered into an agreement with a Serbian company, Real Estate d.o.o.

According to this agreement, which the Complainant does not provide, Real Estate d.o.o was authorized to use the trademarks of Century 21 and to enter into sub-franchises.

 

This agreement would have expired in 2014.

The Complainant explains that in 2015, the parent company of the Respondent, Century 21 Fresh Real Estate, was notified of the end of the contract of franchise. The letter stated that Century 21 did not know if Century 21 Fresh Real Estate was commercially connected to Real Estate d.o.o.

In the absence of any response, Century 21 filed a complaint to the Montenegrin Trade Inspection, and after that, Century 21 Fresh Real Estate has been ordered to withdraw the trademark from the photographs published on the web site www.realitica.com.

The above situation is quite complex.

 To begin with, the Respondent did not reply to the complaint, which would have eventually clarified the situation and the possible links, even the indirect ones, between the Complainant and the Respondent.

The expert acknowledges the similarity between the domain name <c21fresh.me> and the C21 trademark. However, he does not issue commentaries on the legitimate interest of the registrant and directly moves on to rule on the question of registration in bad faith.

He notes that if the Complainant clearly indicates that the Respondent was part of its franchisees network, it also had a letter sent to the Respondent’s parent company, suggesting that it was not sure that the Respondent was actually part of this network.

It might be surprising how little control Century 21 has over its network of franchisees and sub-franchisees. However, the name of the Respondent’s parent company appeared on the site of one of the franchises of the Complainant, which suggests that the Respondent was indeed a member of the franchise network.

The expert notices that during the course of this agreement Real Estate d.o.o. and the sub-franchisees had the authorization to use the trademarks of Century 21. Thus, the domain name has certainly been registered within this framework. Unless a clear clause in the contract prohibits to register domain names, it is difficult to consider that the domain name has been registered in bad faith in 2012.

The experts relies on a previous case, Elders Limited v. Private Company, No. D2007-1099, in which the expert concluded that the name registered by the franchisee was part of its activity even without the franchisor’s express authorisation. In the absence of evidence of other motivations that might have pushed the Respondent to register the domain name, the registration was considered to be in good faith.

 

The question then arises as to whether the renewal of the domain name <c21fresh.me> after the end of the contract of franchise can define a new starting point for the criterion of registration in bad faith. Referring to the WIPO Overview 3.0, the expert indicates that the simple renewal of the domain name cannot qualify a bad faith registration. Consequently, the complaint is rejected.

 

This decision shows that it is always preferable, for a company, to be the owner of the domain names used by its partners, such as franchisees, even if the latter are the ones exploiting them. At the very least, drafting a contractual provision is essential, specifying the way in which the trademarks of the franchise can be operated and if such use includes the registration of domain names, under which conditions, which charter to respect and when these names must be returned. The same problem can arise for social media accounts.

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world. Please feel free to contact us.

 

Source: WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Nov. 9, 2020, Case D2020-0008, Century 21 Real Estate LLC v. Luka Ivanoc, Fresh Realestate

Read More

How to prepare for the next round of applications to the <.mark>?

extension .marqueNext applications for new <.mark> extensions will finally be expected towards the end of the year 2022. Unlike the last application period in 2011, this period gives the opportunity for companies to evaluate the economic and strategic opportunity that the <.mark> represents and prepare their file carefully. An effective application process is divided into three phases: in the first phase, companies must assess the practicality of having their own extension.

Then, the application, which includes a business plan, can be prepared.
Finally, the third phase is the submission of the application. ICANN’s applications processing includes other stages that can slow down the process, such as an assessment of the wholeness of the application and a verification of fees of presentation. For this reason, companies must submit their complete applications as soon as possible.

Read More

Can ICANN provide a solution for IT security problems?

website securityThe DNS NEWS report No. 271 highlights the overall criticism of ICANN solution for not intervening as much as its powers allow in Internet security issues, even though the DNS breaches do not decrease the number of hits. A sort of criticism derives from this observation: should ICANN become a kind of Internet welfare state or should it remain in the background, which would be recommended by the defenders of Internet neutrality.

It should be noted that in 2018, ICANN solution had already undertaken measures to make the Internet a little more secure, by changing the cryptographic key used to protect the Internet’s address book, the DNS (Domain Name System). However, further efforts are expected.
Domain Name System. – V. ICANN, 16 sept. 2018, Approved Board Resolutions [ R]egular Meeting of the ICANN Board).

 

Source: Dns-news.fr, date, rapp. n° 271, 

 

To discover…

♦ ICANN Summit: the fight against DNS abuse, a GAC priority

 

Read More

How to develop a reliable and flexible compliance strategy for intellectual property professionals?

With the rise of the digital age, setting up a reliable and effective compliance strategy as well as mobilizing the skills of professionals have become key factors in the company’s performance, particularly in the field of intellectual property. With the rise of the digital age, setting up a reliable and effective compliance strategy as well as mobilizing the skills of professionals have become key factors in the company’s performance, particularly in the field of ​​intellectual property.

From the outset, it seems important to remember that compliance includes all the processes intended to ensure that a company, its managers and its employees comply with the legal and ethical standards applicable to them.

FromLAW No. 2016-1691 of 9 December 2016 on transparency, the fight against corruption and the modernization of economic life.  on anti-corruption measures to the implementation of the Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data, and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (GDPR) of April 27, 2016, and including the duty of vigilance of parent companies and ordering companies (law of March 27, 2017) or the prevention of cyber risk (implementing decree of May 25, 2018 of the NIS directive), an undeniable operational impact on companies and their managers can be observed.

Likewise, the challenges and risks of intellectual property have increased in the virtual world. Domain names as well as social networks are likely to be the targets of multiple attacks.

The key challenges of compliance with regards to intellectual property risks (I) raise questions both about the practical consequences of compliance in all aspects of intellectual property the role of the “compliance officer” in this framework (II) and the role of the “compliance officer” in this framework (III).

The challenges of intellectual property compliance

The environment as well as legal decisions revolve around the long-term development of the company and justify the establishment of real legal engineering within companies whose intellectual property is decisive. This is the key challenge of compliance, which is both a framework for thinking and a method of solving problems, involving a large number of tools and components oriented by company strategy.

Legal, regulatory and fiscal constraints are increasingly stringent and make companies bear increased responsibility in case of negligence, or even simple inaction. In particular, the regulatory framework sets out increased requirements regarding the protection of consumers and personal data.

In the field of intellectual property, domain names are key assets to contemplate when analyzing the risks and drafting compliance plans. While they are a major asset, essential to the very functioning of the business (for example, for e-mail servers, they are also risk vectors: phishing, fraud, identity theft, forged e-mail …

Online fraud can lead to loss of turnover, endangerment of consumers, and if so, risks of civil or criminal liabilities of directors for non-compliance with enforceable laws and regulations. impact the stock market price, thus causing loss of customers.

It is therefore very important to put in place the appropriate strategies to anticipate dangers, react effectively in the event of a breach and ultimately protect the company.

The practical consequences of compliance in all aspects of intellectual and digital property

Compliance has an immediate impact on all aspects of intellectual property. Also, while the legislation is more and more restrictive for companies and intellectual property professionals, compliance requirements are reinforced. How to bring your company into compliance with the laws? What are the risks of not including the Internet in your compliance plan?

Beyond its legal meaning of compliance with the requirements of laws, regulations, Codes or even directives, compliance aims to protect the company and intellectual property professionals against any non-compliance with internal and external standards and its values. Intellectual property frauds are growing and becoming increasingly complex in the digital era, which requires taking action to mitigate risks for the company business, including in terms of compliance. Its objective is to avoid adverse consequences for the company and its managers, both financial and civil or criminal liability, or damage to image and reputation. It is ultimately part of a desire for lasting growth in all aspects of intellectual property, both in France and internationally.

To cope with these new standards, companies must put in place a governance policy capable of minimizing their exposure to risk vis-à-vis their customers, their shareholders, but also regulatory authorities.

To begin with, it is essential to identify the risks through the relevant audits.

Then, it is important to assess those risks and map them. The risk management policy shall be defined accordingly.

In particular, a policy for the management of Intellectual Property related risks calls for a virtually systematic surveillance system of trademarks among domain names.

 

The role of the “compliance officer”

The compliance officer must protect the company from any risk of non-compliance, and therefore ensure that the organization adopts good conduct in business practice, respects the rules of ethics and finally, complies with the various laws, regulations, or even European directives. It must therefore undertake a proactive approach, organize and implement the means necessary to comply with the regulations.

Likewise, it is important to anticipate risks: once they have been defined and supervised, the mission of the compliance officer being to protect the group and its reputation, he will have to analyze the rules and standards according to the context, the activity, and the business sector.

According to a study “Who are compliance professionals?” published on March 27, 2019 and carried out by the firm Fed Legal, 92% of compliance officers have a legal background. They are operational professionals who have a strategic vision as well as a multiplicity of soft skills, in particular an ability to persuade and an interest for teaching. In addition, 60% of compliance officers belong to legal services in which there are many recruitments, both in large and small companies.

When a company is questioned, the consequences are at the same time financial, commercial and human: the company reputation will suffer greatly. The compliance officer thus takes care of protecting his company from the financial, legal and reputational risks that it  incurs in the event that it does not comply with laws, regulations, conventions, or quite simply a certain code of ethics or professional conduct.

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world.  Please feel free to contact us.

 

Read More

The current reputation of the trademark is not sufficient to prove bad faith registration of an old domain name

domain name registrationSource: WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Nov. 24, 2020, case DRO2020-0007, NAOS c/ Bioderm Medical Center

 

The Bioderma brand has a world-wide reputation but was this reputation already established in Romania at the beginning of the years 2000? The Bioderm Medical Center, a clinic based in Romania, answers no to this question.

NAOS, owner of the Bioderma trademark, has detected the registration by the Centre Médical Bioderm of a domain name reproducing its trademark, namely <bioderma.ro>. However, said domain name is quite old as it has been registered on February 24, 2005.

On September 4, 2020, NAOS filed a complaint with the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center to obtain the transfer of this domain name. This complaint is based on an International trademark Bioderma, protected in Romania since 1997.

Nonetheless, the defendant claims to have used the sign Bioderma as its business name for several years, hence the registration of the domain name <bioderma.ro> and the subsequent change of its coporate name.
The expert in charge of the case is particularly thorough in its assessing whether the defendant has the legitimate interest and rights in the disputed domain name or not.
He considers that even if the latter produced a Kbis extract showing that its commercial name, in 2003, was indeed Bioderma, it is insufficient to prove a legitimate interest or rights on the domain name. The defendant should have brought evidence that it was commonly known by the Bioderma name.

The expert also notes that the disputed domain name resolves to an inactive web page and therefore concludes that there was nobona fide use of the name in connection with an offer of goods and services and no legitimate non-commercial use of the name.
It is however on the ground of bad faith that the expert finally decides in favour of Bioderm Medical Center.
The latter notes that the International registration of the applicant’s Bioderma trademark is several years older than the disputed domain name and that this trademark is currently renowned. However, the evidence brought by the applicant are deemed insufficient to demonstrate the possible or actual knowledge of this trademark by the defendant in 2005, at the time of registration of the disputed domain name.

Indeed, although the earlier mark was established in the 70’s in France and was first registered in Romania in 1997, the first subsidiary of the applicant, established in Italy, only opened in 2001: the true starting point of the brand’s internationalization.
Yet, the defendant founded the company in 2003 and carried on its business under the name Bioderma until 2008.

From there, it is not possible to establish that it had targeted the company or its trademark to mislead or confuse Internet users. Moreover, the defendant did not conceal its identity and responded to the complaint, which shows good faith.

This decision is a reminder that it is essential to place oneself at the time of domain name registration in order to assess the aim of the registrant. Even if the prior trademark enjoys a world-wide reputation on the day of the complaint, the dive into the past is inevitable: it must be determined whether the defendant, located in a certain country, had knowledge of the rights or reputation of the trademark. In this case, the expert took into account, among other things, that the defendant used the commercial name “Bioderma” in 2005. Therefore, it is essential to investigate on the registrant and their situation at the time of registration of the domain name, here particularly old. To that end, seeking legal advice from an IP lawyer specialized in UDRP procedures is strongly recommended.

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world. Please feel free to contact us.

Read More

Unfair competition: a doomed market place

Unfair competition: a doomed market placeOn November 20, 2020, the Court of Appeal of Paris, condemned Webedia, a company specialised  in the management of Internet sites, for unfair competition towards the Bonpoint company.

Bonpoint is specialized in the manufacture and sale of high-end children’s clothing, marketing its discontinued products through online retailers of multi-brand clothing, including Yoox.com.

The Webedia company, for its part, run the marketplace shopoon.fr which is a guide for buying fashion and decoration items online putting Internet users in touch with e-commerce merchant sites. In particular, it offers products appearing on the site yoox.com.

So far so good. However, the Bonpoint company has found that 93% of the products of its brand displayed on the site shopoon.fr are unavailable for sale, and when the user clicks on these unavailable products, he is redirected to similar and competing products belonging to other brands.

The Court of Appeal of Paris considered that the presentation of products on the site shopoon.fr allowed the consumer to clearly distinguish available items from unavailable items. Consequently, this presentation was not likely to substantially alter the economic behavior of the normally informed and reasonably attentive consumer who, in case of unavailability of the desired branded product, would turn to articles of another brand.

Therefore, the Court ruled that Webedia had not committed deceptive marketing practices.

However, the Court reminds that if the Webedia company does not sell directly the articles which it presents on its site, it is nevertheless remunerated as soon as it puts forward the products of different sites and brands, in the event of unavailability of the initially sought-after product. It thus draws a financial advantage from the redirection of web users to these products.

Consequently, the judges held on this point that the Webedia company was guilty of unfair competition, by presenting on the site shopoon.fr 93% of articles of the Bonpoint company which it knew unavailable, and by “referring the web user to the possibility of seeing similar competing products“. They considered that the Webedia company had thus used the attraction force of the Bonpoint brand to generate traffic of web users oriented towards other products.

 

The Court thus ordered Webedia to pay Bonpoint the sum of 22,043 euros in damages, including 20,000 euros in compensation for moral prejudice and 2,043 euros for misappropriation of customers.

Read More

Filing a trademark on behalf of a company in the process of creation: who may bring a trademark infringement action?

Dépôt d’une marque pour le compte d’une société en cours de formation : qui peut agir en contrefaçon de la marque ?It is common for trademarks to be filed by individuals acting on behalf of a company in the process of creation.

The founder of the company is then the regular owner of the trademark until the company in question takes over the filing. Therefore, the founder may initiate proceedings, in the meantime, in case of trademark infringement.

 

But what happens if the company that was supposed to be created and, therefore, become the owner of the trademark, is never formed?

The French Supreme Court expressed its view in a decision dated October 14, 2020. Ms. T, who had registered the trademark “Dousè Péyi” in the name of the company in the process of being created Dousè Péyi, filed a lawsuit against the company Sérénade des saveurs (Cass. Comm. 14 Oct. 2020, No. 18-23-965 T.c/ Sté Sérénade des saveurs).

The dispute concerned the filing of the trademark “Doucè Péyi”, almost identical to the earlier trademark.

Following this application, Ms. T sued Sérénade des saveurs for trademark infringement and unfair competition. The applicant raised a motion to dismiss the action, based on the lack of interest of the founder of the company to act in defence of a trademark registered on behalf of a company which was not yet created (see Article 31 of the French Code of Civil Procedure).

The company Sérénade des Saveurs claimed that Ms. T did not personally own the trademark. According to the defendant, since the company had never been created, Mrs. T should have recorded the change of ownership of the trademark at the INPI.

The first judges declared Ms. T’s action for infringement inadmissible for lack of interest in acting. The Court of Appeal confirmed this decision and stated that Ms. T “cannot claim ownership of this trademark in a personal capacity without having [recorded the change of ownership] on the National Trademark Register before initiating any action reserved to the owner of the trademark”. Otherwise, the change is unenforceable and any action in defence of the mark is therefore inadmissible.

Ms. T appealed to the Supreme Court and, rightly so, since the Commercial Chamber of the Court of Cassation ruled that the Court of Appeal had violated Article L210-6, paragraph 2, of the French Commercial Code, which establishes a system of taking over acts performed on behalf of a company in the process of creation: “every person who acted on behalf of a company in the process of creation before it acquired legal personality shall be held jointly and indefinitely liable for the acts thus performed, unless the company, after having been duly formed and registered, takes over the commitments entered into. Such commitments are then deemed to have been entered into from the outset by the company”.

The Supreme Court overturned the appeal decision and affirmed that in the absence of legal personality, the founder of the company, who registered the trademark, is the owner of the trademark and therefore Ms. T could rightly file a trademark infringement suit.

This solution guarantees the legal security of project leaders. The creation of a company can, in fact, take time. During this time, several acts must be accomplished and the law acknowledges their retroactive effect.

 

Filing a trademark in the name of a company in the process of creation is an interesting practice to enhance the value of the trademark assets and protect them against third parties that may file a similar or identical trademark while the company is not yet formed.

However, case law in this area is not consistent and requires to be attentive to details when filing a trademark.

In order for the company to automatically become the owner of the trademark at the time of its registration, a statement of the acts performed on behalf of the company while it being created should be made, which will be annexed to the articles of association, and should mention the filing of the trademark, indicating that the company takes over the legal act of filing on its behalf.

Dreyfus can assist you with the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries around the world. Please feel free to contact us.

Read More

Council conclusions on intellectual property policy and the revision of the industrial design system in the European Union

The Council of the European Union makes observations and specific proposals in four areas: biotechnology, geographical indications, control of intellectual property policy and design rights enforcement. It welcomes (pt 8) the opinion G 3/19 issued on 14 May 2020 by the Enlarged Board of Appeal of the European Patent Office, in which it was concluded that the non-patentability of essentially biological processes for the production of plants or animals also extends to plant or animal products obtained exclusively by means of such processes. It further welcomes (pt. 9) the fruitful discussions between the European Commission and the Member States on Directive 98/44/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the patentability of essentially biological processes for the production of plants or animals and of the products obtained by such processes, which have been conducted with the aim of achieving a deeper understanding of the Directive and the corresponding provisions of the European Patent Convention.

Read More

The creation of a data access system Whois by ICANN

Since the advent of the General Data Protection Regulations (GDPR), it has become really difficult to obtain information about the registrant of a domain name. This obviously complicates the dialogue between trademark and domain name holders.

 

ICANN has proposed a project to create a System for Standardized Access/Disclosure (SSAD), which would allow standardized access to non-public data on domain name registrations.
The objective of the SSAD is to provide a predictable, transparent, efficient and accountable framework for access to non-public registration data. It must also be consistent with the GDPR.
However, the decision whether or not to grant requests would still belong to the registrars, as legal constraints on personal data may vary from country to country.

 

This project accelerated in August during Stage 2 of the policy development process, during which a final report was presented that provides 22 recommendations for the system.
The creation of this SSAD could, in the coming years, facilitate the fight against cybersquatting, which has been strongly impacted by the GDPR and WhoIs anonymization processes. It should be remembered that the next round of requests for domain name extensions should take place in 2023, bringing a whole new set of challenges in the fight against Internet attacks.

 

Source: LexisNexis, N°1 (January 2021)

Read More

Domain names in <.suck> : between attack to brand image and freedom of expression

Sources: Domain Incite, Free speech, or bad faith? UDRP panels split on Everything.sucks domains, Oct. 22, 2020:

Free speech, or bad faith? UDRP panels split on Everything.sucks domains


Mirapex.sucks, Case n° 103141, 2020-06-29 : https ://udrp.adr.eu/adr/decisions/decision.php ?dispute_id=103141
Bioderma.sucks, Case n° 103142, 2020-07-01 : https ://udrp.adr.eu/adr/decisions/decision.php ?dispute_id=103142DNS News No. 270, Oct. 2020

The top-level domain name extension <.sucks> was open for registration by ICANN in 2015. At the time, some brands were already concerned about the risk of cybersquatting on these extensions, and the possible damage to the brand image that this could generate. In fact, many domain names that use trademarks known and ending in <.sucks> were born. Very often, these domain names refer to pages where Internet users can complain about the brand in question, whether they are consumers or former employees.

During the past months, the phenomenon has intensified with a lot of reservation numbers, clearly done by the same registrar of the domain name in <.sucks>. Suddenly, new online pages have emerged, with the same structure and bad comments about renowned brands. A system of resale at prices between $199 and $599 is also in place.
The question of the dispute resolution about the <.suck> is complex, since the situation raises issues relating to freedom of expression.

Two recent cases with two opposite outcomes illustrate this complexity. The domain names <mirapex.sucks> and <bioderma.sucks> were both registered by the same registrar and are both the subject of UDRP complaints. In response to these two complaints, the defendant based his argument on freedom of expression. For <mirapex.sucks>, the complaint was unsuccessful, on the contrary, for <bioderma.sucks>, the name transfer was ordered.

In the case of <bioderma.sucks>, the expert had taken into consideration the fact that the registrar didn’t use the domain name for bad comments on the trademark in question but was simply a third party who registered the domain name seeking to resell it. The reseller was a company located in the Turks and Caicos Islands whose activity is the purchase and resale of names in <.sucks>. The latter had no way of verifying if the bad comments were authentic. Especially because those comments seemed to have been added only after the complaint was filed.

On the other hand, in the decision on <mirapex.sucks>, reserved by the same company, the transfer was refused. The expert gave special attention to the nature of the <.sucks> and to the freedom of expression, while underlining the insufficiency of the argumentation of the applicant.
One thing is sure: prevention is better than cure, therefore it would preferable to register a brand in the extension <.sucks>, on a purely defensive basis.

Read More

The impact of counterfeiting on consumers and businesses

 Published in June 2020, EUIPO’s “2020 Status on IPR Infringement” report shows that e-commerce has fostered the phenomenon of counterfeiting. The majority of counterfeit products come from Asia. These products are reconditionned in smaller boxes in countries such as Albania, Ukraine or Morocco.

The Covid-19 pandemic has not diminished this trend. On the contrary, the online shopping has increased the trend as stated in the “2020 Consumer Buying Behavior Report” of the company Intelligence Node tracing consumer’s behaviour.

Due to the forced closure of stores, consumers increased their online purchases. Thus, the counterfeiting phenomenon expanded, as well. According to this report, most consumers are attracted by a cheaper price, but they are completely unaware that they are buying a counterfeit product.

The report shows that:

– More than 50% of internet buyers search Google, Amazon and other marketplaces before buying. They look for the product description, features, price and possible discounts.

This is what can lead them to choose websites promoting counterfeit products, since:

– 70% of buyers opt for counterfeiting for price reasons.

– 82% of the buyers had indicated that they would continue to buy online even when the stores reopen.

In addition, a survey published by the French consumer association UFC- Que Choisir, on October 22nd, 2020, showed that online frauds, on an online purchase, are not always reimbursed by banks. Only one out of three frauds per year was reimbursed last year. The bank generally blamed the consumer for negligence.

The new DSP2 Directive (European Payment Services Directive 2nd version) requires that the transaction must be confirmed by the bank through a “strong authentication” system, when making an online purchase. The French authorities have given a deadline for the first quarter of 2021 for all the banks to be compliant.

In light of these elements, companies must actively protect their intellectual property rights, including property on the Internet, to avoid the drop in sales and the loss of customers.  Indeed, it is known that consumers who are victims of a scam will tend to turn away from the company whose products or services have been counterfeited.

An effective defence of the brand on the Internet is carried out through a strategy that includes prior searches and surveillance. The prior search provides a snapshot of the current situation of the trademark on the Internet (existing infringements, potential prior art in certain countries, etc.). The surveillance allows the detection of all domain name registrations reproducing or imitating the trademark, from the moment the surveillance is set up. It keeps in check any potential infringement as soon as it is detected.

Read More

“Le Frenchy”, a sign considered distinctive for cosmetic and perfumery goods

 The French National Institute of Industrial Property (INPI) issued a decision on March 23, 2019, rejecting Guerlain’s application for the trademark “Le Frenchy”, covering cosmetic and perfumery goods. The refusal was based on the grounds that the sign was unsuitable to guarantee the commercial origin of the goods in question, as it could indicate a characteristic of said goods, in particular a French origin.

Guerlain filed a successful appeal before the Paris Court of Appeal. The court rendered its decision on September 22, 2020, ruling in its favour: the sign “Le Frenchy” is sufficiently distinctive and is not descriptive, for the concerned goods.

In the contested decision, the Director of the INPI had considered that English is predominant in everyday language and that many expressions including the term “French”, such as “French manicure” or “French tech”, are commonly used in commerce. He added that the addition of the vowel “y” to the adjective “French” does not change the nature of this slang Anglicism.

Guerlain states that the term “Le Frenchy” evokes a “little Frenchman” in slang and that this reference to the French spirit alone is not enough to deprive the sign of distinctiveness.

The Court of Appeal agreed with Guerlain’s arguments, holding that “Le Frenchy” evokes “a person representing a style, a French way of life, a spirit” and not directly the origin of the good.

The combination of the article “le” and of the term “Frenchy” is unusual and arbitrary in relation to the goods in question. Therefore, the sign does not lack of intrinsic distinctiveness within the meaning of Article L.711-1 of the Intellectual Property Code. Similarly, it is not descriptive, within the meaning of Article L.711-2 b), of the goods concerned, as this trademark does not designate a characteristic of the goods, but rather aims to qualify the person who might consume the goods.

It might be assumed that the trademark was saved because the sign “Le Frenchy” includes a form of slang which is not directly related to the goods in question.

The decision might have been different if the sign at stake mainly comprised the word “French”.

For example, the European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) rejected the trademark ‘LIVE THE FRENCH WAY’ on December 9, 2019 for lack of distinctive character in relation to the services covered in classes 35, 39 and 43, as it would be perceived as a “laudatory promotional slogan”.

In any event, in case of doubt as to the validity of a sign, it is advised to file the projected trademark in semi-figurative form, if it is intended to be used in a stylised manner. Graphic elements increase the distinctiveness of a sign.

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

THE NECESSITY OF PROMOTING THE TRADEMARK ON WHICH THE COMPLAINT IS BASED ON

(WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center  Natixis Intertitres v. Super Privacy Service LTD c/o Dynadot / Fredrik Lindgrent Case No. D2020-1383)

Being the owner of a trademark that is identical to the disputed domain name is a real advantage in the UDRP procedure. Nevertheless, it is necessary to prove that the respondent was aware of said trademark rights, which is quite complicated when the trademark at issue hasn’t been widely advertised.

Natixis Intertitres, the subsidiary of Natixis, a French internationally known corporate company, holds the registered trademark “INTERTITRES”. This subsidiary filed a complaint before the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center in order to obtain the transfer of the disputed domain name <intretitres.fr> registered by a third party without authorization.

During the procedure, the identity of the registrant was disclosed, revealing a Swedish owner.

The Complainant sustained that the domain name was registered in reference to its trademark without any relation to the generic definition of the term “intertitres” especially considering that, in the French language, as in the French dictionary, the term is generally used in the singular form.

Moreover, the complainant finds the configuration of mail servers on a domain name that doesn’t refer to any website “suspicious”. Natixis Intertitres sustained that the Respondent’s intention was to take undue advantage of the Complainant and its trademark’s reputation.

The Respondent didn’t submit a formal response to the complaint but stated that he had reserved the domain name in order to create a site related to literature.

The expert in charge of this dispute acknowledges the likelihood of confusion between the trademark and the subsequent domain name, as well as the lack of proof of legitimate interest by the Respondent, who didn’t really explain the choice of this domain name.

However, the expert is not convinced by the Complainant’s arguments as regards the bad faith criterion. In this respect, he highlights two important points.

Firstly, there is no evidence that the Swedish-based registrant was aware of the trademark “INTERTITRES”. Natixis is certainly internationally known as a company, but this is not the case for its “INTERTITRES” trademark, which designates lunch vouchers mainly available in France. These vouchers are rather known under the names of “CHEQUE DE TABLE” or “APETIZ”. Therefore, it is unlikely that the Respondent was aware of this trademark.

Secondly, “INTERTITRES” is mainly a generic term. The fact that dictionary definitions are given in the singular form does not mean that the term does not exist in its plural form.

The complaint is therefore rejected.

In view of the above, it is essential for right holders to be aware of the scope of protection that their trademark can enjoy. Is the trademark sufficiently well known in the registrant’s country so that it is reasonable to assume that they had it in mind when they reserved the name? This question must be carefully considered, especially when the trademark has also an everyday language meaning and the disputed domain name is not used for an activity similar to the one for which the prior trademark is used. In this regard, the expert rightly pointed out that using a domain name primarily for having a letterbox is not prohibited (referring to the presence of e-mail servers on the disputed domain name).

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world and in their enforcement. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

An e-mail or IP address is not an address within the meaning of EU law

In its decision of July 9, 2020 (case C-264/19), the Court of Justice of the European Union stated that neither an IP address nor an e-mail address are “addresses” under Article 8 of the European Union Directive on the enforcement of intellectual property rights.

 

  1. Un litige opposant une société de distribution à YouTube

A dispute between a distribution company and YouTube

Constantin Film, a German film distribution company, noticed that some of the films it distributed were uploaded on YouTube without its consent. Therefore, the company turned to YouTube to obtain the e-mail and IP addresses of the users who had put this content online.
As YouTube and Google (Google owns YouTube) refused to share such data, the case went to German courts.

Article 8 of the European Union Directive on the enforcement of intellectual property rights provides for the possibility for right holders to request information from infringers and/or persons who have provided services to them, here YouTube, about “the origin and distribution networks of goods or services which infringe an intellectual property right”, including the “names and addresses” of the persons involved.

The German Federal Court has questioned whether e-mail and IP addresses should be considered “addresses” within the meaning of the Directive. The German Court decided to stay the proceedings and referred to the European Court of Justice for a preliminary ruling on whether such information falls within the meaning of the term “address” in the Directive 2004/48.

 

2. A definition of “address” that does not include IP and e-mail addresses

The answer of the CJEU is clear: EU law does not assimilate IP addresses and e-mail addresses with addresses.
The notion of address in the above-mentioned article must be understood in the sense of a postal address.

In its press release No.88/20 of July 9, 2020, the Court states that: “as regards the usual meaning of the term ‘address’, it refers only to the postal address, that is to say, the place of a given person’s permanent address or habitual residence” when used without any further clarification.
Nevertheless, the CJEU indicates that Member States may grant holders of intellectual property rights a more extensive right to information.
In the above-mentioned press release, the Court specifically mentions, regarding Article 8 of the 2004/48 directive, that “the aim of that provision is to reconcile compliance with various rights, inter alia the right of holders to information and the right of users to protection of personal data”.

 

 

This decision limits the range of action of right holders, for whom it is increasingly difficult to identify persons infringing on their assets. In addition to this issue of IP addresses and e-mails that do not fall within the scope of what is understood by “address”, The Data Protection Regulation, known as the GDPR, of April 27, 2016, has also complexifed the defence of rights on the Internet, as privacy has been increased and information on the holders of domain names redacted.

Read More

Webinar – Intellectual property questions for a successful digital transition

Webinar September 10, 2020 :

Intellectual property questions for a successful digital transition

 

How to secure and optimize your website? What precautions to take? How to defend your intellectual property rights on the Internet?

When you want to succeed in your digital transition, you have to ask yourself certain questions.

Whether you are thinking of selling online or strengthening your e-commerce, intellectual property is a key element.

 

Webinar replay

 

 

Read More

Liability of online platforms operators : where do we stand?

Operators of online hosting platforms will soon know exactly what responsibility to assume for illegal or hateful content published on these platforms. The current climate seems to be very conducive to clarifying the nature and extent of their liability.

In this respect, two schools of thought clash: for some, it is necessary to impose obligations to control the content published on these platforms, but for others, this would reflect the attribution of a new role to these operators, which has not been given to them on a basic level.

There would be a risk that platform operators would become judges of online legality and a risk of ‘over-withdrawing’ content stored by them at the request of users of their platforms, to the extent that they also remove legal content,” said Advocate General Henrik Saugmandsgaard Øe, who presented his conclusions before the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) on July 20, referring to request for  preliminary ruling a preliminary ruling made by the Bundesgerichtshof, the German Federal Court of Justice, on two disputes brought before the German national courts.

The first dispute (1) was between Frank Peterson, a music producer, and the video-sharing platform YouTube and its parent company Google over the users posting , of several phonograms without Mr. Peterson’s permission, to which he claims to hold rights.

In the second (2), Elsevier Inc, an editorial group, sued Cyando AG, in connection with its operation of the Uploaded hosting and file-sharing platform, over the uploading, again by users without its authorization, of various works to which Elsevier holds exclusive rights.

 

In said requests for preliminary ruling, it is a question of knowing whether the operator of content platforms such as YouTube, performs acts of communication to the public pursuant to Article 3(1) of Directive 2001/29 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 May 2001 on the harmonisation of certain aspects of copyright and related rights in the information society, a directive that was invoked against YouTube.

The answer is negative, according to the Advocate General, who invites the CJEU to bear in mind that the legislator of the Union has specified that the “mere provision of facilities intended to enable or carry out a communication does not in itself constitute a communication within the meaning of [this directive]”. According to the Advocate General, it is, therefore, important to distinguish a person performing the act of “communication to the public”, within the meaning of the Article 3(1) of the Directive 2001/29, from service providers, such as YouTube and Cyando, who, by providing the “facilities” enabling this transmission to take place, act as intermediaries between that person and the public. On the other hand, a service provider goes beyond the role of intermediary when it actively intervenes in the communication to the public – if it selects the content transmitted, or presents it to the public in a different way from that envisaged by the author.

Such a conclusion would lead to the non-application of the Article 3(1) of the Directive 2001/29 to those people facilitating the performance, of unlawful acts of “communication to the public”, by third parties.

 

Moreover, it is a question of knowing whether the safe harbour – in the case of “provision of an information society service consisting in storing information provided by a recipient of the service” – provided for in the Article 14 of the the Directive on electronic commerce n°2000/31 is in principle accessible to these platforms (according to the Advocate General, it is).

This provision provides that the provider of such a service cannot be held liable for the information that it stores at the request of its users, unless the provider, after becoming aware or conscious of the illicit nature of this information, has not immediately removed or blocked it.

However, according to the Attorney General, by limiting itself to a processing of this information that is neutral with respect to its content without acquiring intellectual control over this content, the provider such as YouTube, cannot be aware of the information it stores at the request of the users of its service.

The CJEU will, therefore, have to rule on these issues in the coming months.

Furthermore, it should be noted that in 2019, the Union legislator adopted the Directive No. 2019/790, not applicable to the facts, on copyright and related rights in the single digital market, modifying in particular the previous Directive of 2001. A new liability regime was introduced in Article 17 for operators of online hosting platforms.

Sources :

https://curia.europa.eu/jcms/upload/docs/application/pdf/2020-07/cp200096fr.pdf

 

  • C-682/18 Frank Peterson v Google LLC, YouTube LLC, YouTube Inc., Google Germany GmbH

 

C-683/18 Elsevier Inc. v Cyando AG

Read More

How to protect plant varieties on an international level ?

Plant varieties offer many advantages to plant breeders, including a return on investment to cover research costs. Indeed, long years of work are generally required to develop new plant varieties (between 10 and 15 years for a large number of plant species).
Many breeders also wish to export internationally, but protecting plant varieties abroad is often complex.

European but also international legislations are harmonized by the application of the UPOV Convention (International Union for the Protection of New Varieties of Plants) which has 76 members.
Under this Convention, the breeder’s right is granted when the variety meets several conditions: novelty, distinctiveness, uniformity and stability. Finally, the variety must be designated by an appropriate denomination.

 

Protection in the European Union :

Filing of the application :

Since 1995 there has been a unitary Community title: the Community plant variety certificate. This title produces the same effects as a national title in each Member State.
However, this certificate cannot be cumulated with national plant variety certificate. Before applying, the breeder will therefore have to make a choice to protect his new variety.
The application for protection must be filed with the Community Plant Variety Office (CPVO). The French breeder can file his application directly with the CPVO but also with the INOV (National Plant Variety Office) which will forward the application to the CPVO.
In addition, there are certain requirements regarding the content of the application. For example, the following must be included:
– The names of the breeder and the representative of the procedure if any,
– Information concerning the botanical taxon (group of organisms),
– The provisional designation given to the variety,
– Information on the previous marketing of the variety,
– Information on previous applications for the variety,
– The deadlines relating to the priority,
– Proof of payment.

It is also necessary to complete a technical questionnaire and a form for the appointment of a procedural representative (if the applicant is not a within the European Union).

The criterion of novelty :
In order to meet the criterion of novelty, the varieties must not have been marketed for more than one year within the European Union and for more than 4 to 6 years (depending on the variety) outside the European Union. Beyond this period (known as the “grace period”), the variety will no longer be considered as new.

Protection during the Brexit :
The French holder of a Community plant variety right will not cease to be protected in the United Kingdom because of the Brexit. Indeed, the United Kingdom has announced the automatic creation of British plant variety titles which will be equivalent for all Community titles registered before the date of Brexit.

Extent of protection :
The extent of protection in the European Union is similar to that of the French legislation. Thus, the following will be subject to the holder’s authorization: production and reproduction, packaging for the purpose of propagation, offering for sale, sale or other marketing, export from the European Union, import into the European Union and storage for any of the above purposes.
The protection is also applicable to harvested products obtained without the consent of the breeder unless the breeder has had a reasonable opportunity to exercise his right and finally, it also applies to essentially derived varieties.

Protection during the provisional period:
During the provisional period (period between the filing of the application and the grant of the right) the breeder can assert his exclusive rights against all acts that would have required his authorization after the grant of the right.
However, the breeder will only be entitled to an “equitable remuneration”.

Counterfeit Prevention :

Finally, regarding customs surveillance to protect against counterfeiting, plant variety rights are included in the intellectual property rights subject to European Regulation 608/2013 of June 12, 2013 on the control by customs authorities of the enforcement of intellectual property rights.

International protection :
At the international level, legislation is largely unified by the UPOV Convention.
However, the Convention does allow national legislators to take into account national circumstances. The breeder must therefore inform himself in advance of any national specificities in order to ensure the protection of his titles in the best conditions.
Beware, that some countries are not members of UPOV !

The filing of the application :
During the filing of the application, the breeder has two possibilities:
– The filing of his application in each of the national offices;
– The filing of his application using the multilateral priority filing system UPOV PRISMA. This online system allows the breeder to file, through a single system, all his applications with the participating plant variety protection offices. However, one must be careful because some countries are not part of this UPOV PRISMA system such as South Korea, Japan or China (only for lettuce).
The breeder will also have to take into account the delays of the examination procedure which are on average 1 to 2 years. However, these periods can be much longer in some countries (sometimes more than 5 years for Japan or Russia for some fruit trees).

Protection during the provisional period :
During this provisional period, the breeder will also be protected, as in the case of the Community title, against acts requiring his authorization and will have the right to claim an equitable remuneration.

The criterion of novelty :
In the UPOV Convention, the grace period for the criterion of novelty, as for Community titles, will be one year within the country in which protection is sought, and 4 to 6 years outside that country. However, it is important to check the grace period in each of the countries concerned.

The extent of the protection :

Finally, the extent of the protection of plant variety titles is the same as that of the Community title in UPOV member countries due to the application of the Convention; provided that certain national particularities are taken into account.

If the UPOV Convention has allowed since 1961 to harmonize and establish a legislation protecting plant varieties in many countries, the breeder, wishing to develop internationally, will have to remain attentive to national legislations and their specificities.

 

To read more about Conflict between trademark and plant variety

Read More

Racism: when the news catches up with the brands

Uncle Ben’s, Eskimo Pie, Quaker Oats… Apart from the fact that they belong to the food sector, these brands have one thing in common: for a long time they did not seem to be a problem but current events, the #BlackLivesMatter movement and the evolution of society have rightly highlighted the racist side of their name, logo or slogan. These companies have made the decision to change their image and the brands they operate.

In order to be registered with the French office (INPI), a trademark must meet a lawfulness condition : it must not be contrary to public order and morality. Therefore, an obscene design, a Nazi insignia or a racist slogan will obviously be declared inadmissible at the time of their examination by the INPI services following their filings.

 

Independent assessment of the specialty

In trademark law, it is the sign itself that is taken into consideration. Thus, the lawfulness of the goods or services it covers is not relevant for assessing the conformity of a sign with the public policy. When assessing the conformity with the public policy and morality of the sign, the nature of the goods to which the mark is affixed or of the service which it designates is not relevant.

On the other hand, a mark deemed racist remains racist regardless of the nature of the goods or services it designates. The packaging mark “Paki” could have escaped the qualification of “contrary to public policy” with respect to the goods it designates. Indeed, the name of the mark is probably not intended to claim a racist idea, since it is a derivative of the verb “To Pack” meaning “to pack”. However, since the term “Paki” is also used to pejoratively refer to Pakistanis, the registration of this trademark would have contravened the principle of respect for public order and morality because of the racist reference implied by the trademark.

 

Assessment in regard to the relevant public

A trademark’s conformity to the public policy, and by extension its racist character, is determined by its potential to shock the public with which it will be exposed to. By “public”, we obviously mean the targeted consumers but also other people who, without being concerned by the said goods and services, will be exposed to this sign in an incidental manner in their daily lives. In this respect, the “Paki” trademark refused in the United Kingdom, where the racist term is very common, would probably not have caused the same unease in a country where this racist insult is not used.

It might also explain why trademarks such as Uncle Ben’s or Quaker Oats have not been considered racist at the time of their registration and for years to come. Intended for a predominantly Western audience and distributed in countries where “ordinary racism” has long been normalized, the public they were aimed at was not “shocked” by their image.

This situation is similar to the one of the Banania brand with the slogan “Y’a bon Banania”, vocalized by a Senegalese skirmisher. The slogan, meaning “It’s good” (C’est bon) in broken French, perpetuated, according to anti-racism associations such as the Movement against racism and for friendship between people (MRAP – Mouvement contre le racisme et pour l’amitié entre les peuples), the racist and denigrating stereotype that a black person was not capable of speaking French correctly.  Until the 1970s, the slogan was commonly used by the brand. On May 19, 2011, the Versailles Court of Appeal ruled in favour of MRAP in a decision in which it required Nutrimaine, the company that owns the Banania trademark, to stop selling any product bearing that slogan.

 

Companies owning the Uncle Ben’s, Quaker’s Oats and Eskimo pie brands have announced that they will remove or change their visual identities that perpetuate racial stereotypes. When it comes to trademark law, the assessment of the racist character by trademark offices is becoming more meticulous.

Read More

Bringing a lawsuit does not necessarily preclude the UDRP procedure.

Usually, when a legal action is brought in the margins of the UDRP proceeding, the experts refrain from any decision on the merits and invite the Parties to settle their dispute before the court. However, whether or not to make a decision on the merits is left to the discretion of the expert.

 

Here, the dispute is between Associated Newspapers Limited from the United Kingdom on the one hand, and a natural person from Pakistan, Mr Makhdoom Babar, on the other. Associated Newspapers, the applicant, publishes the Daily Mail and The Mail newspapers. The Applicant claims that in November 2019, each issue of the Daily Mail sold more than one million copies.

 

The Respondent, Mr. Babar reserved the domain name <dailymailpk.com> on February 22, 2019.

 

The latter has repeatedly requested an extension of the time limit to file a response to the complaint, referring to the Covid-19pandemic as a justification for this request. Finally, the Respondent did not file a submission on the merits but indicated that it had filed a lawsuit in Pakistan to block the UDRP proceeding. He provided a document mentioning the complaint and indicated that the next hearing would take place on May 22, 2020.

The expert points out that they has the power to either stop the UDRP proceeding or not, when there exists a legal action in relation to the domain name at stake. The expert mentioned that many Panels in this situation refuse to suspend or terminate the procedure to avoid an indefinite delay in the decision. Especially when the legal action was introduced after the UDRP procedure, with the aim of disturbing it.

Following these preliminary remarks, the expert notes that there is no guarantee that the legal action will resolve the domain name issue. In fact, there is nothing in the file to show that the defendants in the legal action have been served with it or that they have agreed to submit to the jurisdiction in question. Furthermore, the court has not taken any action following the alleged hearing on May 22, 2020.

 

In addition, the action has not been brought to court in Massachusetts, United States, where the Registry Office is located. Thus, the Registrar may not enforce the decision in Pakistan.

Therefore, the expert decides to rule on the complaint and orders the transfer of the domain name to the applicant. To do so, he takes several elements into account. Firstly, the Complainant and the Respondent have already crossed paths in the past, since the Complainant had filed a complaint against them, concerning the domain name <dailymailnews.com>.

Secondly, the site set up by the Respondent on the name <dailymailpk.com> bears strong resemblances to that of the Complainant, to the extent that it cannot be a matter of coincidence alone, but rather of a desire to attract Internet users to its site by suggesting an affiliation with that of the Complainant. Thirdly, no articles have been published on the site since February 24, 2020, the date when the applicant was notified of the complaint. Finally, the expert notes that, in view of the circumstances, the defendant could not have been unaware of the existence of the “DAILY MAIL” trademark, which enjoys a great reputation.

 

 

Thus, the legal action does not per se obstruct the UDRP procedure. Nevertheless, it should be noted that in this case the defendant was a proven cybersquatter, at the origin of the legal action, initiated after the filing of the UDRP Complaint and in order to obstruct this procedure. Experts tend to react differently when the legal action precedes the UDRP action and especially when the dispute is between former trading partners. It is therefore necessary to remain vigilant before opting for the UDRP course of action.

Read More

The new trademark nullity procedure before the French Trademark Office (INPI)

On April 1, 2020, a new trademark invalidity procedure came into force with the French “PACTE” legislation. This law transposes the European Directive 2015/2436, commonly known as the “Trademark Package”, and establishes a new administrative action for nullity before the French National Institute of Industrial Property (“INPI“).

Previously, only the French court of first instance in civil, criminal and commercial matters (“le tribunal judiciaire”) was competent in trademark nullity actions. From now on, this competence is shared with the INPI.

This administrative procedure before the INPI makes it possible to obtain a decision within a shorter period of time (between 6 and 10 months) and at a lower cost.

 

 

 

 

 

Which trademark can be contested ?

 

An action for nullity may be filed against a registered French trademark or an international trademark designating France.

 

 

On what grounds can you file an action for nullity of trademark ?   

 

A trademark may be declared invalid if it is vitiated by a defect which corresponds to a ground for invalidity. For instance, this is the case if it is:

– It is devoid of a distinctive character,

– It describes the designated products and/or services;

– It misleads the public,

-It is contrary to public order or morality.

If the trademark infringes a third party right,  it forms a relative ground for invalidity.

 

Who can form an action for nullity or revocation of trademark?

 

In the past it was necessary to justify before the courts an interest in forming such action (is it a French procedural requirement in taking legal action)   . This “interest to act” (“intérêt à agir”) could even be strictly assessed by judges.

With regard to the new procedure, when the action is based on an absolute ground for nullity, it is no longer necessary to prove an interest in bringing the proceedings.

The absolute ground for invalidity is one relating to the intrinsic value of the trademark. For example, if the trademark is descriptive of the goods it designates (such as “White chocolate” for … white chocolate), then any one may form an action for nullity without having to justify any harm.

 

 

When is the INPI competent?

 

The distribution of actions between the judge and the INPI is determined by articles L716-2 and L716-5 of the Intellectual Property Code.

Henceforth, the INPI has exclusive jurisdiction in certain claims, including for instance :

— nullity actions based on earlier trade marks (Community or French Trademark, International Trademark designating France or the EU, well-known trade mark)

– invalidity actions based on a domain name, only if its scope is not only local and there is a risk of confusion, or

– actions for invalidity of trademarks filed by the agent or representative of the trademark owner without his consent

This is the case for actions mainly concerning nullity based on one or more absolute grounds (such as misleading nature), but also for actions mainly concerning nullity based on relative grounds (such as infringement of prior rights of a trademark or a corporate name). However, French courts remain competent in regards to invalidity actions based on copyright or rights resulting from a protected design.

 

 

What about applications before the wrong authority (INPI instead of the judge and vice versa)?

When the plaintiff files an action before the wrong court, the action will simply be declared inadmissible.

 

 

How does the procedure at the INPI work? (Art. R. 716-1 from R.716-8 of the Intellectual Property Code)

 

The procedure begins with a one-month pre-instruction phase. During this admissibility examination, the INPI checks that the application contains all the required documents and information (statement of grounds on which each claim is based).

Afterwards will occur an investigation phase, which may last six months, and during which written exchanges will take place between the Parties : each Parties will set out their arguments and respect each other’s’ possibility of responding to accusations (the French procedural “principe du contradictoire”).

At the end of this investigation phase, the decision-making phase will take place, over a period of three months. It will be possible to limit the action in the course of the proceedings, by limiting it to either certain goods and services covered by the contested trademark, or to only some of the contested trademarks.

If the INPI confirms the trademark’s nullity the nullity shall be pronounced within three months, by decision of the General Director of the INPI and shall take effect on the date of filing. Nullity, therefore, has retroactive and absolute effect. The decision shall be entered in the National Trademarks Register and published in the Official Bulletin of Industrial Property (BOPI).

 

 

What remedies are available against the INPI’s decision?

 

The INPI’s decision, like every court decision, may be appealed against before the French Court of Appeal where the applicant is domiciled.

The Parties will have one month to appeal, by electronic means, upon notification of the INPI’s decision. The compulsory details of the appeal will be required, otherwise the appeal will be inadmissible. It is important to note that this action has a suspensive, but also devolutive effect, which means that judges will be obliged to retry the case in its entirety. During the procedure of appeal, the Parties have a three months deadline to submit their conclusions, including all their claims on the merits. If necessary, a claim can be brought against the decision of the Court of Appeal : it is called a “pourvoi en cassation” in French legislation. Either the Director of INPI or the Parties can form such a claim.

Ultimately, the new nullity action procedure before the INPI, relieves the courts (the “tribunal judiciaire”) by its simplicity and speed. Hence, decisions will be rendered relatively quickly and, above all, more actions will be brought thanks to the limited costs of an administrative procedure.

 

 

ABOUT THIS TOPIC…

 

– How to bring an action for invalidity or revocation of a trademark before the French Trademark Office INPI?

Read More

E-reputation: what you need to know about your possible actions

If the Internet did not exist, you or your company would remain safe from public criticism, except for the one’s coming from journalists’ pen, or from economic actors revolving around your activity.  The absence of online media, Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, and search engines, excludes the possibility of gathering people around networks to discuss your business.

Nowadays it is essential to know how to deal with these criticisms, and sometimes, even slander.

It has already been eight years since the European Court of Human Rights (“ECHR”) stated that “websites contribute greatly to improving the public access to news and, in general, to facilitating the communication of information” (Ahmet Yıldırım v. Turkey, no. 3111/10, ECHR 2012).

However, “on the other hand, the Internet might adversely affect other rights, freedoms and values, such as the respect for private life and secrecy of correspondence, as well asthe dignity of human beings.” (Pravoye Delo and Shtekel v. Ukraine, no. 33014/05 ECHR 2011).

The Court recently reminded that “the right to protection of reputation is a right which, as part of the right to respect for private life, falls within the scope of Article 8 of the Convention”, echoing previous cases concerning defamatory statements in the press (Pfeifer v. Austria, no. 12556/03, 15 November 2007, and Polanco Torres and Movilla Polanco v. Spain, no. 34147/06, 21 September 2010).

Nonetheless, although there are many actions  to defend oneself when discovering “unlawful” content, such as defamation, libel, denigration or any form of abuse of freedom of expression, what actions should we take against dissemination of online content that is not unlawful, but is, nevertheless, damaging to our reputation, such as negative opinions or online newspaper articles relating to various facts about your experiences, arises?

 

Clarification of personal data, the right of opposition and the right to be forgotten

According to the french National Commission for Information Technology and Individual liberties (Commission Nationale de l’Informatique et des Libertés (CNIL)), an administrative authority whose role is to ensure respect for personal data, personal data is defined as “any information relating to an identified or identifiable natural person (…)”

Therefore, your name and surname are personal data, and with regard to the processing of this data, you have certain rights, such as the right to object or the right to erasure (also the right to be forgotteen).

 

  • The right to object

You may object at any time, for instance because of your specific situation, to the processing of personal data, while explaining your reasons, based on legitimate grounds.

In the event of an unsatisfactory response or failure to respond to your request, you may refer the matter to the CNIL.

 

You have the right to obtain the erasure of your personal data as soon as possible from the person, public authority, company or body processing your data (more commonly known as the “data controller“) in particular where there is no overriding legitimate reason for their processing . This includes in particular the right to dereferencing of links contained on search engines.

The operator of a search engine is in principle obliged, subject to the exceptions provided, to comply with requests for dereferencing of links to web pages containing personal data relating to criminal proceedings or convictions.

Requests for dereferencing from search engines can be made directly online via a corresponding tool. However, it is often necessary to send an official letter to the operators of websites containing harmful articles.

It will then be necessary to argue, for example by demonstrating the prejudice you suffer because of these articles – the cancellation of a professional appointment following the search of your name and surname could be one of them! – or by explaining that a web page mentions a step in a legal procedure that no longer corresponds to your current legal situation.

However, this right to be forgotten is weighed against the necessity of the processing, especially when it pursues a legitimate interest, such as the exercise of the right to freedom of expression and information.

 

Your request may, therefore, be refused if access to such information concerning you is considered strictly necessary for the information of the public. Indeed, according to Article 17 of the GDPR, there are certain situations which prevent the implementation of the right to freedom of expression and information.

 

In this respect, the controller or the authority seized must in particular take account of various criteria, including the nature of the data in question, their content, their accuracy, the repercussions which their listing is likely to have for the data subject, the notoriety of that person, etc.

 

In case of refusal of dereferencing or lack of response from the search engine, judicial solutions may be considered.

 

In sum, possible actions require complete mastering of the legal grounds and to cement your arguments when requesting dereferencing from the data controllers.

Read More

The difficult recognition of colour trademarks

Article L 711-1 of the French Intellectual Property Code states that “figurative signs such as (…) arrangements, combinations or shades of colour” may constitute trademarks.

Thus, in order to obtain trademark rights to a colour, the colour must reflect the trademark in the mind of the consumers, i.e., when they see that colour, they think specifically of that trademark.

Despite numerous registrations of colours as trademarks, the French Trademark Office, the INPI rarely accepts those registrations.

The question then arises as to when such marks are admissible.

To do this, let us look at the case law that have marked this colourful saga!

 

 

  • Case law from the Court of Justice of the European Union

 

In a judgment dated 22 November 2018, the Court stated that “this sign must be distinctive, i.e. it must enable a consumer to identify the commercial origin of the goods or services covered by it in relation to those of competitors. However, a colour is generally perceived by the public as a decorative element, not necessarily as a sign identifying the commercial origin of goods or services. “(CJEU, 22 November 2018, C-578/17).

The judges further specify that one cannot register a colour but a shade or combination of shades which must be recognizable and identified according to a Pantone code, which is an internationally recognized colour code.

Louboutin has obtained trademark protection for its famous red sole. It is specified in the application that the right relates to a certain shade of red connected to a sole.

However, “colour trademark” should not be confused with the use of a colour in a logo. Indeed, in this particular case, one can resort to the registration of a coloured logo without having to resort to the Pantone.

 

 

  • Colour and unfair competition

 

A distinction must be made between colours that are protected as trademarks and those that are assimilated to the identity of the company. Thus, in the case of a color protected as a trademark, the company will be able to sue the competitor for infringement by demonstrating that there is a risk of confusion for the consumer. In the case of a color assimilated to the identity of the company, there may be a risk of parasitism or unfair competition if a competitor voluntarily decides to use the same colours in order to use them to mislead the consumers.

It is necessary to recall that the notion of “colour trademark” relates to the fact that in order to “be a trademark, colour must be assimilated to a combination of colours or a single colour, filed without shapes and contours”. This principle was laid down by the Court of Justice of the European Union in the Libertel judgment of 6 May 2003 and the Heidelberger Bauchemie judgment of 24 June 2004. Thus, a distinction must be made between colour trademarks and figurative trademarks that claim a specific colour shape without a verbal element.

This principle has been taken up in Article 4 of the European Trade Mark Regulation: “Any sign, in particular words, including personal names, or designs, letters, numerals, colours, the shape of goods or of the packaging of goods, or sounds, may constitute trade marks of the European Union, provided that such signs are distinctive …”:

 

a) to distinguish the goods or services of one undertaking from those of other undertakings ;

b) to be represented in the Register of Trademarks of the Union in a manner which enables the competent authorities and the public to determine precisely and clearly the subject matter for which protection is granted to their owners. »

 

This principle was also taken up by the Singapore Treaty in 2006, which states that “it is possible to register trademarks consisting of non-visible signs and thus color or scent marks. “».

 

 

  • The Distinctiveness Criteria

 

In order to be distinctive, the colour sign must must comply with the principles laid down by the Court, and in particular in its Libertel ruling of 6 May 2003:

(a) it is graphically represented in a clear, accurate, complete, lasting, objective, accessible and intelligible manner. For this purpose, it must be possible to convert this colour by means of an internationally recognised identification code ;

(b) the color sign must make it possible to distinguish the origin of the goods or services which it designates and it must be distinguishable from competing undertakings;

(c) it must be taken into consideration the public interest prevailing in the sector of activity for which the registration of the sign is requested ;

This assessment is made by the judge on the basis of the facts but also on the use that has been made of it.

 

 

  • Cases of counterfeiting

 

As an example, the infringement by imitation of a monochrome sign was admitted for the colour shade of pink pantone 212 by the High Court of Paris (Tribunal de Grande Instance de Paris) in a dispute concerning the two fuschia pink bands underlining the edges of the decoration of infant milk products between Candia and Blédina.

Similarly, the French Supreme Court upheld the infringement of a red label champagne trademark in a decision opposing Charles Laffitte Société and Pieper Heidsik Company on the grounds that the Court of Appeal, in a reasoned decision, examined the overall impression produced by these trademarks, and characterized the infringement by imitation as provided for in Article L. 713-3 of the French Intellectual Property Code.

 

But in a judgment of 27 April 2006, the Versailles Court of Appeal ruled that the shade of a primary colour, frequently used in the stationery supplies field, is not of a serious nature (Court of Appeal of Versailles, 12th Chamber 1st Section, 27 April 2006).

 

 

  • Conclusion

 

Thus, it is clear that, while trademark offices and judges accept the possibility of registering a colour as a trade mark and assuming legal protection for it, the validity of such signs remains subject to strict conditions arising from both national and European legislation. This makes it difficult to recognise the validity of such signs. However, the protection of colour as an identity and therefore as a logo is widely accepted. One can thus speak of royal blue for Ikea, or turquoise blue for Tiffany.

 

It is therefore almost impossible to consider the protection of a colour shade or combination of colours without prior use. The applicant will therefore have to limit the protection sought to specific products or services to increase his chances of protection. The application must expressly indicate the colour reference indicated using an internationally recognized colour code (the Pantone code).

 

In particular, the applicant must precisely determine the position of the colours.

 

The protection of a trademark also requires proof of a distinctive character acquired through use. This requirement limits the registration of colours already present on the market and enjoying strong recognition among a relevant public.

 

The whole difficulty is therefore based on proof of distinctiveness acquired through use.

Read More

Raising funds through your intellectual property assets?

Start-ups’ executives, having difficulty obtaining loans to raise funds, may benefit from promoting their intellectual property assets, which can be used as loan guaranties or other credits. Indeed, intangible assets are among the preferred asset classes for investors seeking strong guarantees. As such, investment funds are offering more and more original solutions to fund start-ups.

 

Beyond the traditional tools of funding through intellectual property such as licenses, new ways of raising funds using intangible assets are emerging: auctions (by auction houses specializing in this field), online tradings, trusts, mortgages, etc.

 

On which assets should you base your collateral?

 

 

  • Patents

 

The patent portfolio of research companies is a valuable asset, provided it is kept under control. Under a mortgage, or a trust, the source of income, in order to be certain, requires the patent to be licensed.

 

  • Trademarks, designs

If the trademarks are licensed, they can give rise to a certain and regular income. They offer a valuable guarantee if the business is successful.  For instance, in the late 1990s DreamWorks and the Tussauds Group both granted security guarantee over their IP covering both existing and future IP[1].

 

Moreover, designs have the advantage of having a value independent from the company’s status. Therefore, they can be a guarantee of value for investors.

 

  • Copyrights

Copyrights lasts up to 70 years after the author’s death : as such, once ownership and value are proven, they provide a valuable guarantee for the investor. Thereupon, the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) has demonstrated that the taking of guarantees over copyright in the film and music industries is widespread and increasing in the biotechnology and software industries[2].

The forerunner of this financial innovation in intellectual property, David Bowie, will be remembered when he sold the “Bowie Bonds” which provided him with a regular income of over $1 million per year earned on the 25 albums he recorded before 1990.

 

It is therefore important to think of your intellectual property rights as real assets, and to reconsider the way they can be used: they can become effective security interests, especially for SMEs or start-ups that are launching their business.

 

This is true all over the world. For example, in India the government has introduced loan guarantee schemes through the possibility of mortgaging your trademarks or patents in order to encourage start-ups and cover the risk of real commercialization failures based on assets mortgaged by intellectual property rights.

 

To be continued!

 

It now appears possible to raise funds through your intellectual property assets. Dreyfus, an expert in legal issues related to intellectual property since 2004, helps you protect and enhance your rights and advises you on how to best manage your assets.

 

 

[1] [1]« Taking security over IP » Fieldfisher – February 2015

 

[2] « The Challenge of IP Financing » WIPO – September 2008

Read More

Trademark revocation action now possible before the French Trademark Office

Since April 1, 2020, it has been possible to bring trademark revocation actions directly before the French Trademark Office following the transposition of European Directive 2015/2436 commonly known as the “Trademark Package”. This transposition gives rise to an overhaul of French intellectual property law and grants new powers to the French Trademark Office.

This new competence offered to the French Trademark Office is likely to lead to a consequent increase in forfeiture actions.

 

Previously, only the courts of law had jurisdiction in forfeiture actions. Jurisdiction is now shared between the judicial courts and the French Trademark Office, the aim being to facilitate access to this procedure and to reduce the number of courts.

Thus, according to article L716-5 of the Intellectual Property Code, the French Trademark Office has exclusive jurisdiction for forfeiture actions when they are brought as a principal claim and the court has jurisdiction for counterclaims.

 

What are the grounds for action in case of revocation?

 

It is possible to act on several bases:

  • Failure to use the trademark for 5 years
  • Trademark that has become the usual designation of the product or service
  • Brand that has become misleading

 

 

How does the forfeiture procedure work?

 

First of all, the parties have to resort to a dematerialized written instruction phase.

This forfeiture procedure complies with the adversarial principle. Two months after the filing of a forfeiture action, the holder will be able to present his observations.

Once the applicant has submitted his observations, the proprietor of the contested mark will be granted a period of one month to rebut them.

The duration of the forfeiture action varies according to the number of exchanges between the parties during the investigation phase. Thus, the procedure can vary between six months and one year, with the parties having up to three contradictory exchanges to present their observations.

The French Trademark Office has three months to rule from the end of the investigation phase. This decision may be appealed to the Court of Appeal.

 

 

Who can bring a forfeiture action?

 

The plaintiff does not have to show any interest before the French Trademark Office, unlike the case of an action brought before the court.

Therefore, the application may be made before the French Trademark Office by any natural or legal person and may relate to all the goods and services targeted by the trademark.

 

 

What about the proof of use of the trademark?

 

The burden of proof shall lie with the proprietor of the trademark whose rights are liable to lapse. The criterion of use is selected on the basis of the evidence given by the proprietor to prove that the trademark has been seriously exploited.

Thus, in order to prove genuine use of a trademark, the owner must keep and present to the French Trademark Office or to the judges, documents such as brochures, printouts of the website page, order forms, invoices or written statements, that provide evidence of use This is not an all-encompassing list.

 

Consequences of the French Trademark Office decision

The forfeiture will take place, in accordance with Article L. 714-4 of the French Intellectual Property Code, by a court decision or by a decision pronounced by the Director General of the French Trademark Office and will take effect on the date of the request or on the date on which a reason for forfeiture arose.

The decision shall be recorded in the National Register of Trademarks and published in the Official Bulletin of Industrial Property (BOPI).

 

Conclusion

The forfeiture procedure at the French Trademark Office will certainly lead to a greater number of actions, offering the possibility to act quickly and at lower cost

 

In order to offer our clients a unique expertise, necessary for the exploitation of intangible assets, we keep you informed about intellectual property and digital economy issues through articles written by Dreyfus’ legal team.

 

ABOUT THIS TOPIC…

 

How to bring an action for invalidity or revocation of a trademark before the French Trademark Office INPI?

Read More

Sale of the domain name extensions: .cars, .car and .auto at auction

The domain name extensions (gTLDs) “.cars”, “.car” and “.auto” are about to be auctioned on July 13, 2020. Launched in 2015, these extensions have been at the forefront of innovation in the domain name and automotive marketing. They have been used around the world by dealerships, startups and major automotive technology companies.

After a five-year partnership, and more than $11 million raised, XYZ, a company offering new domain name options, and Uniregistry, both a registrar and a domain name registry, have jointly decided to divest this investment.

 

The auction will be conducted by Innovative Auctions, an independent auction consulting firm, and all assets to be auctioned will include the extensions in question, as well as all intellectual property rights, trademarks, social network accounts and high-value domain names such as <electric.car> and <rental.car>, which are currently reserved by Uniregistry.

It should be noted that this is the first gTLD auction in which anyone can participate. Interested parties can contact cars@innovativeauctions.com for more information.

Read More

Admissibility of the complaint against several defendants, subject to the existence of a body of evidence

Source: WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, May 7, 2020, No. D2020-0491, Crédit Industriel et Commercial S.A. and Confédération Nationale du Crédit Mutuel v. Whois Privacy Service / Yassine Ahmed / Yassine Cleoo / Yassinee Cleo / Yacin Helaloa / Robert Michel

 

The companies Crédit industriel et commercial (“CIC”) and Confédération nationale du Crédit Mutuel (“Crédit Mutuel”), which belong to the same group, jointly filed a UDRP complaint against six defendants, including an anonymous service, following the reservation of 25 domain names. One reproduces the trademark CIC ( ), the others the trademark Crédit Mutuel ( ).

In theory, the UDRP Complaint should only be directed at one defendant. However, a complaint against several defendants may be admissible if it is shown, by corroborating evidence, that the domain names were most likely reserved by the same person or are under common control, despite disparities in the information communicated by the registrants at the time of registration. This is known as “consolidation of the complaint”. Of course, each defendant is given the opportunity to rebut this alleged connection by filing a response in the proceedings.

Here, the expert accepted the applicants’ request for 24 of the 25 domain names in question. Indeed, numerous elements tend to show that these names are under common control:

– they have similar structures: <credit-mutual-online-space-customer-confirmation-mobile.net>, <credit-mutual-service-security.org>, <cic-online-space-customer-confirmationmobile.com>, etc.

. – three defendants have the same first name, except for a few spelling variations: Yassine Cleoo, Yassinee Cleo, Yacin Helaloa. And two of them have almost the same last name: Cleoo / Cleo;

– four defendants mentioned addresses in Madrid, Spain;

– the domain names have been reserved through the same registrar, Amazon Registrar, Inc. ;

– the reservation date is close: December 2019 ;

– all used the same anonymity service (first respondent, namely Whois Privacy Service).

On the other hand, the request for consolidation of the complaint was refused because of the 25th domain, reserved by the sixth defendant. In fact, the expert noted that the information which defines this domain name and its reserved name does not make it possible to establish a link with the other defendants:

– the structure of the domain is different: <creditmutuel.com;

– the reservee has given an address in France and not in Spain;

– the domain name was registered in January 2020 while the other domains were registered in December 2019. Thus, the expert, after analysing the complaint on the merits, agreed to the transfer of the first 24 domain names to the applicants. As for the domain name, they refused to pronounce its transfer, considering that it was not demonstrated that its registrant was linked to the other defendants. They specifies, however, that the applicants may very well file a separate complaint against this domain name if they wish so.

 

The consolidation of the complaint allows several complainants to file a joint complaint and to target several defendants at the same time or alternatively. When several defendants are involved, concrete elements that lead to the belief that the registrants are related, should be reported. In addition to elements relating to identity, one can take into account the structure of the domain names, the date of registration, the hosting providers and registration of the domain, the page that the domain points to, etc.

This possibility offered to complainants has several beneficial aspects: mutualizing costs, getting around the “trap” of cybersquatters which consists in filling in false data when reserving domain names, not to mention a considerable time saving for both right holders and arbitration centres.

 

Our commentary of the decision is available in the issue n° 7-8, July 2020, alert 54 of the review Industial Property.

Read More

Invalidity action: assessment of the likelihood of confusion between a trademark and an earlier company name when the companies maintain economic links at the time of filing

In a decision of the Court of Justice of the European Union from April entretiennent, 2020 Gugler France SA v Gugler GmbH (Case No 736/18), the Tenth Chamber held, in the context of an invalidity action, that there is no likelihood of confusion between a trade mark and an earlier corporate name if, at the time of filing, the companies do in fact maintain economic links, and provided that there is no likelihood of error among the public as to the origin of the designated goods.

As a reminder, the Article L711-4 of the Intellectual Property Code states that it is not possible to register a trademark that could infringe prior rights, and in particular, if there is a likelihood of confusion, distinctive signs such as the company name or corporate name.

Thus, a conflict may arise when a company files as a trademark a sign that is identical to the corporate name of a company operating in the same sector of activity, creating in consequence a likelihood of confusion. The owner of the previous corporate name will then be entitled to act to cancel the trademark.

While the coexistence of a company name with a subsequently registered trademark had already been admitted (decision of the Paris Court of Appeal from February 24, 1999), it had also been affirmed that, if the use of the prior rights infringed their trademark right, the owner could request that the use be limited or prohibited (Commercial Chamber of the Court of Cassation of November 12, 1992). Therefore, the trademark right could defeat the prior right.

Thus, in case law, there is a certain prevalence of trademark rights over other distinctive signs.

In its decision from April 23 ,2020 Gugler France SA v. Gugler GmbH, the ECJ clarified the assessment of the likelihood of confusion between a trademark and an earlier company name.

 

The German company Gugler GmbH registered the semi-figurative Community trade mark “GUGLER” on August 25, 2003.

On November 17, 2010, Gugler France filed an application for a declaration of invalidity of the trade mark, in respect of all the goods and services designated, on the basis of its earlier company name.

The CJEU, seized after an application filed with the Cancellation Division of EUIPO and the filing of an appeal before the General Court of the European Union, confirmed the latter’s decision and dismissed Gugler France’s application for a declaration of invalidity.

In fact, on the day the trademark was registered, there were commercial relations between the parties, Gugler France being the distributor in France of the products manufactured by Gugler GmbH. In addition, Gugler GmbH held shares in the capital of Gugler France.

 

The Court held that the fact that consumers may believe that the goods and services in question come from companies which are economically linked does not constitute an error as to their origin.

The Court therefore rejects the argument of Gugler France that, in order to avoid the likelihood of confusion, the economic link must exist in a particular sense, namely from the holder of the earlier rights (Gugler France) to the holder of the later rights (Gugler GmbH).

According to the Court, the mere existence of a single point of control within a group in respect of products manufactured by one of them and distributed by another may be sufficient to exclude any likelihood of confusion as to the commercial origin of those products.

 

By this solution of the Court, the essential function of a trade mark right, which is the function of guaranteeing the identity of origin of the marked goods or services, is also indirectly recalled. The trade mark thus serves to distinguish the goods or services of one company from those offered by another company. Therefore, in this case, the commercial links between the two parties made it possible to consider that the goods had the same commercial origin.

 

Read More

Figurative trademarks: be aware of the extent of your protection

The judges of the Paris Court of Appeal, ruling on a referral from the Court of Cassation, adopted a strict approach to similarities between a figurative trademark and a later , semi-figurative trademark in a dispute between two companies specialized in ready-to-wear clothing.

 

The company Compagnie Financière de Californie (“Compagnie de Californie”), which specializes in street wear chic clothing, is the owner of the trademarks on the sign, in particular for clothing products.

In 2013, the company noted that International Sport Fashion, also active in the fashion industry, had registered and used a trademark that it believes to be similar to its own:

 

The signs in question have the shape of an eagle’s head, without detail, reproduced in black and white within a circle.

In order to obtain compensation for the damage it considers to have suffered, Compagnie de Californie brought an action for infringement.

 

After having been dismissed at first instance and on appeal, the company turned to the Court of Cassation, which referred the case back to the trial judges after partial cassation.

The referring Court of Appeal first compared the trademarks in question. Its analysis is rigorous, particularly from a conceptual standpoint: it considers that the trademark of Compagnie de Californie refers to “the dark side of the bird of prey while the other refers to the image of a much less aggressive bird” (certainly due to the presence of a closed beak).

 

The court points out, among other things, that visually, these birds’ heads are not facing the same direction and that one has the beak closed and the other open.

 

On the phonetic level, the court notes, unsurprisingly, that the mark at issue will be pronounced “Eagle Square” in reference to the verbal element it contains, which will not be the case for the earlier mark.

 

The court, therefore, considers that there is no likelihood of confusion between the marks.

 

Next, it examines the question of the exploitation by International Sport Fashion of its mark for clothing products. The Court takes into account all possible elements such as the packaging which contains the goods. The name “EAGLE SQUARE” is affixed to the packaging; it, therefore, considers that there is no likelihood of confusion in the minds of consumers.

It also states that the contested sign which appears by itself on some of the articles is each time bicoloured, “inducing a caesura in the sign”, which gives an overall impression, very different from the earlier mark.

 

The court, therefore, did not grant the applications of Compagnie de Californie.

 

Thus, with respect to figurative marks, it is necessary to meticulously estimate the chances of success of an infringement action, since great similarities are generally required to recognize the likelihood of confusion.

This case shows that even marks with a comparable style (presence of a bird in a circle, with only the head entirely painted black) can coexist in the market.

It is questionable whether the Court of Appeal would have taken a different approach had International Sport Fashion affixed the only black and white eagle head to its products. The question also arises as to whether the outcome might have been partially different had  California Company also registered, as a trademark, its coloured eagle (which can be found in red on its official website https://www.compagniedecalifornie.com/).

 

Therefore, in addition to a detailed analysis of the chances of success before bringing an action, it is also necessary to protect the trademark as exploited, taking into account its variants, so as to benefit from the widest possible scope of protection.

Read More

Questions and answers about the new opposition procedure before the French trademark office INPI

Since December 11, 2019, the French opposition procedure has evolved. We provide an update on the changes and questions.

 

Key elements about the French opposition against trademarks

Typically, as soon as a trademark application could infringe a prior trademark right, it is possible to prevent its registration by opposing said trademark application directly before the French Trademark Office INPI.

This was the case before the reform and it hasn’t changed since: an opposition can be filed against a French trademark application or an international trademark designating France.

The time limits to act remain unchanged and are as follow:

– Regarding the registration of a French trademark application, an opposition must be filed within two months of the publication of said application in the French Official Bulletin of Industrial Property (BOPI).

– In the case of an international trademark application designating France, the opposition request is filed within two months of the publication of the registration in the WIPO Gazette of International Trademarks.

 

This procedure has evolved since December 11, 2019, offering a new opposition process.

 

In which situations does the new opposition procedure apply?

– Applicable to French trademark applications filed as of December 11, 2019, for trademarks published in the BOPI as of January 3, 2020.

– Applicable to French designations of international trademark applications, published in the WIPO Gazette as of December 11, 2020.

 

What is the purpose of this reform?

This reform was implemented in order to reinforce the adversarial principle, by allowing the parties to exchange and compare their arguments throughout the procedure, on the one hand; and on the other hand, to support the analysis of evidence of use of the earlier trademark.

 

What are the changes brought about by this new opposition procedure?

If you wish to oppose a trademark application filed after December 11, 2019, you can now :

Base your opposition on other rights than trademark rights (which were not previously taken into account) such as well-known trademarks, company names or corporate names, trade names, signs or domain names;

Invoke several previous rights in the same opposition (provided they belong to the same owner) ;

Ground your opposition within one month by filing the statement of grounds on which the opposition is based. At the end of this period, the opposition is notified to the opposite party. However, it is impossible to extend the scope of the opposition during this period, either to other goods or services referred to in the initial application, or to other prior rights.

 

 

  • On the rights and grounds that can be invoked

What are the rights and grounds for the opposition?

Prior to the reform, the rights and grounds on which an opposition could be based were as follows:

– Earlier trademark;

Geographical indication or application for a geographical indication;

– Infringement to the name, image or reputation of a local authority.

With the reform, the following previous rights are added:

– Well known trademark;

Corporate name;

– Trade name, sign and domain name ;

– Infringement to the reputation of a public establishment of a public establishment for inter-municipal cooperation;

– Name of a public entity ;

– Trademark registered by an agent without authorization.

 

Is the examination of evidence of use deeper?

Genuine use, or proper reasons for non-use, must be reported for each good and service invoked in support of the opposition. Thus, the earlier trademark will only be deemed to be registered for the goods or services for which this demonstration has been made. The INPI is now in charge to carry out said examination. In the past, only the courts were in charge.

 

As far as domain names are concerned, since the GDRP the Whois records are anonymized. How can it be justified that the person who made the domain name reservation has the right to file an opposition?

If the Whois record is anonymous, then in addition to the anonymous Whois record, any document establishing the existence and identity of the domain name holder can be provided. It can be for example the certificate from the Registrar or an invoice showing the reservation of the domain name.

 

  • About the procedure

Which are the changes in the course of the procedure?

A phase of exchanges, also known as the “instruction phase” is set up. It starts with the notification of the opposition to the applicant. This instruction may include up to three phases of exchanges between the parties.

From now on, the procedure is no longer confined to a 6-month period. It is however subject to the principle of « silence is tantamount to rejection », within a period of 3 months. This means that if the INPI has not ruled within 3 months following the end of the exchange between the parties, the opposition is rejected.

The duration will therefore vary according to the number of replies from the parties, but in any case may not exceed 13 months.

 

What are the cases of suspension of the procedure?

Suspension is possible in several cases:

– When one of the rights invoked in support of the opposition has not yet been accepted or is subject to a legal action;

– At the initiative of the French trademark Office, the INPI.

The entire procedure is suspended when the opposition is based on several rights, even if the suspension concerns only one of the rights invoked.

The duration of the suspension in the event of a joint request by the parties is extended to 4 months and renewable twice, i.e. 12 months in total, instead of 6 months in the past.

 

  • On the role of the INPI

Does the French Trademark Office INPI have more power in the new procedure?

This new opposition procedure greatly strengthens the role of the INPI.

Before the new procedure, the role conferred on the INPI in the examination of proof of use was limited: apart from cases where the lack of use was proven, the opposition procedure was not closed.

At present, where the applicant requests proof of use of the earlier trademark, it is up to the INPI to decide on the genuine nature of the use of the earlier trademark for each of the goods and services invoked in support of the opposition.

 

This reform reinforces the adversarial principle and, consequently, the protection of the rights of trademark owners.

 

Read More

All concerned: works generated by artificial intelligence

Legal issues relating to the ownership of inventions and works created using artificial intelligence (or “AI”) are at the forefront for a variety of businesses.

The first step is to define what artificial intelligence is.

Artificial intelligence is the implementation of a number of techniques aimed at enabling machines to imitate a form of real intelligence. Artificial intelligence is present in a large number of fields of application. It is now used in some cases to create works through algorithmic processing. Such is, for example, the case of the robot painter named E-David, developed by a German university, whose calculation algorithms allow it to paint canvases that are very similar to those painted by humans.

 

Positive law: the importance of human beings

Intellectual property law was primarily designed to protect the fruits of human intellectual labor, therefore it has had difficulty adapting to the new tools that have emerged as a result of digital evolution.

 

AI has further blurred the distinction between creator, tools and creation. For some, it is only a tool, for others it has a fundamentally innovative character to which the law should adapt.

In France, the Intellectual Property Code imposes a condition of originality for the works to be protected by copyright. In addition, the works must reflect the expression of the author’s personality. These criteria imply that a work can only be created by a human, possibly assisted by a machine which then serves as a tool in the creation of the work.

 

Thus, if the work is only created by an AI, the qualification of work cannot be used and copyright protection is not applicable. The same will be true for an invention generated by a machine that cannot be patented.

European law requires the copyright to reflect the “author’s own intellectual creation”. However, in European countries there is no universal approach to the requirement of a human author. The United Kingdom, for example, provides protection for computer-generated works and the author is the person who arranges for the creation of the work, so the authorship is attributed to the programmer.

 

Thus the inventor cannot be a company or a machine. There is therefore a discrepancy between the obligation to identify the real inventor and the person supposed to be the inventor. It is thus affirmed that decisions regarding the dissemination of the invention will be made by “the owner of the AI machine”.

 

American copyright law is still strict regarding works made with AI. For example, it has been stated that “the Office will not register works produced by a machine or simple mechanical process that operates randomly or automatically without any creative contribution or intervention by a human author” (Compendium of US Copyright Office Practices of 2014).

 

Additionally, in a decision of April 22, 2020 concerning an application mentioning an AI tool, DABUS, as the sole inventor, the USPTO recalled that the inventor must be a human.

 

Are we heading towards an evolution of law, more in line with technological developments?

 

The question is whether it would be appropriate to modify the intellectual property system in the light of technological developments or to create a sui generis right of AI.

A WIPO meeting on law reform in this area, which will provide an opportunity to discuss the above-mentioned issues will take place in July 2020,

In addition, the European Commission published a White Paper on February 19, 2020 after presenting the ethical guidelines for trustworthy AI on 8 April, 2019. It defined AI, as well asits global guidelines in the regulation of artificial intelligence.

It had already adopted the “Civil Law Rules on Robotics – European Parliament Resolution of 16 February 2017”.

The latter stressed that “considering that, now that humanity is at the dawn of an era in which increasingly sophisticated robots, intelligent algorithms, androids and other forms of artificial intelligence appear to be on the verge of triggering a new industrial revolution which is likely to affect all strata of society, it is of fundamental importance for legislators to examine the legal and ethical consequences and effects of such a revolution, without stifling innovation”.

 

In addition, a legal personality for machines (electronic personality) could be recognized which would amend the copyright.

Let us recall that currently the only solution, in innovative fields, is to refer to industrial secrecy to preserve the innovations made by AI.

Thus, a reform or clarification of the law to respond to new issues in a more secure manner would be welcome.

To be continued!

Read More

The lovelinesss of the European Union: to obtain in one Member State a declaration of counterfeiting for acts committed in another Member State

CJEU – September 5, 2019

AMS Neve Ltd, Barnett Waddingham Trustees, Mark Crabtree c/. Heritage Audio SL, Pedro Rodríguez Arriba,

 

It is possible to bring an actionbefore a national court with the purpose proving an infringement of the EU trademark in that Member State, even if the third party has advertised and marketed his goods in another Member State.

That is the answer given by the Court of Justice of the European Union to the preliminary ruling question concerning the interpretation of Article 97(5) of Council Regulation (EC) No 207/2009 of February 26, 2009 on the European Union trade mark.

That reference was made in the context of a dispute between the parties:

The applicants : AMS Neve, a company founded in the United Kingdom, for manufacturing and marketing audio equipment, represented by its director Mr Crabtree.  Barnett Waddingham Trustees “BW Trustees” is the trustee;

versus

The defendants : Heritage Audio, a Spanish company also marketing audio equipment, represented by Mr Rodríguez Arribas

 

concerning an infringement action for alleged infringement of rights conferred, inter alia, by an European Union trade mark.

The applicants are the owners of the European Union trademark and of two trademarks registered in the United Kingdom.

Having discovered that Heritage Audio was marketing imitations of AMS Neve products bearing or referring to a sign identical or similar to the said EU and national trademarks and was advertising those products, they brought an action for infringement of an EU trade mark before the Intellectual Property and Enterprise Court in the United Kingdom.

In order to prove the infringement in the United Kingdom, the applicants provided the documents in support of their action, including in particular the contents of Heritage Audio’s website and its Facebook and Twitter accounts, an invoice issued by Heritage Audio to an individual, resident in the United Kingdom.

Then, in order to prove the  infringement in the European Union, they provided screen shots from that website showing offers for the sale of audio equipment bearing a sign identical or similar to the European Union trademark. They underlined the fact that these offers are in English and that a section entitled “where to buy” is available on the website, listing distributors in various countries. In addition, they argued that Heritage Audio accepts orders from any Member State of the European Union.

While the Court agreed to rule on the protection of national intellectual property rights, it found that it lacked jurisdiction to rule on the infringement of the EU trade mark at issue.

 

The appellants appealed against that judgment to the United Kingdom Court of Appeal, which decided to enforce a stay on proceedings and to refer the following questions to the Court for a preliminary ruling:

– Does a national court of a Member State A have jurisdiction to rule on an action for infringement of the EU trademark on account of its advertising and marketing of goods carried out in Member State B?

– If so, what criteria should be taken into account in determining whether the company has taken active measures regarding the infringement?

 

The answers given by the CJEU are as follows:

 

– the plaintiff, depending on whether he chooses to bring the infringement action before the EU trademark court of the defendant’s domicile or before that of the territory in which the act of infringement was committed or threatened to be committed, determines the extent of the territorial jurisdiction of the court seized ;

 

o when the infringement action is based on Article 97(1), it shall cover acts of infringement committed on the territory of the Union (where the action is brought before the court of the defendant’s domicile or, if the defendant is not domiciled in the European Union, in the State in which he is professionally established);

o when it is based on paragraph 5 of the same Article, it shall be limited to acts of infringement committed or threatening to be committed within the territory of a single Member State, namely the Member State of the court seized ;

 

in order to ensure that the acts of which the defendant is accused were committed in the EU , it is necessary to determine where the commercial content was actually made accessible to consumers and professionals for whom it was intended. Whether such advertising and offers subsequently had the effect of purchasing the defendant’s goods, is on the other hand, irrelevant.

 

In the present case, the advertisements and offers referred to by the applicants were aimed at consumers and/or professionals, in particular in the United Kingdom.

In those circumstances, the Court considers that the applicants have the right to bring an infringement action against that third party before a EU trademark court of the Member State within which the consumers or traders to whom that advertising and those offers for sale are directed are located, notwithstanding that that third party took decisions and steps in another Member State to bring about that electronic display.

This possibility of bringing an infringement action before any competent national court  to rule on acts of infringement committed in any Member State is very useful in particular to optimise the costs of proceedings, depending on the national regulations. France, for example, offers irrefutable methods of collecting evidence, such as a bailiff’s report, to establish facts of infringement, at attractive prices.

Read More

UDRP Procedure: manage a domain name portfolio with attention

WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, March 10, 2020, No. D2019-3175, Orfeva SARL v. Vianney d’Alançon.

 

The company Orfeva has specialized for many years in baptism medals. Since 2010, it has been using the domain name ” medailledebapteme.fr ” as the domain name for its official website. Orfeva is also the owner of the French trademark “MEDAILLEDEBAPTEME.FR”.

Orfeva filed a UDRP complaint before the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center against the domain name <medailledebapteme.com>, claiming that it infringes its rights, and asking for a transfer.

This domain name was initially registered on July 21, 2010 by Mr. de Graaf, legal representative of the applicant, then, due to a non-renewal in 2016 – for reasons not explained – this name fell back into the public domain and was reserved on September 26, 2016 by Mr. Vianney d’Alançon to designate his own website for the sale of jewelry and silverware. Mr. Vianney d’Alançon has been the owner of the French trademark “1000 MEDAILLES DE BAPTEME.FR” since December 2015.

The applicant argued that the defendant registered the disputed domain name with perfect knowledge of the existence and use of its earlier mark. Consequently, it considers that the defendant sought to generate confusion with its earlier mark in order to try to divert consumers to its own internet site, by offering them the same goods on a very similar site. In addition, the applicant states that has filed an applicaion by letter, through its Counsel, for the restitution of the disputed domain name, without receiving a reply from the defendant.

The defendant, for its part, maintains that it purchased the domain name <medailledebapteme.com> because it is descriptive of his products and not in order to disrupt the applicant’s business. He argued that the expression ‘baptismal medal’ in everyday language cannot be the subject of a monopoly, being the generic, necessary and customary designation of baptismal medals in the jewellery sector.. Furthermore, he adds that he replied to the letter from the applicant’s counsel, refusing to uphold his claims.  Finally, the defendant argues that there has been no demonstration of customer poaching. In that regard, it states in particular that the applicant’s business is not disrupted by the operation by a third party of the domain name <medaille-de-bapteme.fr> which predates the applicant’s domain name <medaille-de-bapteme.fr>.

The applicant’s position is not followed by the expert who considers that the domain name has not been registered and is not being used in bad faith.

Indeed, the name is descriptive of the Respondent’s activity, which justifies the registration of the domain name. The applicant’s knowledge of prior trade mark rights cannot affect the legitimacy of that registration.

Furthermore, the expert endorses the Respondent’s argument that it was not intended to disrupt the applicant’s business, pointing out that several companies specialising in the sale of christening medals and using very similar domain names coexist peacefully.

 

The expert concludes that the complaint must be rejected. In addition, he states that there is no evidence or reason to suspect any customer poaching or disruption of the applicant’s business operations.  A court of law may rule on this matter, if necessary.

It should therefore be borne in mind that the abandonment of a domain name describing the activity, especially if it includes the highly prized top level domain “.com”, will most certainly be registered by a third party as soon as it falls into the public domain. Indeed, this type of name is generally very coveted, especially because it can enjoy high visibility on search engine results, corresponding to the keywords that Internet users can search for.

The same applies to domain names that reproduce the company’s brand and especially its corporate brand. Even if it is decided to no longer use a name, it may be advisable to keep it as a defensive measure to prevent a third party from taking it over.

Finally, it should be recalled that the parties must be attentive to the arguments they present before the WIPO, at the risk of departing from the UDRP’s legal regime. Unlike the judge, the expert does not have the power to declare a trademark invalid, nor to conduct investigations for unfair competition.

Keywords: generic designation of domain name – bad faith – trademark right – domain name – unfair competition

Read More

UDRP Procedure: proof of claimed trademark rights must be accurate

WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, March 5, 2020, No. D2019-2887, SYMPHONY HOLDINGS LIMITED V. JAIMIE FULLER, FULLER CONSULTANCY F.Z.E.

 

The first criterion of the UDRP – which generally does not pose any difficulty – consists in the applicant demonstrating that a trademark in which he has rights is recognizable in the disputed domain name.

 

The text of the UDRP Guidelines, available on the ICANN website, is as follows: “Your domain name is identical to, or confusingly similar (note: potentially confusingly similar) to, a trademark or service mark in which the complainant has rights. It is not clear whether the applicant must simply be the owner of the mark, or whether he must also be the registered owner of that mark.

 

This point must be considered when reading the case of a Bermudan company Symphony Holdings Limited, against the Swiss defendant Jaimie Fuller of Fuller Consultancy concerningthe domain name <skins.net>

 

The applicant, Symphony Holdings Limited, claimed rights in the Australian trademark’SKINS.NET’, which is identical to the domain name. However, the Experts noted that the Symphony Holdings Limited did not appear as the owner of the mark in the databases of the Australian Office.

 

The applicant had submitted a copy of an agreement by which it had acquired a list of assets belonging to SKINS International Trading AG (“SITAG”), the registered owner of the mark.

 

However, this agreement was found to be insufficient, as the precise list of acquired rights was not provided. It was, therefore, not possible to verify that the trademark in question was part of it. All the more so since the contract specifies that all assets are transferred except for those already transferred in 2012 to a Japanese company.

 

This might lead to the conclusion that if the applicant had provided the list of the transferred trademarks, then the claimed trademark would have been accepted by the experts. The experts stated that they could have issued a “panel order”, i.e. a request for additional documentation. However, they did not do so because the dispute seemed too complex to be resolved via the UDRP procedure. In fact, at the time of the auction of SITAG’s assets, the defendant was one of the applicant’s competitors.

It should be noted that the Respondent had itself acquired the domain name in question, which belonged to SITAG, through an agreement.

 

On the one hand, this decision may help to recall a fundamental principle of trade mark law: registrations relating to trade marks should be done, in particular in assignment or licensing cases, in order to avoid being harmed subsequently, in the event of a court action, for example.

 

On the other hand, the decision also emphasizes that the UDRP procedure is not appropriate for all domain name disputes. It is tailored for disputes between a right holder and a cybersquatter. Commercial disputes between companies have no place here.

 

Thus, it is necessary to be vigilant with regard to all aspects of the procedure. The question of rights, which may seem elementary, must be perfectly taken care of in that the absence of valid proof of the trademark right will necessarily lead to the failure of the complaint, even if the case is more obvious than the one currently under discussion.

Read More

Coronavirus: the measures implemented by intellectual property offices to deal with the health crisis

The whole world’s been in slow motion since the Covid-19 virus spread. Thus, state governments are doing their best to maintain the continuity of the administration despite the implementation of containment measures,. Since an ordinance of March 16, the offices have decided to extend procedural deadlines that expired during this period of health crisis.

 

Here’s a list of the provisions that offices have put in place in order to allow better management of procedures related to trademarks, as well as patents.

 

 

  • INPI, The National Institute of Intellectual Property

The INPI decided in its order n°2020-32 of March 16, that the deadlines for proceedings relating to patents, trademarks and designs will be extended to 4 months for procedures concerning patents, trademarks and designs. However, the deadlines for priority for international extensions, for payments for patent and supplementary protection certificate filing, which are subject to supranational provisions, have been excluded.

 

The order adds that “in the event of failure to comply with a deadline, the health crisis will be taken into account when examining the procedures for appealing for restoration or for a forfeiture statement to the INPI. »

 

It should be noted that the bill put in place by the government was adopted by Parliament on March 2: the aim is to enable the Government to legislate by ordinance in many areas, including that of intellectual property. This ordinance thus includes provisions concerning the extension of the deadlines stemming from the Intellectual Property Code, including those relating to the opposition procedure.

In accordance with the new order dated March 25 (No. 2020-306), the INPI extended the delay of deadlines for procedures concerning trademark oppositions, trademark renewals or design extensions : it allows to benefit from thecorresponding grace period or for the filing of an administrative or judicial appeal.

In this way, it extends the deadlines which expire between March 12th and June 23rd. The statutory deadline for taking action runs until July 23rd if the initial deadline was set for one month, and until August 23rd if it was for two months or more.

The INPI is already planning to extend its deadlines until July. In the weeks to come, it will be necessary to closely monitor the news from the office.

 

  • EUIPO, European Union Intellectual Property Office

The Office had stated in its Decision No. EX-20-3 issued on March 16, that all deadlines expiring between 9 March and 30 April 2020 included, would be automatically extended until May 1st, 2020. Since May 1st is a public holiday, the deadlines were therefore extended until May 4, 2020.

 

EUIPO subsequently explained its decision on March 19. By the expression “all deadlines”, it meant all procedural deadlines, whether fixed by the Office or of a statutory nature. “They are stipulated directly in the Implementing Regulation,” with the exception of the deadlines relating to matters not covered by certain regulations, such as that on the European Union trademark (2017/1001). It is therefore applicable to all procedures, whether for trademarks, patents, renewals or opposition proceedings.

More recently, on April 29, WIPO’s Executive Director issued the Decision No. EX-20-4, extending all deadlines expiring between May 1st and May 17, to May 18, in order to further support and assist users during the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

  • WIPO, the International Intellectual Property Organization

In the opinion (No. 7/2020) issued on March 19, WIPO introduced possible remedies for failure to comply with the deadlines under the Madrid system and modalities for the extension of the deadlines when the national offices are closed.

 

With regard to the international registration of trademarks, WIPO added that the extension of the deadlines is automatic in the event that an IP office is not open to the public.  Therefore, if a deadline for a provisional refusal expires on the day an office is closed, it will be extended on the first day following the opening of the office.

 

The opinion adds that, with regard to trademarks, applicants may request the continuation of the procedure without having to justify themselves, in particular for all matters relating to an international trademark application, a request for registration, a request for modification of a subsequent designation, etc…

 

WIPO has also recently announced automatic extensions of the deadlines in cases where a national IP office is closed to the public and in the event of disruption in postal or mail services.

 

In a press release of March 16 and 19, USPTO had announced that it was waiving the late fees in certain situations for applicants affected by the coronavirus, as well as the requirement of an original handwritten signature in ink for certain documents.

 

On April 28, USPTO announced an extension of the deadlines up to May 31, 2020. This means that some actions that were due in this period can be postponed to 1 June. The USPTO gives an extension for certain deadlines between March 27 and April 30. This period runs to 30 days from the original deadline.

 

In order to obtain the extension, applicants or patentees must “submit a declaration that at least one person responsible for the delay has been affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, due to office closures, financial problems, inaccessibility of records, illness of a family member, or other similar circumstances. »

 

  • In other countries of the world

-The Canadian Intellectual Property Office is extending the deadline to July 6th, 2020.

The German Patent and Trademark Office affirmed in a statement dated May 11 that the extension of the deadlines will be until June 2.

UKIPO, the United Kingdom Office declared on May 7, 2020 that all deadlines falling on or posterior to March 24, 2020 (being those interrupted days) will be extended to the following interrupted day. The period of interruption will end on July 29th. This extension applies to most deadlines for patents, trademarks, supplementary protection certificates and designs.

The Benelux Organisation for Intellectual Property is the most rigid office. Indeed, in a press release dated March 16, it discloses that trademark applications referring to coronavirus will be refused registration. However, in a press release of March 20, it revised their position by saying that “the BOIP will not withdraw any application or procedure because a given deadline has not been met. This also applies to opposition proceedings not filed on time or to payments not made on time”. These measures will be applicable until May 20, 2020, at least.

 

The WIPO website regularly updates information on the provisions adopted by various intellectual property offices in order to keep abreast of the various communications that offices can make around the world. With the introduction of deconfinement measures in some countries, including France, it will be necessary to closely follow the future news.

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries around the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

Tracking system, real-time geolocalisation… digital solutions are being developed to facilitate the gradual deconfinement.

In order to control the coronavirus epidemic, the government plans to create an application called “StopCovid”. Once the Bluetooth function is activated, the application will track who the user has been in contact with in the last 15 minutes and alert them if any of those poeple affirmed to be infected with Covid-19.This method has already been proven effective in some countries, such as China.

Quid juris?

The European Commission has given a favourable opinion on the creation of this application, provided that the data is destroyed once the epidemic is over.

Furthermore, the European Data Protection Supervisor has stated that even in these exceptional circumstances, the controller must guarantee the data protection of the subjects and arrange the least intrusive solutions, by collecting the minimum amount of data.

The CNIL points out that the implementation of such a system requires to be “limited in time” and effectively based on voluntary action and “free and informed consent”. It also recalls the main principles related to the collection of personal data (purpose of processing, transparency, security and confidentiality, proportionality and data minimization).

 

To be continued! “Stop Covid” is only in the early stages of development; it will take several weeks for the application to be perfected.

Read More

Instagram and social networks : what rights do users have in their posted photos?

With the development of social networks, creativity on Internet expanded to a point that it became almost imposible for an artist or a brandto not have their Instagram or Facebook page. The presence on social networks has become an almost essential prerequisite for the reputation of an artist.

The Terms of use of Instagram, especially popular with photographers for exhibiting  their work, provide that users remain as owners of the content they post on the network. However, in several recent cases, photographers have noted their work shared or reposted without being able to oppose.

Therefore, an essential question arises :Do we keep the ownership of the photos we post on social networks ?This question seems to animate the debate between different countries.Inthe US the answer looks negative, while, on the other hand, France seems to be more protective.

 

Precedents on Instagram : The Richard Prince Case

In 2015, Richard Prince, stylist, painter and photographer chose to expose screenshots of the social network Instagram with different pictures without obteining the author’s agreement. He earned more than 100 000 dollars from the sale of these artworks, and the authors of the original pictures didn’t receive any money for this commercial exploitation.

In the United States, this practice falls under the so-called « Fair use » exceptions which alllow an artist to work from an existing picture and to transform it without infringing the copyrights.

 

A circumvention of the law: the Mashable case

 

More recently, the american information website Mashable wanted to publish an article related to the work of ten women photographers. One of them, Stephanie Sinclair, denied Mashable the right of using her artwork. The site therefore bypassed this refusal by using the Instagram network function “embed”, allowing to share content without having to download it. Thus, the image used is only stored on the social network and not on the server of the Mashable website, directly.

The New York Southern District Court, in a judgment given on April 13, 2020, declared that the author of the photographs posted on a public Instagram account could not oppose that an online media integrates them in his articles. In addition, the judge based his decision on the Terms of use of the social network which provide that users grant for each posted image “a non-exclusive right, free of rights, transferable, sublicensable and worldwide“. According to the judge, the integration of an image on a third-party site therefore constitutes a sub-license right.

It is considerated that when a user posts a photo on a public Instagram account, they give their agreement for all use via the « embed » function.

 

Following this decision, the photographer Stephanie Sinclair said she would appeal.

 

What about French law on social networks ?

In France, this statement may be attenuated by articles L.131-1and L.131-3of the Intellectual Property Codewhich prohibit the “global transfer of future works” and provide that “the transmission of the rights of the author is subject to the condition that each of the rights transferred is the subject of a separate mention in the deed of transfer and that the area of ​​exploitation of the rights transferred is defined as to its extent and destination, as to the place and as to the duration”.

Based on this, the Paris Tribunal de Grande Instance (High Court of Paris) has already judged unfair, in the Twitter (2018) and Facebook (2019) cases, clauses similar to that invoked by the American judge concerning Instagram.

 

In short, while the struggle of artists in the United States to assert their rights on social networks and particularly on Instagram, seems laborious, it should be noted that French law is more protective of authors and artists. To be continued

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the protection of your rights on social networks in all countries of the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

Will trademark non-use due to quarantine be considered a valid reason?

Due to the current health situation, the majority of companies have reduced their activity. This suspension or reduction of activity will have an impact on all intellectual property and may in particular result in the non-use of the trademark by the owner, leading to its forfeiture.

In fact, in accordance with the French law, and more specifically Article L714-5 of the Intellectual Property Code, if a trademark is not used for an uninterrupted period of five years for the goods and services covered by the registration, the court may, order the revocation of the trademark and the cancellation of its registration, at the request of an interested third party

The holder must therefore ensure that there is genuine use during this five-year period, i.e. real exploitation.

Thus, owners of trademarks that had not been exploited before the health crisis and quarantine could not start or resume exploitation. This unprecedented period could therefore lead to a period of non-use of more than five years.

However, the trademark owner may invoke a valid reason justifying the absence of serious use. According to established case law, this just reason must have a direct link with the trademark, be a circumstance outside the control of the trademark owner which has made the use of the trademark impossible or excessively difficult.

Therefore, it seems that the court may consider the restrictions imposed by the Government because of the pandemic as a valid excuse for the non-use of the trademark by the owner. Indeed, this obstacle, which is external to the owner’s will and which has made the use of the trademark extremely difficult, may be qualified as a just cause which will prevent or should lessen the delay of a possible revocation of the trademark.

Read More

World Anti-Counterfeiting Day: issues and challenges

In honor of the 22nd World Anti-Counterfeiting Day, Dreyfus Law Firm attended a Webinar organized by INDICAM(Istituto di Centromarca per la lotta alla contraffazione) involving directors of various anti-counterfeiting organizations: GACG, EUIPO, UNIFAB, INDICAM, ANDEMAand ACG.

Anti-counterfeiting issues are always of paramount importance. In fact, approximately 5% of imports into the European Union are counterfeit products. The counterfeiting market is very lucrative for counterfeiters: it requires a very low investment for a very high profit. In addition, the risks associated with it are lower.

During the health crisis linked to the Covid19, the sale of counterfeit products increased significantly: masks, hydro-alcoholic gel, medical equipment; and all this to the detriment of the population’s health. This phenomenon was particularly observed on Marketplace platforms, which were forced to invest impressive means to suppress fraudulent advertisements.

Consequently, the question arises: if the platforms are capable of actively combating the sale of counterfeit medical products in times of crisis, why cannot the same be said of other acts of counterfeiting?  Cooperation with the platforms should therefore be initiated to this end. European associations are closely following the progress of the Digital Single Act, which should represent an additional opportunity in the protection of rights.

Moreover, during the health crisis, the fight against counterfeiting has mainly been focused on medical products and devices. As a result, many infringements went undetected. For example, only products arriving by air were checked during this period and not products imported via cargo ships. To make things worse, in Belgium, for example, all the police officers whose mission was usually to combat counterfeiting were requisitioned in order to enforce anti-Covid-19 measures.

With the coronavirus, the fight against counterfeiting must therefore be stepped up. One of the challenges for the years to come is to provide consumers with the best possible information. Delphine Safarti-Sobreira, Director of UNIFAB (Union des Fabricants), said that awareness campaigns were already being launched through various media, including television broadcasts and YouTube. The next step will be to convince the government to introduce compulsory education in schools on this subject.

 

Three elements are essential in order to fight effectively against counterfeiting: an effective law, more information for consumers and an unwavering determination to continue the fight.

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

The important business of domain names related to the coronavirus: simple speculation or sophisticated scams?

Individuals, entrepreneurs, professional url brokers… all are trying to buy and resell domain names with keywords related to the virus. The prices go up to several thousand euros. For example “corona-vaccination.fr” was bought on March 16 by a German developer, who is now offering it for sale for 9,000 euros.

The DomainTools search team began monitoring the terms related to Covid-19 in February 2019. From a slight increase in domain names using the terms “Coronavirus” and “COVID-19” at the begining, to registrations with a significant spike in recent weeks, it is clear that many of them are scams!

Among them, there is a site developed by a private individual offering the user to install an Android application called “CovidLock”, claiming to have a tool for monitoring the epidemic in real time.  In reality, it is a ransomware that asks for of $100  Bitcoins. Thanks to a proactive “hunt”, DomainTools detected it within hours of its creation, before it claimed any victims, and was able to obtain the scammer’s Bitcoin wallet.

Many domain names that should be watched closely at the height of the epidemic, are paving the way for resale at hefty prices or for cyber attacks!

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries around the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

 

Source: https://www.domaintools.com/resources/blog/covidlock-mobile-coronavirus-tracking-app-coughs-up-ransomware

Read More

A senator is worried about parliamentarians IT security

Jérôme Bascher, the republican Senator of Oise (LR party) expressed his concerns in the report to the Senate No. 82 (2019-2020), on October 22, 2019 : ″Parliamentarians IT security is close to zero

It is primarily a matter of distinguishing between institutional functions and the IT practices of parliamentarians themselves. While the former are relatively well protected, since they benefit from assistance such as that provided by the Anssi (national agency for the security of information systems), the latter are a source of great IT insecurity.

IT insecurity factors related to the workforce

 

1.         Having its own IT equipment

The workforce is a key element in IT security. Each parliamentarian is free to have their own equipment (Huawei or Apple telephone), yetinsecurity can arise from their exchanges and from the means of communication they use. In fact, mobile instant messaging applications that are likely to be used, go through the GAFA. They are hosted by servers of Amazon web service and not by OVH, for example, which could potentially be an efficient French server. This could be countered by the argument that Amazon Web service is also based in France,

 

 

2.         Not enough awareness among senators

While the Parliament benefits from the Trojan horse attacks  detecting systems on institutional sites, the level of IT security among  parliamentarians is still very low.

In 2018, the Senate’s IT security systems intercepted more than 30,000 high-risk contents. Senator Bascher assures that security services  experience at least 2 or 3 cyber attacks per week.

Only wiling senators are aware of the importance of  IT security.  Senator Bascher pointed out : “I’ve never had a virus in my life, because I’m careful,”. Among the risks that public authorities may incur, appears the so called “facing”, that is,the creation of a fake Internet page that could be an apology for terrorism, that French channels Public Sénat and LCP-AN, whose credits are included in public authorities mission, can suffer from. It is a bit reminiscent of the past attack against the channel TV5 Monde a few years ago, which has since had to make considerable investment efforts to pay for its protection.

In addition, an increaseof requests that makethe site inaccessible – hasto be considered,

Cyber attacks against public authorities are now undeniable, as evidenced by the cyber attacks that hit Estonia in 2007, the German Bundestag in 2015 and, to a lesser extent, the Senate, in 2011.

 

Implementation of solutionsto reinforce the parliamentarians IT security

1. The current IT protection system

Senator Bascher points out that, 10% of the IT budget  in France is spentonsecurity.  A program administeredby the Ministry of Defence consisted in recruiting cyber-combatants, however there is a protection  imbalance since the Elysée had its own network, which is not the case for the Parliament.  Senator Bascher  claims that the budget designated to cybersecurity should be increased.

2. A mechanism to be reinforced

The primary objective would be to improve the parliamentarians equipment and make them more aware of IT risks.

According to the Senator, it would also be necessary to reinforce the resources of the Anssi, which is currently the only entity that deals with all the organs of power.

 

Public authorities are therefore at the heart of the strategic and decision-making challenges of Western democracies, as a result of which, they became the main target of IT attacks. This is all the more true in the election period, as demonstrated by the 2016 American presidential election. It’s time to strengthen the parliamentarians IT protection.

Read More

A Complainant who claims an old domain name must demonstrate its use in order to justify prior rights

Source: WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Jan. 22, 2020, No. D2019-2992, Cyberplay Management Ltd v/ WhoisGuard Protected, WhoisGuard, Inc./DIREX NV and Johann Mayer.

The Maltese company Cyberplay Management holds a gaming license for the purpose of operating an online casino. The latter owns the European trademark “Loki”, deposited on January 10, 2017 and registered on 6 September 2017, as well as the domain name <loki.com>, registered in 1992 and currently operated for online casino services. Said Company filed a UDRP Complaint before the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center against the domain names <lokicasino16.com>, <lokicasino17.com>, <lokicasino18.com>, <lokicasino19.com> and <lokicasino.com>, with the prejudice that they infringe its rights. Indeed, they associate the “Loki” trade mark with the term “casino”, which refers to its activity. The domain name <lokicasino.com> had been registered on May 16, 2016 and the other four domain names on January 11, 2017 (one day after the registration of the Complainant’s trademark,).

At the time the Complaint was filed, the Respondents were using these domain names in connection with an online casino. The Complainant considers that the Respondents registered and used the domain names in bad faith. The Respondents, for their part, claim that they never had knowledge of the applicant and its trademark. In addition, the Respondents have provided several screenshots, taken from the WayBack Machine website databases (archive.org) of the history of the Complinant’s website, showing the latter has never used the domain name <loki.com> for casino activities prior to the current period. For example, in 2006, it referred to a site allowing the user to find all types of events near their location.

The expert ruling on the case concludes that the complaint must be rejected, since the applicant did not provide evidence showing it was the holder of trademark rights for the sign “LOKI” at the time of registration of the disputed domain names. The trademark application was filed after the registration of the domain name <lokicasino.com > owned by the Respondents. Furthermore, in regard to the law on unregistered trademarks (right of use), the Complaint does not submit any evidence of use of the sign “LOKI” in connection with the services of an online casino. Thus, it is important to recall that in order to prosper in a UDRP proceeding, it is imperative for a Complainant to submit evidence establishing, in particular, the registration and use of a domain name in bad faith. In this case, the Complainant failed to provide such evidence. This decision also shows the growing importance of the archives proposed by WayBack Machine, which the judges now tend to accept as evidence (subject to justifying a bailiff’s report).

Read More

UDRP procedure. The bad faith complainant: when the chances of success are so low that the applicant should not have taken action

Source: WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Jan. 30, 2020, No. D2019-2937, Scalpers Fashion, S.L. c/ Dreamissary Hostmaster

 

The Spanish company Scalpers Fashion is active in the fashion industry. It is the owner of numerous trademarks incorporating the “Scalpers” sign, including the European Union trademark “Scalpers” No. 6748578, registered on September 29, 2008. The company has filed a UDRP complaint before the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center against the domain name <scalpers.com>, claiming that it infringes its rights. The domain name was registered on September 15, 1997, by the Respondent Dreamissary Hostmaster, who is in fact a natural person, a U.S. citizen and the holder of a substantial number of domain names featuring dictionary words. The domain name at issue was exploited to generate pay-per-click revenues by leading to sponsored links referring to the sale of tickets. At the time the complaint was filed, the domain name in question resolved to a parking page.

The Complainant submits that the Respondent intends to take undue advantage of its reputation in fashion and to disrupt its business. In addition, the Complainant submits that the large sums proposed by the Respondent in various attempts t negotiate are evidence of his bad faith. Indeed, the Respondent allegedly offered initially $150,000 and then $195,000. Finally, the Complainant considers that the Respondent’s bad faith is manifested by the registration of more than 100 domain names, for him to be able to resell them for a profit.

The Respondent contends that he registered and used the domain name <scalpers.com> because of the definition of the word “scalper”: a person who buys tickets at the normal price and then resells them at a high price when demand is high and available seats are scarce. In addition, the latter requires the expert to conclude to reverse domain name hijacking.

The Complainant’s position was not followed by the expert. The expert considers that the domain name was neither registered nor used in bad faith. Indeed, the Respondent had registered the domain name more than 10 years before the Complainant’s alleged date of first use of the “Scalpers” trademark. In such circumstances, there was no basis to conclude that the Respondent targeted the Complainant’s mark, which was not in existence at the time the Respondent registered the disputed domain name. As regards the use of ???, the expert also concluded that there was no bad faith, since the Respondent had used the domain name for the meaning of the word “scalpers”. The expert ruling on the case indicates that the complaint should be dismissed. In addition, he stated that the complaint was filed in bad faith by the Complainant, and was intended to deprive the Respondent of ownership of his domain name. Indeed, several facts contribute to the expert’s position: the domain name was registered by the Respondent long before the Complainant owned a trademark right in the Scalpers sign; the UDRP Complaint was filed after two unsuccessful attempts to purchase the domain name from the Respondent; and the Respondent’s counsel notified the Complainant that the complaint should be withdrawn due to the manifest impossibility of establishing bad faith.

The Complainant clearly should have known that the complaint could not succeed. Thus, it should be borne in mind that the UDRP procedure is not a one-way tool. The aggrieved Respondent may attempt to reverse the proceedings to obtain a decision against the Complainant. Here, the lack of chance of success was particularly blatant, as the domain name predates the trademark rights of Scalpers Fashion.

Read More

The rise of phishing in the midst of the coronavirus crisis

Source: Bank Info Security, Feb. 11, 2020

 

The global health crisis caused by the coronavirus is a favorable context for phishing techniques. Indeed, many organized gangs of cybercriminals are pretending to be health organizations by using fake domain names. As a result, they send an e-mail pretending to be a health-related entity, in which they ask the recipient to click on a link and enter or confirm a login and password. For example, cybercriminals therefore send phishing e-mails containing domain names similar to those used by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. For example, cybersquatters have incorporated the domain name “cdc-gov.org” which is similar to the official domain name “cdc.gov”.
Thus, these malicious e-mails encourage users to click on a link that looks like it contains information related to the issues related to the coronavirus. In fact, Internet users are redirected to a fake website where they have to enter a username and password. In other cases, cybercriminals send phishing e-mails looking like they originate from the World Health Organization, inviting users to a link to download a document on security measures against the spread of the virus. Of course, this is not the case and users are redirected to a pop-up screen asking for a username and a password. It should be noted that some cybercriminals adopt a different tactic by posing as entities linked to the world of economics, such as shipping companies or manufacturing industries. The coronavirus crisis can have an impact that extends beyond health concerns. Hence, it is necessary to be doubly careful about the extension of these phishing campaigns, alert may be raised for example by e-mails containing numerous spelling mistakes.

Read More

The <.eu> extension against Brexit

Source: EURid, registry of the <.eu> extension 

The United Kingdom parted from the European Union on January 31, 2020. As a result, the United Kingdom and the European Union entered into a transitio period, a period that has been announced to last till December 31, 2020. During this period, UK residents are still entitled to register and renew names in <.eu>.

However, once this period expires, they will no longer be able to register domain names with the <.eu> extension, nor to keep those they already hold, unless they comply with the requirements. The EURID originally detailed a comprehensive plan that was supposed to be implemented from November 1, 2019, the date when the United Kingdom was due to leave the European Union. It will finally apply at the end of the transition period, although no precise deadlines have yet been set. Once the transition period ends, only the following persons are entitled to register domain names in <.eu>: a citizen of the European Union, regardless of his/her place of residence; a natural person who is not a citizen of the Union European but is a resident of a Member State; a company established in the Union; or an organization established in the Union, without prejudice to the application of national law.

Thus, for already registered domain names, registrants will be able to update their contact details in an attempt to maintain their assets. In particular, they will have to indicate a country code of citizenship corresponding to a Member State of the European Union of 27 regardless of their residence or establish an entity legally established in one of the eligible Member States of the European Union of 27 or the EEA. All registrants who do not comply with these eligibility rules will see their domain names cancelles such the domain names will then be available for registration to all.

As non-compliant domain names will be withdrawn, it is appropriate to carry out a thorough analysis of registrants’ domain name portfolios to see whether any of their registrations is at risk.

Read More

Registries and artificial intelligence

A number of national top-level domain name registries such as the English registry Nominet have begun to use artificial intelligence to prevent abusive domain name registrations. Each registry uses its own system to suspend registrations if they believe there is suspicious activity on an IP address or if the identity of the applicant cannot be verified.

 

Ongoing assessment of the identity of the registrant thus helps reducing domain name infringements.

Read More

The liberalization of prices for domain names in <.com>: a possible increase from2021

The gTLD <.com> apparently occupies more than 40% of the domain name market share, according to statistics provided by the site www.domainnamestat.com. These results confirm that it is an unavoidable extension, especially because the <.com>, which addresses the whole world, is a strong rallying sign.

However, the negotiations in progress between ICANN and the <.com> registry, VeriSign, could lead to a modification of the approval on this extension, so that the <.com>’s price would increase by possibly 7% per year, from 2021 to 2024. In return for this right, VeriSign would pay $4 million to ICANN.

 

This negotiation is notably allowed by an amendment accepted by the American Department of Commerce, datedOctober 26, 2018, by which it was indicated that “in view of the more dynamic market of domain names, the Department considers it advisable to modify the cooperation agreement in order to provide flexibility in the prices related to the registration and renewal of domain names of the .com registry”.

If the price of <.com> increases, it will be relevant to see whether other TLDs recover some of its market shares, especially among the new gTLDs. If it seems unlikely that companies will abandon the names in <.com> that they already hold, newcomers to the market could possibly prefer other extensions.

Read More

Association between blockchain and domain names

Domain names appear to be a fertile ground for innovators related to blockchain technology.

 

 

Domain names and blockchain meet around the launch of the new extension “.luxe”, which contrary to what one might think was not created for the luxury industry (which already has its extension “.luxury” launched in 2014). The Ethereum foundation, whose aim is to promote blockchain technology, has entered into a partnership with the Minds + Machines (MMX) registry to create a new use for domain names, making “.luxe” the equivalent for cryptocurrency of what a classic extension represents for the IP address.

 

 

This association thus makes the IP addresses for the “.luxe” extension more intelligible.

 

 

Indeed, holders can link their domain name composed of the “.luxe” extension to their Ethereum account to replace their 40 characters identification number and make it easier to remember and use.

Read More

Provisional French patent applications for a simplified registration are now possible

With the publication of Decree No. 2020-15 adopted for the application of the PACTE law, it is now possible to file provisional patent applications as of July 1, 2020.

 

  • What is a Provisional Patent Application ?

A provisional application is a patent application whose registration procedure is simplified since certain filing requirements may be deferred in time. It is a procedure which permits the setting of an earlier filing date.

 

  • What is the Objective of a Provisional Application ?

This procedure is intended to allow companies to file patent applications before the French National Institute of Intellectual Property (“INPI”) in a simpler and less costly way. Therefore, it aims to facilitate access to IP protection, especially for start-ups and SMEs. The main objective is to provide a more flexible procedure for registration of patents.

 

  • How to File a Provisional Application?

With this Decree, it is possible to file a provisional patent application and defer the submission of the claims, the technical content of the invention and a copy of the prior filings.

On the other hand, the applicant is obliged, when filing the application, to indicate explicitly that this is a provisional application.

 

  • After Filing the Provisional Application

Within twelve months of the filing date of the provisional application, the applicant may request that his provisional application be transformed into a “normal” patent application (by completing the above-mentioned requirements that he had previously deferred) or that his application be converted into a utility certificate.

At the end of this period, the provisional patent application is withdrawn. Ultimately, this procedure allows applicants to gain additional time before deciding on the future of their applications.

 

  • Payment of the Filing Fees

The applicant must pay the filing fee within one month of the filing date. However, the applicant may pay the fee for the search report within one month of making a request to turn the patent application into a normal one.

 

 

This less stringent registration procedure will allow applicants to apply for patents in a more flexible way, under certain conditions. It will render it possible to fix the date of creation of an invention and then to determine what action will be taken later on with regard to its protection.

Read More

The reform of the tax regime for patentable products: “the French-style IP BOX“

The 2019 Finance Act harmonizes French and European tax rules in order to best promote the investment of patentable creations and inventions. We are talking about the French IP Box.

Thus, the taxation regime for the products of patents and similar industrial property rights is brought into line with OECD provisions.

While Irelandwas the first country to set up this system (1973), other countries followed suit, such as Belgium, China and, more recently, the United Kingdom (2013).

The principle allows companies to benefit from a tax advantage on their intellectual property assets with a tax rate that amount to 10% instead of 33% previously.

 

 

 

 

 

Eligible assets

The assets that are eligible for this plan are:

 

  • Patents and patentable inventions
  • Certificates of utility
  • Plant variety certificates
  • Copyrighted software

 

To be eligible, inventions must have been filed. Taking into account that the regime is open to software protected by copyright. It should also be added that this plan is applicable to annual net income calculated after deducting research and development expenses. The aim is to encourage research and development efforts in relation to the overall effect, i.e. in relation to all the investments that the company can make.

 

To be eligible for the reduction rate, the company will have to provide several elementsto establish its file such as:

  • Eligible assets
  • The rule for determining the protection of the proportion of net income taxable at a reduced rate
  • The method for allocating research and development expenses.

 

This makes it possible to monitor the company’s expenses and, above all, to justify the request for a reduction in the tax rate. It will be necessary to submit this file to the tax authorities under penalty of a 5% penalty. 

 

The tax rate

The regime consists in deducting first the proceeds of sale and concession as well as research and development expenses and then, in a second step, calculating from this deduction the net result in order to obtain the net result of the assets on the basis of the Nexus ratio. 

 

What is the Nexus ratio? 

The idea is to limit “the preferential regime in proportion to the part of the expenditure relating to intellectual property. »  

 

This is how the OECD defines this ratio. This is intended to sanction patents acquired and research and development costs subcontracted to affiliated companies. It should be noted that research and development costs in third party companies will not penalize the Nexus ratio. This ratio will be calculated on a cumulative expenditure basis.

Some consider this ratio a “not irrefutable presumption.” 

 

 

Conclusion

 

The advantage of this regime is that it will encourage companies to their research and development in France and produce quality intellectual property assets that generate income.

Read More

Webinar April 7, 2020: Internet and Compliance (part 1)

Webinar : Internet and Compliance (part 1)

 

The rules of the game have changed,

strategies to protect the company and its leaders.

 

 

 

 

The legal, regulatory and fiscal constraints (resulting in particular from the Sapin 2 Law, the LCEN or the EU
Directive of 23 October 2019 on the protection of whistleblowers) that weigh on companies are increasingly rigorous. Companies must implement a governance policy capable of minimizing their responsibility and exposure to their customers, shareholders and the competent authorities.

 

 

Among the aspects to be considered in the context of this compliance are domain names. While they are an undeniable corporate asset, they are also vectors of risk: phishing, fraud against the president, fake sites, identity theft, forged e-mails, and so on.

 

In the event of a breach, they can also damage the reputation of the company and its managers, resulting in a loss of customers. It is therefore imperative to put in place the appropriate strategies to anticipate the dangers, react effectively in the event of an attack and ultimately protect the company.

 

The current situation linked to the coronavirus epidemic is increasing the risks, with the number of frauds increasing considerably while companies are disorganized and vulnerable.

We propose to analyse these issues with you, sharing our experience. In particular, we will be able to answer the following questions:

– What are the obligations of companies with regard to compliance?

– What are the risks to be anticipated?

– What strategies should be implemented to do so?

– What are the control points?

– What levers should be implemented to react effectively in the event of a proven breach?

Read More

Proceedings for invalidity and revocation before the INPI

As of April 1, 2020, it is now possible to bring actions for cancellation on grounds of invalidity and revocation on grounds of nonuse of trademarks at the French trademark Office –INPI.

Among the new developments resulting from the implementation of European Directive 2015/2436 of December 16, 2015, (known as the “Trademark reform Package”) into French law, the new procedures for the cancellation on grounds of invalidity and revocation on grounds of nonuse of trademarks are those that will undoubtedly change the landscape of intellectual property law in France.

The European directive placed an obligation on member states to create an administrative procedure to bring invalidity and revocation proceedings. The aim of this measure being to facilitate challenges to registrations in order to declutter the trademark register.

In France, since April 1, 2020, these actions can be brought before the French Trademark Office INPI, bringing French trademark law increasingly closer to European law. Until now, only the Court was able to hear these cases. From now on, the competence is shared between some specialized courts and the INPI.

How is this to be done?

The division of competences is set out in Article L.716-5 of the French Intellectual Property Code.   With the exception of applications for invalidity based on a prior Copyright, Design right or Personality right (which must be brought before a competent judicial Court), INPI has exclusive jurisdiction for applications for invalidity where no other legal issue arises based on an absolute ground, and applications for invalidity (again where no other legal issue arises) based on the following relative grounds :

– A trademark right

– A corporate name

– An appellation of origin or geographical indication

– The name of a local authority or public entity.

 

The judicial court has exclusive jurisdiction over counterclaims for invalidity or revocation of rights, applications for invalidity or revocation of rights on any grounds whatsoever where the application is connected with another action falling within its jurisdiction and, finally, applications for invalidity of rights brought as a principal claim on the following relative grounds:

– Copyright

– Design

– Personality rights.

 

In order to avoid any delaying measures, it is provided that the principle of “res judicata” will apply to such decisions of the Director of INPI and of the judicial court.

The French legislator has gone beyond the provisions of the European Directive, which only requires Member States to confer jurisdiction on the Trademark Offices with respect to certain grounds of invalidity (invalidity based on absolute grounds or on an earlier similar or identical trademark).

Which trademark registration can be challenged?

An application for invalidity or revocation may be filed against a registered French trademark or on the French part of an international trademark.

What is the procedure before the INPI?

 

 

Like the new trademark opposition procedure, the invalidity or revocation procedure follows the principle of a fair hearing. Following the examination phase, which starts from the day on which the action was filed, and as soon as the action is considered admissible, the owner has a period of 2 months to submit his observations in the case of an invalidity action or to provide proof of use in a revocation action.

The applicant has then one month to file a response. The parties may make up to three contradictory written exchanges at the end of which, and where appropriate, an oral presentation of the observations may be requested by either party but also requested by the INPI.

Depending on the number of exchanges carried out, this investigation phase may last between two and six months. The INPI then has a maximum period of three months to render its decision.

Thus, the total duration of the procedure should last a maximum of nine months from the date of notification of the action to the adverse party, which is much faster than the legal action hitherto open to the applicant.

A stay of proceedings may be requested jointly by the parties for a period of four months, renewable twice. It may also be suspended at the initiative of the INPI, in particular pending the receipt of information and elements likely to have an impact on the outcome of the dispute or the situation of the parties.

Finally, unlike court proceedings, the applicant need not demonstrate a specific legal interest. This will therefore allow a greater number of actions and give rise to new strategies for the release of rights.

In conclusion, the introduction of these new administrative procedures by the implementation of the “Trademark reform Package” in France provides a fast and inexpensive procedure, against a registered nuisance trademark avoiding the much more restrictive judicial process.

Read More

Domain name registration by an unauthorized distributor: importance of the trademark holder’s behavior in assessing good faith

The French company Adventure is specialized in the sale of paramotors. It owns the French semi-figurative trademark including the terms “adventure” and “paramotor” as well as the domain names “paramoteur.com” and “adventure-paramotors.com”.

 

 

The company has filed a UDRP complaint before the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center against the domain name <adventureparamotorsusa.com>, claiming that it infringes its rights.

 

The domain name was registered on March 14, 2018, by respondent Mike Robinson who acted as the Complainant’s authorized reseller for the United States. The domain name offered the Complainant’s products and services for sale. Due to the low level of sales generated by the Respondent in the United States, the Complainant decided to terminate the dealership agreement and instructed the Respondent to stop using the domain name <adventureparamotorsusa.com>.

The dispute between the parties arises as a result of the Respondent’s refusal to comply with this request. Indeed, the latter is ready to close the website on the condition that the complainant pays him $10,000, a sum that would represent the investment made by the Respondent for the construction of the website.

 

The French company maintains that the website associated with the disputed domain name was created by the Respondent without the prior express authorization of the Complainant.

The Complainant’s position is not supported by the expert, who considers that it fails to demonstrate that the Respondent registered and used the domain name in bad faith. The expert states: “the domain name was registered on March 14, 2018, the month the parties entered into their commercial agreement. It is also the month when the parties met to discuss the agreement (…). The panel assumes that the parties must have discussed during that March 2018 meeting the means by which the Respondent planned to promote the Complainant’s products in the United States (…). After all, the plaintiff must have known that the defendant would have an online presence and, usually trademark owners are concerned about whether these marketing elements (…) are in line with the image of the trademark. Similarly, the expert notes that “in none of the exchanges (…) between the parties during the term of the agreement did the Complainant argue about the registration of the domain name by the Respondent”.

The various exchanges between the protagonists show that the Complainant’s only reproach to the Respondent is that the latter continued using the domain name after the termination of the Concession Agreement, and not the registration of the domain name per se. Therefore, the Complainant does not prove in any way that the domain name was registered in bad faith. According to the expert and in view of the content of the exchanges between the parties, the Respondent did register the domain name in good faith for the purpose of promoting and selling the Complainant’s products under its trade agreement.

 

The expert ruling on the case concludes that the complaint should be dismissed.

In addition, he also states that the complaint was filed in bad faith by the Complainant, seeking to deprive the Respondent of ownership of its domain name.

 

Indeed, the UDRP procedure is not a tool for deliberately depriving a respondent of a domain name in circumstances that are outside the policy of the procedure.

 

 

In regards to the facts of the case, the Complainant clearly should have known that its complaint could not succeed since the respondent had registered the domain name in good faith.

 

Thus, great care must be taken with regard to the portfolio of domain names related to the company name or trademarks, as these are valuable assets. Drawing up a restrictive naming charter makes it possible to prevent as far as possible any dispute regarding the ownership of names that may arise with business partners.

 

Dreyfus firm, an expert in trademark law, can help you with the management of your domain names and trademarks portfolios.

Read More

UDRP Procedure: abuse of right or, when the complaint is brought in bad faith

Advice Group is an Italian company founded in 2006 and specialized in marketing. It is based in Turin but has offices in Rome, Bari and subsidiaries in Bulgaria, Kosovo, Portugal, Colombia and Peru.

 

Having noted the registration of the domain name <advicegroup.com> by a third party, the company turns to the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center for its transfer. The domain name was reserved in 2014 by Michele Dionia of Macrosten LTD, located in Cyprus. The domain name resolves to a page of commercial links and suggests that the name may be for sale (Internet users can make an offer).

 

The Respondent did not respond to the complaint.

 

The expert acknowledges the likelihood of confusion between the disputed domain name and the applicant’s Italian semi-figurative trademark, “A Advice Progressive Marketing Thinking”.

 

However, he decides not to rule on the issue of legitimate interest, referring to his observations on the issue of bad faith. Nevertheless, he makes several observations on the legitimate interest, in favor of the Respondent: the terms that make up the domain name are generic and the Respondent did not make active use of the name, he simply let the registrar promote its services and included a message advising Internet users to contact the registrant for the purchase of the name.

The expert also obviously did some research on his part, which he is not bound to do, since he notes that there are many companies called Advice Group throughout the world.

 

 

Concerning bad faith, the expert insists on the fact that at the time of the registration of the name, the applicant had not yet registered a trademark. The filing took place nine months after the reservation of the name in question and the obtaining of rights, two years later! Nothing suggests that the Respondent had the Complainant in mind when registering this domain name consisting of dictionary terms. Moreover, the fact that Internet users could propose the purchase of the name does not mean that the aim of Macrosten LTD was to resell it at a high price to Advice Group.

 

Thus, not only is the complaint rejected, but the expert also decides to qualify the complaint as a case of “reverse domain name hijacking”, i.e. it is considered that the complaint was filed with the sole purpose of depriving the domain name holder of the domain name. Here, the Complainant accused the Respondent of cybersquatting even though no evidence to that effect was provided and the name, consisting of generic terms, predates the Complainant’s trademark registration.

 

It should be remembered that proving the bad faith of a registrant when the domain  name consists of generic terms is difficult. It is essential to show that the registrant had the applicant’s trademark in mind. In the present case, it can be assumed that even if the Complainant’s trademark had been older, this would not have been sufficient to ensure the success of the complaint. The setting up of a site similar to that of the Complainant or for the same activities, or contact made by the registrant are elements that make possible to constitute a relevant case . Here, the Complainant had no evidence to justify his position.

 

Dreyfus firm, an expert in trademark law, can help you by offering you unique online trademark management services.

Read More

UDRP procedure: impossibility for a trademark owner to request the transfer of a domain name after its sale

The Swiss company Blockwords AG, formerly known as Swiss Future Project AG, operates an encryption exchange under the sign SCX, which was registered as a Swiss trademark on December 19, 2017.

 

The company has filed a UDRP complaint with the WIPO Arbitration and Mediation Center for the transfer of the domain name <scx.ch>, alleging, among other things, that it infringes its trademark rights.

This domain name was registered on April 23, 2001 and acquired by the Swiss company in March 2018.  In March 2019, the name was transferred to the company SwissClass Trade AG, which subsequently sold it to the Respondent in the same month for more than EUR 60,000.

The Swiss company claims that a fraud was committed when the domain name <scx.ch> was transferred to SwissClass Trade AG due to the absence of two signatures from Blockworks AG which would have made the transfer legal.

 

In addition, it considers that the transfer of the domain name is the result of a mismanagement on the part of a former member of the board of directors.  Ultimately, the complainant fears misuse of the domain name by the Respondent although the latter has not changed the services offered on the website in question, which remain those of the Complainant.

 

The Respondent explains that it is incomprehensible that the Complainant would want to recover the domain name. Indeed, the Complainant sold the domain name to SwissClass Trade AG, which was free to resell it to the Respondent at a later date. Therefore, the Respondent believes that it was not at fault and that the issue is between the Complainant’s management and SwissClass Trade AG and not between the Complainant and the Respondent.

The Complainant’s position is not supported by the expert who believes that there was no fraud in the sale and transfer of the domain name to SwissClass Trade AG since the sale was signed by two legal representatives of the Complainant’s company. Therefore, the applicant cannot both sell its domain name and subsequently request its transfer. Furthermore, the expert did not accept the argument of mismanagement by one of the former members of the company’s board of directors, due to insufficient evidence.

The expert acknowledges, however, that the situation raises some questions: why did the Respondent purchase this domain name for more than 60,000 euros and what was its intention, even though it could immediately see that the name referred to a third party’s site?

The expert concludes that the complaint should be rejected. Due to the complex facts of the case, he is of the opinion that a judicial procedure would be more appropriate to gather the various pieces of evidence and to rule on them.

 

This scenario once again illustrates two problems. The first concerns the internal management of domain names: optimal security must always be ensured so that there is no risk of losing control of the names. The second issue related to the fact that UDRP is not an appropriate forum for all disputes. In the present case, it seemed clearly impossible to resolve the dispute between the parties without ruling both on the relationship between Blockwords AG and SwissClasse Trade AG and between Swiss Classe Trade AG and the Respondent.

Read More

CJEU: Relief of the burden of proof on the territorial scope of use of a trademark

The CJEU rendered a crucial decision in its recent Intas caseon the maintenance of Intellectual Property rights. According to the Court, it is not imperative that a European Union (EU) trademark be used in a substantial part of the EU. On the contrary, its use in a single Member State could be enough to prove genuine use.

In the matter before the CJEU for the mentioned decision, the claimant filed a trademark application before the EUIPOconsisting of the sign “INTAS” and designating goods in classes 5 and 10.

The defendant subsequently filed an opposition to this application claiming that it was similar to two of its earlier trademark registrations which both consist of the sign “INDAS” and cover goods in the same classes.

The claimant requested proof of use of the earlier trademarks. The defendant duly submitted this evidence and its opposition was accepted by the EUIPO on this basis. The claimant proceeded to appeal the decision before the EUIPO, but its appeal was dismissed. Finally, the matter was brought before the CJEU.

 

  • The territorial scope for genuine use

 

The CJEU examined the question of whether proof of use submitted for only one Member State for the use of an EU trademark was sufficient to support its genuine use pursuant to Article 47(2) of the EU TM Regulation.

Interestingly, the CJEU rejectedthe argument that the territorial scope of the use of an EU trademark cannot be limitedto the territory of a single Member State. The Court also rejected the argument that the genuine use of an EU trademark necessitates that the trademark be used in a substantial part of the EU.

Yet, the CJEU still admits that it is reasonable to expect that an EU trademark shall be put to use in a wider area than the territory of one Member State to show its genuine use. However, the Court underlines that it is not always imperativethat the trademark be put to use in an extensive geographic area because evaluation of genuine use is an overall assessment. It depends on all the characteristics of the related goods or service, and not only on the geographical scope of the use.

The CJEU accepts that, in certain cases, the market for the goods or services in the scope of an EU trademark can be restricted to the territory of only one Member State. In such a case, proving serious use of the EU trademark within that State may satisfy the conditions for genuine use.

 

  • Assessment of genuine use

 

The CJEU holds that it is impossible to determine, a priori, a certain territorial scope when assessing if the use of an EU trademark is genuine or not. Rather, an EU trademark is deemed to be genuinely usedwhere it is used in accordance with :

– its essential function of designating origin for the related goods or services ;

– the objective of maintaining or creating market sharesin the EU.

 

When evaluating genuine use, the following factors should be taken into account: the characteristics of the relevant market; the nature of the goods or services within the scope of the trademark; and the scale, territorial extent, regularity and frequency of use.

 

Impact of the Decision

 

This is an important interpretation made by the CJEU affecting the burden of proof when it comes to showing the genuine use of an EU trademark. The CJEU clearly sets forth that the territorial scope is only one of several factors to consider when assessing whether the trademark is put to genuine use or not.

This does not mean that the territorial extension of the trademark’s use is not important at all. However, the CJEU affirms that the geographical extension of the trademark’s use is not the only factorto take into account. This assessment depends on all the facts and circumstances relevant in determining if the commercial use of the trademark creates or maintains market sharesfor the concerned goods or services.

 

 

Consequently, the CJEU held that the assessment of whether the use of a trademark is genuine or not is an overall assessment. The territorial scope of the use is only one factor in this assessment, amongst the other factors mentioned in this article. This interpretation will probably lead to changes in the strict perception that the genuine useof an EU trademark cannot be proven with showing its use in one single Member State. It will soften the burden of proof on the trademark owners.

Read More

Resolving IP disputes through Mediation in France

Dreyfus & associés, in association with INTA, had the pleasure of organizing a breakfast debate last February.

The theme of the breakfast debate was the following:

Resolving IP disputes through Mediation in France“.

 

Mediation is an alternative dispute resolution on the rise in different fields of law, notably in intellectual property law. This alternative dispute resolution is an efficient mechanism to settle disputes. In the long term, resorting to mediation in intellectual property law might encourage parties to maintain or create business relationships (licensing, distribution contract, etc).

 

 

 

We had the opportunity to debate on:

 

 

 

– What are the pros and cons of mediation relating to intellectual property disputes?

– What are the obstacles to mediation for IP disputes?

– What is the process for mediation?

– Who is the mediator?

– How much does it cost?

– Future of mediation in intellectual property law

 

The event featured Rémi Garros-Quinn, a Legal Case Manager at the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) Arbitration and Mediation Center, and Berengère Clady, Case Manager – Head of ADR Department, at the Centre for Mediation and Arbitration of Paris (CMAP). It was hosted by local IP law firm Dreyfus & Associés.

 

Find here the note published in INTA Bulletin.

Read More

Bad faith, a requirement that is duplicated between registration and bad faith use

While one generally refers to the “three criteria” of the UDRP (a trademark similar to the domain name; the absence of rights or legitimate interests of the defendant in the disputed domain name; and the bad faith of the registrant), it should be kept in mind that bad faith in UDRP matters has two aspects: the first is bad faith registration and the second is bad faith usage. Therefore, proving only one of these elements is insufficient even though it may be considered “fair” that a name used in bad faith should be transferred to the applicant.
In the present case, Great American Hotel Group, Inc. complained that its former vice-president retained the domain name <greatamericanhg.com> and changed the password of the account used to manage this name with the registrar.

It all started in 2011 when the applicant decided to adopt the name Great American Hotel Group. Its president at the time asked Mr. Greene, then vice-president of the company, to reserve the domain name <greatamericanhg.group>.
The latter did so, but – apparently without notifying his superior – reserved the domain name in his name instead of that of the company. He did, however, record the company’s postal address, and pay with the company card. In 2012, he hired an anonymity service to hide his data.

Since its registration, the name had been used for the company and Mr. Greene had always treated the domain name as part of the company’s assets.

However, following disagreements, Mr. Greene was suspended from office in 2015 and dismissed in 2016. In 2017, the name was renewed by the company’s technical teams even though Mr. Greene was no longer present. However, the latter subsequently changed the password so that the name could no longer be renewed by the company. The applicant’s counsel proceeded to send Mr. Greene a letter of formal notice, which remained unanswered, leading to the filing of a UDRP complaint.

The panellist acknowledged that the applicant had common law trademark rights through the use of the sign “Great American” and that the registrant did not have any legitimate rights or interest in the name as it was created for the applicant company.
He also acknowledged that the domain name was used by Mr. Greene in bad faith.

Nevertheless, the panellist was more sceptical regarding the issue of bad faith registration. Indeed, the name had been reserved by Mr. Greene at the request of the president of the applicant company, which, in principle, had, in fact, been a registration in good faith.

In order for registration by an employee to qualify as having been done in bad faith, the panellist specified that the employee must have, from the beginning, had “an intention to cause harm”. Therefore, the evaluation must be factual and done on a case-by-case basis.

In this case, Mr. Greene had registered the domain name in his own name. The panellist found that “this may be subject to questioning, and the fact that he did not mention the company does not constitute a good domain name management practice”, however, the president and the company seemed to be equally as uninterested in formalizing the reservation of the name.

 

For four years, until he was suspended from his functions, the registrant had always displayed conduct that demonstrated that he understood that the name belonged to the company. Thus, there is no reason to suppose that by reserving the name four years earlier, he had intended to compete with the applicant or to benefit from some type of tactical advantage against him.

Consequently, the plaintiff’s complaint was dismissed as the registration in bad faith had not been established. Nevertheless, the panellist specified that the applicant could turn to other avenues to try to obtain relief.

 

The significance of this decision, in addition to highlighting the dual condition of bad faith, is that it reiterates the need to set up an internal naming charter to avoid any dispersion of assets, both in terms of trademarks and domain names.

 

 

WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, Sept. 2, 2019, No. D2019-1638, Great American Hotel Group c/ Domains By Proxy, LLC / R Greene

Read More

Claiming unregistered trademark rights on a geographical name is a difficult challenge in UDRP proceedings

While certain geographical names may, by exception, benefit from protection within the meaning of the UDRP rules, it should be remembered that they must be perceived as a trademark or service mark over which the applicant has rights. However, the mere use of a geographical name to identify certain goods and services as a territorial entity is not sufficient to demonstrate rights in a trademark or service mark within the meaning of the Guidelines, as the pannelist rightly pointed out in the present Decision.

In this case, the geographical name Solothurn (‘Soleure’ in French), corresponding to a city in Switzerland, was reproduced in its entirety in the domain name <solothurn.com>. It was registered in 1997 and has not been used since except to redirect to a “pay-per-click” page.

The applicants, the City of Solothurn and two associations under Swiss law promoting mainly tourism and unsurprisingly showing a strong interest in the domain name <solothurn.com>, claimed an unregistered trademark right on the sign “Solothurn”, which has been used extensively over the years. They also claimed protection of the name as “trademark-like” within the meaning of the Swiss law on unfair competition.

In this regard, they provided several documents attesting to the use of this geographical name by tourists since 1890 and its recognition as such. The applicants inferred that the use of the sign “Solothurn” constituted a trademark used to identify tourism and other related services. They also cited several decisions of the centre concerning geographical names, which are far from having argued in their favour.

The defendant, domiciled in the United States and known for his activities related to domains specializing in “geographical” domain names, had put the domain name <solothurn.com> up for sale. The defendant cited numerous decisions on how geographical names should be assessed (including a decision about the name <rouen.com>) and on the need to fulfill the function of a trade-mark.

 

Faced with this case and the question of whether the applicants could validly claim an unregistered trademark right in the name “Solothurn”, the panellists carried out a meticulous examination of the case law of the decisions of the WIPO panellists (overview) in the field of geographical names.

In particular, they recalled that according to the overview, “geographical terms used only in their ordinary geographical sense, except when registered as trademarks, do not, as such, provide standing to act in UDRP proceedings”. They also noted that in UDRP matters, it has generally been difficult for affiliates or entities responsible for a geographical territory to demonstrate trademark rights over that geographical name. However, the panellists noted that the decisions cited by the applicants all acknowledged that the geographical name was used in a purely descriptive way of a geographical location and not as a trademark.

 

On the other hand, they took note of the fact that some panellists have indicated that an unregistered trademark right in a geographical name may be granted to an official authority in exceptional circumstances. The circumstances in question cover the increasingly rare assumption that the geographical name would be used in connection with products and services but without any connection to the geographical location to which it corresponds. The idea is that the trade name should not generate an association with a geographical location in the minds of consumers, but rather an association with products and services, as the main function of the brand requires. For example, we can mention the products of the Ushuaïa brand, unrelated to Tierra del Fuego.

 

In the present case, the panellists noted that the applicants had not provided any proof of use of the name “Solothurn” in connection with products and services beyond those provided by the City of Switzerland. On the contrary, the applicants merely pointed out the use of the name “Solothurn” in connection with the name of the city of Switzerland and the tourist activities offered there. Consequently, the panellists could not validly conclude that the applicants had established that they had rights in the unregistered Solothurn trademark.

 

The panelist added that the applicants could not rely on the protection of this name as “trademark-like” within the meaning of the Swiss law on unfair competition insofar as Article 4.a. (i) of the Guidelines expressly refers to the “trade or service mark”.

 

Finally, the complaint was rejected as the applicants had not provided proof of trademark rights. However, this decision seems to be qualified by the panellists, who point out that it is a decision rendered under the UDRP principles, adapted to disputes between registrants and trademark owners whereas the solution could have been different under Swiss law and in matters of unfair competition.

 

The “morality” of this decision is not new; the UDRP procedure is not suitable for all disputes involving domain names and should not be systematically preferred to legal proceedings, even if it does have the advantage of being faster and less costly.

 

WIPO WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Center, July 25, 2019, No. D2019-1164, Einwohnergemeinde Solothurn, Verein “Region Solothurn Tourismus”, Verein “Katon Solothurn Tourismus” c/ M.A. Stenzel,

Read More

Modification of the opposition procedure in France: an increased protection for the right holders

Opposition is a crucial procedure to ensure the protection of trademarks. It is a way to solve potential disputes quickly, simply and with reasonable costs and time limits.

Following the transposition of the « Trademark reform Package » into French law, modifications were made to the opposition procedure, ensuring right holders a broader protection against the infringement of their rights.

 

The first major change is the expansion of prior rights that can serve as the basis for the opposition before the French Trademark office. So far, it has only been possible to file an opposition on the basis of a prior trademark application, a prior registered or well-known trademark in the sense of article 6bis of the Paris Convention; an appellation of origin or a protected geographical indication; the name, the reputation or the image of a territorial collectivity.

From now on, article L712-4 of the French Intellectual Property Code, modified by the ordinance of November 13, 2019, allows for the opposition of the registration of a trademark on the basis of :

 

  • a prior trademark (French, of the European Union, or international designating France or the European Union; a well-known trademark; a trademark that enjoys repute in France or, in the case of a European trademark, a reputation in the European Union, subject to certain conditions);

 

  • a company name or a corporate name if there is a risk of confusion in the mind of the public,

 

  • a trade name, commercial sign or a domain name, the scope of which is not only local if there is a risk of confusion in the mind of the public,

 

  • an appellation of origin or  a  protected    geographical indication,

 

  • the name of a territorial collectivity or the name of a public establishment for inter-municipal cooperation,

 

  • the name of a public entity if there is a risk of confusion in the mind of the public.

 

This new legal provision also makes it possible for the opponent to invoke, if need be, several rights to form the opposition.

The second important transformation concerns the opposition process.

As in the former procedure, the opponent has a 2 month deadline from the date of publication of the trademark application to file an opposition. However, they now have an additional month to present their observation as well as the documents necessary to prove the existence and the scope of their rights. It will be qualified, firstly, as a “formal” opposition, as in the procedure before the EUIPO, until the statement of case on the merits is filed and, secondly, in the event that the Parties have not settled their dispute amicably in the meantime.

The adversarial phase of the opposition, during which the Parties exchange documents and their arguments in writing, subsequently begins. The parties may request an oral hearing at this time. However, no new pleas or documents may be presented during the hearing.

Depending on the number of exchanges between the Parties, this first phase of investigation may last anywhere between 6 months and a year. At the end of this period, the director of the French office must render a decision within 3 months.

 

The changes made by the transposition of the European directive into French law provide greater protection for rights holders. This new procedure is more precise because it has been limited by the stipulation of short and non-extendable deadlines. Furthermore, it makes it possible to base the opposition on a larger number of prior rights, thus putting the protection of holders at the forefront of this procedure.

 

This new opposition system applies to all trademark applications filed from December 11, 2019.

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world and accompany you in your opposition proceedings. Do not hesitate to contact us.

 

Read More

The blockchain offers a modern and simplified register for the traceability of your Intellectual Property rights

With the appearance of the blockchain, monitoring the life cycle of the creation of your Intellectual Property by setting a specific registration date and ensuring the traceability of its evolution is a lot simpler. Opening the account is easy, as is backing up and viewing the data embedded in it.

 

 

  • What is a blockchain ?

The Blockchain is a database (a growing list of records, called ‘blocks’) that are linked using cryptography. Each block contains a cryptographic hash of the previous block, a timestamp and transaction data.

It is a reliable and transparent registry which everyone can access and contains the history of exchanges between users. However, once recorded, the data in any given block cannot be altered retroactively without alteration of all subsequent blocks, which requires consensus of the network operators. Material can be saved on this decentralized and secure system for an unlimited period of time.

 

  • Easy monitoring of the registration cycle

The blockchain is of great practical use in the traceability of intellectual property rights.

On the one hand, it is low cost and speedy. The decrease in costs can be explained by the fact of intermediaries are bypassed. As for its speed, all you need to do is open an account and download the document that includes the data concerning creation of your Intellectual Property.

On the other hand, all the steps concerning the creation of your Intellectual Property should be recorded ; whether it is the date of the first application for registration, of the first use in trade or an assignment etc. Similarly, operations such as mergers or acquisitions are more easily recorded via the database.

 

  • Confidentiality of data

The document containing information about your creation of the Intellectual Property is not stored in the blockchain, only its digital footprint. Accordingly, it is impossible for third parties to access its content, you are the only one having access to it. You can therefore be confident that your data will be safe.

 

  • A revolution in evidence

Thanks to the blockchain, proof of creation is made easier and the procedure made faster, the Blockchain giving certainty of the time and date. It also makes it possible to trace the exploitation of digital works on the web.

Nevertheless, to acquire incontestable force of proof, it is necessary to have the evidence concerned established by a bailiff. The bailiff is able to establish an indisputable proof of origin and anteriority before a judge.

 

  • Fight against counterfeiting

The blockchain is a register which cannot be falsified, providing proof of the authenticity of the creation of your Intellectual Property and thus limiting the possibilities of counterfeiting. This system indicates who is the author of the creation and therefore is a significant piece of evidence to establish the actual date of the creation.

 

  • Fight against counterfeiting

The blockchain is a register which cannot be falsified, providing proof of the authenticity of the creation of your Intellectual Property and thus limiting the possibilities of counterfeiting. This system indicates who is the author of the creation and therefore is a significant piece of evidence to establish the actual date of the creation.

 

 

The blockchain has many advantages with regard to intellectual property rights. Whether it is security, transparency, lower cost, speed, ease of proof, confidentiality or even the certainty of authenticity : it has multiple strengths which are favourable to the protection of your creations.

With the service of the DreyfusBlockchain , we offer simple, effective and secure protection for your creations.

 

Read More

World Intellectual Property Forum, November 6-8 2019

Meet Nathalie Dreyfus at the World Intellectual Property Forum in Grand Hyatt Taipei, Taiwan, from November 6 to 8, 2019.

This year’s conference will be on the following theme: “IP as a Powerhouse for Innovation and Economic Growth“. This three-day forum will focus on recent developments in intellectual property and their synchronization with business objectives.

Nathalie Dreyfus will be speaking on November 8 from 1:30 pm to 3 pm on the following panel “How can emerging technologies be adopted in the current intellectual property law system? ».

As a reminder, the World Intellectual Property Forum is an opportunity to hear from intellectual property experts who will share the latest trends, ideas and strategies in patenting, litigation, trademarks and other current issues related to intellectual property. This forum also offers participants many opportunities to meet visionary entrepreneurs and industry experts from around the world.

More information: https://www.worldipforum.com/

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

FABA/FBA Paris Fashion Law and Innovation Conference, October 4th 2019

The Federal Bar Association, in collaboration with the French American Bar Association, is organizing the 2019 Fashion Law and Innovation Conference. This event will take place on Friday, October 4 at 8:30am at the Maison du Barreau in Paris.

Programming will feature a notable group of law experts and industry representatives who will discuss recent developments and current challenges from both the French and US perspective.

Nathalie Dreyfus will speak at 9am for a conference about The Five Senses: The growth of non-traditional brands in the fashion industry.

For more information and registration, please click here.

*Note that this conference is organized in collaboration with the French American Bar Association so it will be in English.

 

 

Information 

Where: Maison du Barreau, 2 Rue de Harlay, 75001 Paris

When: October 4th, 8 :30am – 12 :30pm

Read More

The Supreme Court of the Russian Federation adopted Resolution No. 10/2019 and thus provided welcome clarifications on domain names

On April 23rd 2019, the Russian Supreme Court adopted Resolution No. 10/2019, which clarified the provisions of Part 4 of the Russian Civil Code relating to intellectual property rights, and therefore to domain names, which are the subject of this article.

 

Among the clarifications provided, the Russian Supreme Court decided in particular that the commercial courts had jurisdiction to rule on disputes relating to distinctive signs (with the exception of appellations of origin, however), whether the party concerned is an individual person, a private entrepreneur or a company. Previously, the commercial courts and the general courts had jurisdiction based on the identity of the holders of intellectual property rights.

Furthermore, it is increasingly difficult to obtain information on the identity of Russian domain name registrants.

Indeed, although it is possible to make a request to registrars to disclose the identity of domain name registrants, obtaining this information has become increasingly complicated without legal action since many registrars refuse to disclose this information by taking refuge behind applicable legislation or requesting additional documents.

Resolution No. 10/2019 specifies that this information may be obtained through a court by filing a request for disclosure of personal data in legal proceedings. However, this is complicated when the identity of the domain name registrants is unknown. One solution would be to take legal action against registrars and then file a request for disclosure of personal data. It would be then possible to substitute the defendant.

In addition, with regard to infringement of a trademark by registration and use of a domain name, the Russian Supreme Court ruled that trademark infringement is characterized by the use of a domain name for goods and services similar to those designated by the trademark in question, and in some cases still, by registering the domain name only. Consideration should be given to the purpose behind registering the domain name to judge whether there is trademark infringement.

Finally, the Russian Supreme Court provides various additional clarifications. For example, a monetary claim may be filed against the current user of a domain name. In addition, it is possible to request provisional measures in respect of domain names. Finally, in cases concerning domain names, evidence consisting of printed screenshots of websites clearly showing i) the address of the websites in question, ii) the time at which the screenshots were taken and iii) whether they have been verified by the parties to the proceedings is admissible.

 

These clarifications are welcome. We will keep you informed of any further developments in this regard. Dreyfus is a specialist in domain name protection and defense strategy and can find solutions adapted to your needs. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

RDAP replaces WHOIS

The WHOIS protocol now appears to be outdated due to the evolution of technical requirements in the digital era. Indeed, this tool, provided by registrars, is inter alia not capable of working with either encoding or with non-latin characters. Consequently, since 2015, ICANN in collaboration with the Internet Engineering Task Force (IEFT) has been working on the replacement of WHOIS through the RDAP (Registration Data Access Protocol), in compliance with the Temporary Specifications and the GDPR.

Like WHOIS, the RDAP provides registration data, although its implementation is different since it allows standardization, security data access and enquire response formats. As a result, it will be possible to search all the registration data available from various registrars, unlike WHOIS that is limited to the database being searched. It also takes into account the internationalisation of domain names.

The possibility of granting different accesses to the registration data is being considered. For instance, access for anonymous users could be limited whereas authenticated users could have full access to all data.

While some elements still have to be worked out, registrars are required to implement the RDAP service prior to August 26, 2019.

This brief was published in the July-August 2019 issue of the French magazine “Propriété industrielle”.

Read More

The respondent has a licence on a trademark corresponding to a disputed domain name

WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Centre, March 11, 2019, No. D2019-0035, Pharnext versus Wang Bo, Xiang Rong (Shanghai) Sheng Wu Ke Ji You Xian Gong Si

On numerous occasions, we have noticed that even those complainants who are represented in UDRP proceedings, could have been better informed about the nature and extent of the rights on which the respondent may rely. Detailed research is an essential prerequisite to filing a complaint, otherwise, the success of the complaint is jeopardised.

On January 7, 2019, the French company Pharnext, whose main activity is in the biopharmaceutical industry, filed a UDRP complaint seeking the transfer of the name <pharnex.com>, which had been registered by a Chinese company.

The complainant contended that it had trademark rights in PHARNEXT through ownership of its “PHARNEXT” logo protected by an international trademark since 2013 and used on its website located at www.pharnext.com.

The respondent had registered the domain name <pharnex.com> in October 2017. At the time the complaint was submitted, the disputed name connected to a website in both English and Chinese indicating that PHARNEX is a platform to help medical companies set up operations in China.

The complainant claimed that the respondent must have had the “PHARNEXT” trademark in mind when registering the domain name, because in May 2017, its partnership with Tasly, one of the most recognised pharmaceutical companies in China, had been announced. The complainant also said there is no plausible explanation for the Respondent’s registration of the Domain Name.  It also claimed to have done searches which revealed no evidence that the respondent had any right or legitimate interest in the name.

However, the respondent, Xian Rong (Shanghai), firstly, proved that it had a licence on the “PHARNEXT” trademark for financial services, and secondly pointed to its active use of the trademark since December 2017.  Although the ownership of a trademark does not automatically confer a legitimate interest or rights on the respondent, the complainant bears the burden of proof throughout the complaint.

In the present case, the expert was “convinced that the PHARNEXT trademark was registered in good faith”. She further noted that the domain name was used, before the filing of the complaint, in connection with a genuine offer of goods and services. Hence, though the domain name was confusingly similar to the complainant’s trademark, the complaint could not be accepted.

The expert stressed that “her findings are made in the limited boundaries of the UDRP; any matters outside the scope of the Policy may be handled by the parties in a relevant court of law.. Quite simply, the complainant had not proved that the disputed domain name had been registered and used in bad faith.

This decision once again highlights that it is essential to carry out research on all aspects of the proposed complaint; including the respondent and the sign from which the disputed domain name has been derived. For example, researching the “PHARNEX” sign on the Chinese databases would have made the complainant aware of the existence of the word mark “PHARNEX” on which the respondent relied.  This would have alerted the complainant to a potential weakness in its case and enabled it to consider alternative strategies. It is essential to think of every possible defense a respondent may raise and be prepared to counter any such defense.

This brief was published in the July-August 2019 issue of the French magazine “Propriété industrielle”.

Read More

Audiovisual works: the protection of program titles by trademark law

Companies which specialise in the audiovisual sector often require protection for their program titles through trademark law. If granted, this protection obviously offers considerable advantages for the company, but it is necessary to take into consideration some limits to it.

 

  • The advantages of trademark protection

First, the term of protection of a title by trademark law. Trademark law initially grants protection for 10 years, but this term is renewable indefinitely (Art L712-1 CPI). Thus, provided the owner submits a renewal application within the time limit, the trademark can be protected indefinitely. Copyright, on the other hand, can grant protection up to 70 years after the death of the author of the work, but the ‘guarantees’ of protection may be less obvious than trademark law because there is no register of copyright.

On the other hand, while copyright imposes a condition of originality (Art.L711-2 CPI), trademark law requires a distinctive character (Art L711-2 CPI). Thus, if the title of TV show or audiovisual program is distinctive and acts as an indicator of origin, it may be protected. In contrast, for copyright, it is necessary to prove originality, which is more difficult to prove. Since copyright is not subject to registration, the condition of originality must always be demonstrated in the course of a dispute. Thus, copyright protection is never certain.

 

A title may be protected by trademark law if it does not directly designate the goods and services for which registration is sought. Thus, if the title is arbitrary, there is nothing to prevent the title from benefiting from this protection. Finally, it should be borne in mind that trademark protection is not an impediment to copyright protection; it is thus possible to combine both protections.

 

  • The limits of trademark protection

 

Some limitations to the protection of audiovisual programs’ titles by trademark law should nevertheless be noted. The protection conferred by trademark law grants a monopoly on the use of the registered terms (Art L-713-1 CPI) and therefore the right to oppose use by third parties. However, in order to do so, it is necessary to prove :

 

  • The use of the sign by a third party “as a trademark”

 

First, it must be proven that the use of the title by a third party was “as a trademark”. To illustrate this concept, we can refer to the judgment rendered about the series “Le Bureau des Légendes”. In this case, the Paris Court of First Instance (TGI) dismissed the infringement action brought against a book, using the title, devoted to the study of the series. The purpose here was not to offer goods and services designated in the registration, but simply to refer to the series as such (TGI Paris, réf., April 16, 2018, n°18/53176). Use as a trademark would have been in the context of the sale of derivative products in connection with the series.

 

  • A commercial use of the sign

 

Secondly, in order to oppose the use of a sign, the owner must provide proof of commercial use. This means that it is not sufficient to prove merely a reference to the title. The use must take place in the course of business and not only for illustrative purposes. There must be a genuine commercial link between the sign and the use made by a third party.

 

  • A risk of confusion in the mind of the public

 

Finally, the risk of confusion in the public mind must be shown. The use of the sign must raise doubts as to the origin of the goods and services offered. A trademark is intended to guarantee in particular the origin of the goods and service. Thus, the use of the sign by a third party must infringe this guarantee of origin, severing the direct link between the sign and its owner.

 

For instance, the judges considered that there was no likelihood of confusion between Canal+’s trademark “LE ZAPPING” and the trademark “LE Z#PPING DE LA TELE”. In view of the evidence provided, and the overall impression, there was no likelihood of confusion. The phonetic and visual differences of the two signs were sufficient to eliminate this risk (CA Versailles, 12th ch., July 3, 2018, n°18/02091).

 

However, the principle of speciality of the trademark may be used against  the owner of a trademark. Since a trademark is registered for specific categories of goods or services, the owner can only oppose the use of the sign for identical or similar goods or services. Thus, if a sign is used for a completely different area of activities, the owner will not be able to oppose this use of the sign. This was the case for Canal +, concerning its mark “LE ZAPPING”. The notoriety of this brand was certainly recognized by the Court, but only in the field of television broadcasts. Thus, it was not possible for Canal + to oppose the filing of a similar trademark for other categories of goods and services than those designated in registration of the trademark “LE ZAPPING”.

 

  • Conclusion

 

Trademark law grants additional protection to a title of an audiovisual program. It complements the protection that copyright can grant, in a more certain way through the requirement of registration. The point of filing a sign representing the title of an audiovisual work is therefore to acquire double protection, on both grounds. Admittedly, the conditions to be met in order to be able to bring an infringement action under trademark law may be difficult to achieve. Nevertheless, trademark law offers more means of action, and therefore of compensation for damage in the event of unjustified use by third parties.

Dreyfus law firm, expert in trademark law, will assist you in the management of your trademark portfolio.

Read More

The « Copyright in the Digital Single Market » Directive: transposition is on the way!

Protecting authors’ rights is a necessity in the digital age, as information flows more and more easily. That is why the European Commission reported in September 2017 that it was necessary to tackle illegal online content, while the French legislature has already transposed several European directives and has modified its literary and artistic property law.

In this respect, a great deal has been written by the Directive 2019/790 (EU), adopted on 26 March 2019 by the European Parliament. Among its 30 articles, we count in particular the establishment of a related right for press publishers (Article 15) and an obligation for platforms to control hosted content  (Article 17). These provisions have been fiercely debated, and have led to multiple lobbying campaigns by authors and performers, newspaper publishers, and web giants (Google, Facebook and YouTube). In the present article, we will examine the changes made by the Directive.

New exceptions to copyright

There are currently many exceptions to copyright. In that respect, the Directive introduces three new exceptions to author rights and related rights in the digital environment. These exceptions and limitations are:

– Text and data mining for the purpose of scientific research when carried out by research organisations and cultural heritage institutions. However, rightholders are allowed to put in place technical measures aimed at ensuring the security and integrity of the networks and databases where their works are hosted. They may also expressly reserve their rights “in an appropriate manner”, for instance by machine-readable means, such as a digital watermark (Articles 3 and 4);

– The use of works in digital learning activities including distance learning. States may, however, provide a fair compensation for rightholders (Article 5);

– The copying by cultural institutions, for conservation purposes, of works which are part of their permanent collections (Article 6).

French law already provides similar exceptions in the article L. 122-53°) e) 8°) and 10°) of the French Intellectual Property Code, but this is not necessarily the case for all member States.

Under both French law and the Directive, these exceptions must be strictly interpreted and require that the work has been lawfully published.. All the conditions required by law must be met in order to benefit from these exceptions without having to obtain the author’s prior consent..

Furthermore, these new dispositions do not modify existing limitations and exceptions, such as parody or short quotation, which are retained (Article 17 (7) of the Directive). However, Member States will now have to specify that reproductions of visual works of art in the public domain cannot be protected by copyright unless the reproduction itself is original enough to be protected (Article 14). In France, this clarification is a mere application of copyright: a work in the public domain is no longer protected by author rights. Consequently, it can be freely reproduced without authorization. By contrast, if the production  is original, it becomes a work on its own right and, as such, can be protected.

Licenses: out-of-commerce works, audiovisual video-on-demand works and collective management

The article 8 of the Directive authorizes collective management organisations to conclude non-exclusive licenses  for non-commercial purposes with cultural heritage institutions for exploiting (reproducing, distributing, etc.) out-of-commerce work which are in their permanent collections.

According to Article 8 (5) of the Directive, a work is out-of-commerce: “(…) when it can be presumed in good faith that the whole work or other subject matter is not available to the public through customary channels of commerce, after a reasonable effort has been made to determine whether it is available to the public.”

Such licenses do not require prior mandate from the rightholder, but the collective management organization must be sufficiently representative of rightholders. The owner may, however, exclude at any time his works from this licensing mechanism, whether this exclusion is general or specific. In addition, the moral right to authorship of the work must be respected by indicating the author’s name, “unless this turns out to be impossible” (Article 8(2)).

Therefore, there is a switch from a prior authorization regime to an implied consent regime, and this  will require greater vigilance on the part of authors and rightholders.

In France, article L. 134-4 of the French Intellectual Property Code already gives authors of out-of-commerce books the right to oppose to their exploitation.

Article 12 of the Directive provides that States may authorize collective management organizations to extend collective licenses to rightholders who have not authorized the organization to represent them.

Here again, the organization must be sufficiently representative of rightholders, and they in turn  may exclude their works at any time from this licensing mechanism.

Furthermore, article 13 of the Directive provides for a negotiation mechanism in which “an impartial body or of mediators” will be in charge, in order to assist in the conclusion of licensing agreements “making available audiovisual works on video-on-demand services”.

The related right of press publishers

Article 15 of the Directive creates a related right for newspaper publishers established in a Member State. They can now be remunerated for use of their content by information service providers, in particular news aggregators. This right is subject to strict conditions of application and does not apply to :

– Private and non-commercial uses;

– Hyperlinks;

– Use of isolated words or very short extracts of a press publication;

Works published for the first time before the Directive’s entry into force.

Moreover, this right is only granted for two years from January 1st of the year following the date on which that press publication is published.

This related right is a right of its own, and thus publishers no longer have to demonstrate they indeed own the economic rights transferred to them by the author of the work.

Part of the remuneration paid by service providers to newspaper publishers must be paid to the authors. However, the Directive does not specify how this payment must be carried out. In addition, authors can exploit their works independently of press publication.

Online content-sharing service are fully responsible (Article 17)

In France, platform operators enjoy the protective status of article 6-I-2 of the law “for confidence in the digital economy” n° 2004-575 of 21 June 2004. They are not

liable if they “promptly” remove the content at stake.

Platforms will now be liable if they communicate to the public without authorization works protected by copyright. However, they will be exempt from liability if they have:

“Made best efforts to obtain an authorization” from rightholders;

– “Made best efforts” to ensure the unavailability of the work and

– Acted “ expeditiously” to disable access to the work or remove it from their websites after receiving a « sufficiently substantiated notice” of the  rightholders.

Compliance with these requirements will be examined with regard to the type, audience, and size of the service, as well as the type of works downloaded. Article 17 (8) specifies that platforms are not subject to any general monitoring obligation, but its paragraph 4 (b) requires that they provide their “best efforts”, “in accordance with high industry standards of professional diligence”, to ensure the unavailability of protected works, which seems to be a sneaky way to require automatic content filtering.

Platforms that have been in service for less than three years, and which have an annual turnover of less than €10 million, will benefit from a less restrictive liability regime, as they will only have to make their best efforts to obtain an authorization and will have to act promptly upon receipt of a “sufficiently substantiated notice” from a right holder.

Furthermore, all platforms will be required to put in place an “effective and expeditious complaint and redress mechanism” so that users can challenge blocking or removal of a work posted online. States must also provide for alternative dispute resolution procedures.

Finally, it should be noted that authors and performers will now have to be remunerated in an “appropriate and proportionate” manner (Article 18). They must receive, at least once a year, information on the exploitation of their works (transparency obligation provided for in article 19). Contracts which are already concluded should be adapted to provide for an “additional, appropriate and fair remuneration” (article 20). Article 22 of the Directive also gives authors a right to revoke a license or a transfer of rights. These measures already exist in French law, but the Directive will harmonize European law.

The next step is the transposition of these provisions, which must be done by 21 June 2021 at the latest. France, which supports this text, should proceed with this transposition next summer. A proposal for a law on related rights with regard to press articles is already under consideration.

These developments are to be monitored…

Read More

Extension of the contract between the EURid and the European Commission: the Brexit influence

On March 29, 2019, the registry in charge of <.eu> domain names (EURid) announced the extension of its contract with the European Commission until October 12, 2022 under the Regulation (EU) 2019/517 of March 19, 2019 (“the 2019 Regulation”).

With one exception, the provisions of the 2019 Regulation will apply starting October 13, 2022, and repeal the Regulations (CE) 733/2002 and (CE) 874/2004. The exception is that the provision concerning eligibility criteria under Article 20 of the 2019 Regulation will apply from October 19, 2019. This provision allows any person holding European Union citizenship, regardless of country of residence, to register a <.eu> domain name.

The purpose of this new regulation is to adapt the rules governing the <.eu> ccTLD to the expansion of the domain names sector. In this regard, the EURid’s annual report shows a steady increase in registrations in six countries including Portugal, Ireland and Norway. Nevertheless, the uncertainty caused by Brexit led to a loss of 130,000 domain names for the 2018 period. This decrease is mainly due to the anticipation of registrants who face the impossibility of registering or renewing their <.eu> domain names in the near future.

 

This brief was published in the July-August 2019 issue of the French magazine “Propriété industrielle”.

Read More

An employee refuses to transfer domain names wrongly registered in his own name

WIPO, Arbitration and Mediation Centre, March 15, 2019, No. D2018-2944, Théâtre du Gymnase Marie Bell SAS versus Mr. Erol Topal.

This case illustrates the need for any company to define a clear policy for managing its domain names to ensure that these domain names are registered in the company’s name and remain under its control. If this is not done the company may lose some of its rights. Moreover, if an employee  registers domain names in his or her own name it could be difficult to recover these domain names.

The Théâtre du Gymnase Marie Bell, commonly known as the “Théâtre du Gymnase”, was registered in 1958. It is a Parisian performance hall which was classified as a historical monument in 1994.

In 2004, one of its employees registered the domain name <theatredugymnase.com> in his own name, but allegedly on behalf of the company. In addition, in 2018, he registered  four other domain names that include all or part of the company’s name: <theatre-du-gymnase.com>, <theatredugymnasemariebell.com>, <gymnasemariebell.com> and <letheatredugymnase.com>.

The day after these domain names were registered, the Théâtre du Gymnase noticed malfunctions on its official website located at www.theatredugymnase.com. No information was being displayed, not even the performances scheduled.

On October 25, 2018, the theatre fired the employee, on the grounds of his refusal to provide the codes to manage the official website. Subsequently, formal letters were sent but there was no response to these.

The Théâtre du Gymnase then filed a UDRP complaint seeking the transfer of the domain names.

The respondent, (now a former employee of the company) said that he retained the names because proceedings before the Labour Court were pending. He also claimed to have registered and managed a number of domain names for the complainant, without ever getting paid. He stated that in August 2018 an invoice of 36,000 euros was sent to the Théâtre, which acknowledged the due amount and indicated its intention to pay. However, the respondent has not received any payment because proceedings before the Labour Court were subsequently initiated.

Initially, the expert had to consider whether the complainant had trademark rights in its name, because ownership of a trademark is necessary to bring a successful complaint under UDRP.  Although the name “Théâtre du Gymnase Marie Bell” is not registered as a trademark, the company claimed to have rights in it, particularly due to its use as a company name, trade name and brand. The Expert therefore considered that the use of this name is such that the complainant enjoys unregistered trademark rights, (on which a complaint may be based). Therefore, the likelihood of confusion between the disputed domain names and the complainant’s prior rights could be  recognised.

Regarding the question of the respondent’s rights or legitimate interest or bad faith use of the domain names, four of the disputed domain names were registered on the eve of the malfunctions of the complainant’s web site, after which it was discovered that only the respondent had access to site management and refused to provide the complainant with the codes that would allow such access.

In addition, these four domain names pointed to what appeared to be the site of a Turkish specialty restaurant, and the other pointed to what appeared to be the official website of the Théâtre du Gymnase, but which indicated that there would be no performance whereas the new official website accessible at the address “www.theatredugymnase.paris” showed performances were ongoing.

Thus, the expert noted that the use made of the disputed domain names disrupted the claimant’s activities.

For these reasons, the transfer of the names to the Théâtre du Gymnase, was ordered without prejudice to the decision that will be made by the Labour Court.

Although this is a case of “all’s well that ends well” for the Théâtre du Gymnase matters might have gone differently.  If for example the expert had taken the view that this was a dispute over payment of an invoice legitimately incurred by the respondent in compliance with the complainant’s express wishes, the decision could have gone differently.  The existence of a clear, unambiguous domain name policy should leave no room for doubt whether an employee is acting within defined guidelines or is acting contrary to an employer’s guidelines – and therefore is clearly in bad faith. Consequently, this case reflects the importance of establishing a naming policy internally, setting clear rules and best practices for the registration and management of trademarks and domain names, in order to avoid disruption and potential asset loss.

Read More

The pseudonym: what protection?

As an Alias adopted to preserve anonymity, the pseudonym is frequently used in the public sphere for commercial purposes. This can be, for example, the pen name of an author, the identity under which a painter is known, etc.

 

French law does not provide any legal status for the pseudonym. However, it is recognized as a right of personality. As such, it enjoys an existence and legal protection.

 

When the pseudonym is intended for public use, the choice requires particular attention. Therefore there are limits established by law which must be respected. Thus, the pseudonym chosen must not violate public order or morality. The existence of prior rights, such as a registered trademark or prior use of the same pseudonym by another individual, is also a limiting factor.

 

In addition, Article L. 711-4 of the French Intellectual Property Code states that a sign may not be adopted as a trademark if it infringes an earlier right. These earlier rights include the personality rights of another person, particularly his surname, pseudonym or likeness.

 

The pseudonym may not only constitute an earlier blocking right for a trademark but may also be registered as a trademark. This has two consequences:

 

the need to check whether the pseudonym infringes apreviously existing pseudonym used commercially

 

A pseudonym used in the private sphere raises few problems in practice. The same applies if it is used for a limited period of time. If it is not intended for commercial use, it is not necessary to check the existence of any previous use by a third party.

 

the protection of a pseudonym may be increased if it is registered as a trademark

 

Registering a pseudonym as a trademark provides better protection. This registration also leads to its becoming an intellectual property asset in its own right and therefore increases its value. This provides security for the user of the pseudonym as well as for his business partners. It is then easier to carry out commercial operations using this pseudonym (assignment contracts, licensing, marketing operations, etc.)

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the registering of your trademarks in all countries of the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

Disputes regarding domain names <.CN> and <.中国> : it is now possible to act before the WIPO Mediation and Arbitration Centre.

The China Internet Network Information Center (CNNIC), registry of the <.CN> and <.中国> ccTLDs, has designated WIPO to provide dispute resolution services under the China ccTLD Dispute Resolution Policy. Disputes in relation to these ccTLDs may be filed with WIPO from August 1, 2019.

The <.CN> Policy is ONLY applicable to <.CN> and <.中国> domain names that have been registered for less than three years.

This Policy applies to <.CN> and <.中国>domain names that are identical or confusingly similar, not only to a mark, but to any “name” in which the complainant has civil rights or interests (.CN Policy, article 8(a)), whereas the UDRP is limited to the protection of trademark rights.

It is sufficient for the complainant to prove that either registration or use of the disputed domain name is in bad faith, whereas the UDRP requires the complainant to prove both elements.

The appeal jurisdiction belongs to the Courts of China or the arbitration Chinese institution, and the proceedings language will be Chinese (unless otherwise agreed by the parties or determined by the Panel).

This adds to the over 75 other ccTLDs for which trademark owners can rely on WIPO’s dispute resolution services.

Read More

The dispute resolution policy which governs the domain has extended the term within which action may be taken from 2 to 3 years.

On March 2017, the new General Civil Chinese Law Rules extended the general limitation period for civil actions from 2 to 3 years.

Since then, many recommendations have been made about the need to change the China Internet Network Information Centre (CNNIC) dispute resolution policy which barred action against a <.cn> domain name which had been registered for more than two years to accord with the one established under the Civil regulation.

The CNNIC developed its first domain name dispute resolution rules in 2000, and following the provisions under the General Civil Law Rules of People’s Republic of China, in force at that time, set a term of 2 years following registration within which action had to be taken.

The CCNIC  was established June 3, 1997 who is the registry for domain names in China.

Indeed, the China Dispute Resolution Policy (CNDPR) is the only dispute resolution policy which sets a time limit within which to admit complaints about domain names.  This 2 year time-bar has been seen as an effective barrier to challenging any <.cn> registrations, because after the 2 years period, the only possibility was either to negotiate or attempt court action. Fortunately, in order to align the CNDPR time limit for action to the General Civil Law rule, it has been reviewed and extended to 3 years. This was implemented on 18 June 2019, and provides more flexibility to complainants to initiate alternative dispute resolution proceedings against domain names in the <.cn> name space.

Despite this good news there are still some unanswered questions; in particular whether the change to the new term has retroactive effect, or will apply only to those domain names registered after the change in the policy became effective.

 

To be continued…

Read More

Key points from the ICANN 65 meeting in Marrakech

The 65th international meeting of the ICANN took place in Marrakech, from the 24th to the 27th of June 2019. Several topics have been discussed such as the new gTLDs issues, the compliance between ICANN procedures and the GDPR provisions and the review of the rights protection mechanisms.

 

  • Future new gTLDs issues

 

Recently, ICANN faced an increase in the number of applications for top-level domains (gTLDs). In 2012, almost 2000 applications for new gTLDs were submitted to ICANN. At the end of this first round, more than 1000 gTLDs were created, for instance the <.brands>. ICANN awaits similar applications for the next round, which should take place in 2022.

 

Thus, new strategies have to be implemented to handle with those requests. At first ICANN foresees establishing priorities, based on the new gTLDs applications, to make the process more efficient. This process could be opened every year for a period of 4 months. However, ICANN could seek to limit the number of applications to 1000 per year.

 

Furthermore, TLDs with 2 characters will be permitted under the new process if these are composed by one letter and one number. Nevertheless, singular and plural versions of the same extensions are likely to be banned as coexisting gTLDs in the future.

 

On the other hand, ICANN’s Governmental Advisory Committee (GAC), specifically mentioned the <.amazon> issue in its report dated on 27 June 2019.

The ICANN Board had authorized the use of this gTLDs whereas several GAC members had expressed their concerns about the risk of the Amazon case becoming a precedent and expressed concern that a mutually acceptable solution had not been achieved. The GAC has requested ICANN Board to formulate its grounds for its approval. In addition, several South American governments object to its use.

 

  • GDPR and EPDP

 

The Expedited Policy Development Process Working Group (EPDP) implemented a compliance policy in regard to the GDPR, on March 2019. In our article about ICANN 63, we explained that when the GDPR came into force, it would produce several effects on the Whois protocol. For instance, personal data will no longer be accessible to the public. The EPDP has now to develop a unified access system centralizing protected data, based on the legitimate interests of IP owners.

 

Furthermore, some details about the Registration Data Access Protocol (RDAP) were given in the ICANN 65. This protocol has been created to eventually replace the Whois protocol. In fact, it performs the same functions as Whois, but its aim is to standardize data access. It shall be implemented by Registries and Registrars by the 26th of August 2019.

 

 

  • Review of protection mechanisms provided by ICANN

 

The Rights Protection Mechanism (RPM) Working group is reviewing several ICANN procedures concerning gTLDs. It has developed preliminary recommendations about Sunrise and Claims periods. In the same way, some proposals have been developed to allow trademark owners to acquire a priority right to register their trademark as a domain name. In the absence of such a registration, third parties could register terms corresponding to the trademark.

 

Up to now, the first phase of the working group scheme consists in reviewing Uniform Rapid Suspension (URS) and the Trademark Clearinghouse (TMCH) mechanisms. Similarly, the UDRP procedure remains on the horizon, and the Group is expected to begin work on that in mid-2020. This will be the second phase of its work.

 

Meantime, as their work is not yet completed, we will have more information once their report is completed, which is expected to be in April 2020.

 

On the other hand, another working group was also formed to study Subsequent Procedures (SubPro) for new gTLDs. This working group confirmed its support of a User Guide, under the assumption that it becomes more precise, to make it easier to understand what gTLDs are.

 

Similarly, the SubPro working group expects to better communicate with trademark owners in order to limit the risk of counterfeiting, and to show how those new gTLDs could have a good effect on their activity.

 

Thus, ICANN 65 provided an opportunity to evaluate the work done thus far by the working groups. However, if clarifications have been made, few concrete changes have been put in place. The projects should take shape at the next meetings organized by ICANN.

 

The next ICANN meeting will take place in November 2019, in Montreal. We will continue to follow this matter closely.

Read More

Challenge to the validity of the « three-stripes » figurative trademark of Adidas, because of a lack of distinctiveness.

According to the judgment « Adidas AG / EUIPO », T-307/17, of the 19th of June 2019, the General Court (ninth chamber) of the European Union dismissed an appeal by Adidas against the decision of the EUIPO to declare the famous « three-stripes » figurative trademark invalid on the grounds it lacked distinctive character.

 

This began when Adidas opposed the registration of the 2 stripes trademark of its competitor, Shoe Branding, who counterclaimed to have the Adidas “three-stripes” registration declared invalid on the grounds it lacked distinctive character. By a decision of  30th June 2016, the cancellation division of the EUIPO declared the Adidas registration invalid, and by decision dated 7th March 2017, the second Board of Appeal of the EUIPO upheld the original decision to cancel the Adidas trademark.

Therefore, Adidas appealed that decision to the General Court arguing that the challenged trademark had acquired distinctiveness through use. However, the Court ruled that there was a lack of inherit distinctiveness and also refused to recognise the acquisition of distinctiveness through use. In doing so, the Court said that Adidas did not provide sufficient evidence of distinctive character. According to the Court, Adidas had proved only that the necessary distinctiveness had been proved in only 5 of the EU member states.

 

It is important to remember that the distinctiveness is not established by providing evidence of sales and marketing figures for the products and services, but is judged by reference to the relevant public’s perception of the trademark. The Court said that distinctive character must be assessed, first, by reference to the goods or services in respect of which registration has been applied for and, second, by reference to the perception which the relevant public has of those goods or services. This meant that the Court considered the relevant public consists of all potential consumers of those goods in the European Union, and on the evidence filed said they would not make an obvious link between the « three-stripes » and the owner (Adidas). Although the « three-stripes » became the symbol of Adidas a long time ago the evidence filed by Adidas did not demonstrate an obvious link between the sign as registered and the products for which it is registered. There was no direct evidence the “three-stripes” as registered were actually used on the products covered in the registration. Therefore, the trademark’s distinctive character, and so its validity, could not be upheld.

 

The Court already accepted that a repetition of signs for a figurative trademark could be a valid trademark (TUE, 9th of november 2016, Birkenstock Sales/EUIPO, T-579-14 Representation of a pattern of wavy, crisscrossing lines). Nevertheless, in this case, the Court thought the trademark is composed of obvious non-distinctive elements.

 

Distinctive character can be acquired through use after registration (Com. 6th Déc. 2016, n°15-19048), but under the Directive 2008/95/CE of the 22nd of October 2008, evidence that the registration has acquired distinctive character has to be shown in each country of the European Union, (CJUE, 3rd chamber, 25th of July 2018, Nestlé SA c/ Mondelez UK Holdings & Services Ltd). Adidas was criticised for not having provided evidence covering every state of the EU. According to established case law, it is necessary to prove distinctiveness in all the states of the Union. On the other hand case law makes it clear that it may be sufficient to prove distinctive character in a substantial part of the EU dependant on the geographic importance of the states where distinctive character has been proved (CJUE, 24 of May 2012, Chocoladefabriken Lindt & Sprüngli AG c/ OHMI, C-98/11 P). Adidas could benefit from this case law.

 

Arguably, according to the Council Regulation n°207/2009, the European Court is going against the past judgments, but the decision is a necessary reminder of the need to prove distinctiveness acquired through use, in each country of the Union.

In the circumstances of this case, an appeal to  the Court of Justice of the European Union is to be expected because of the effect of this decision on Adidas, which has registered several figurative trademarks of this kind. It may also have an effect on many other trademark owners. This judgement relates only to the specific trademark registration challenged and does not directly affect the other trademarks of Adidas, nor of any other owners.

Read More

Nathalie Dreyfus has been admitted as panelist and arbitrator in the CIRA Panel

Nathalie Dreyfus has been admitted as panelist and arbitrator in the CIRA Panel (Canadian Internet Registration Authority).

The CIRA Panel is a new Alternative Dispute Resolution Centre which belongs to the British Columbia International Commercial Arbitration Centre (BCICAC).

The main aim of CIRA is to settle disputes concerning domain names through a quick and relatively low cost mechanism, led by out-of-court arbitrators who meet certain requirements according to CIRA’s Canadian Presence.   

The process is initiated by a complaint received in the CIRA Complaint Center which locks the disputed domain. A copy of the complaint is redirected to the Registrant who has twenty days to deliver a response. If so, a Panel of experts is appointed, whereas if there is no response the complainant may elect a single panelist. In both cases, a decision is given within twenty one days.

This decision is directly implemented by the CIRA.Since BCICAC was founded more than hundred cases have been solved by this institution.

 

Dreyfus can assist you in the management of your trademarks portfolios in all countries of the world. Do not hesitate to contact us.

Read More

Conflict between trademark and plant variety

In the decision of June 18, 2019, the General Court of Justice of the European Union applied Article 7, paragraph 1, m) of Regulation No. 2017/1001, which prohibits the registration of trademarks that consist of an earlier plant variety denomination registered in accordance with Union legislation” or “or reproduce in their essential elements, an earlier plant variety denomination”.

 

In this case, the German company Kordes filed an application for the European trademark “KORDES’ ROSE MONIQUE” in Class 31 for the following description of goods: “Roses and rose bushes as well as products facilitating the multiplication of roses”.  However, the European Union Intellectual Property Office (EUIPO) refused the registration of the trademark in question because it is composed of the term “MONIQUE”, corresponding the variety denomination “MONIQUE” registered in the Dutch register of plant variety protection.

 

 

To do so, the EUIPO must rely on the fact that the plant variety denomination “MONIQUE” is reproduced in the same way in the trademark applied for, and also the fact that this term is an essential element of the trademark.

 

Kordes appealed to the General Court of the European Union to reverse the EUIPO’s decision. In this respect, the company argued that the term “MONIQUE” cannot be considered as an “essential element”.  In addition, the company argued that the public would perceive the trademark as an indicator of roses of the “Monique” variety commercialized by the company Kordes.

 

The Court held that the distinctive and dominant element of the mark KORDES’ ROSE MONIQUE is the element “KORDES”, placed at the beginning, this word  is the essential element and the indicator of the source of origin. Accordingly, the Court considered that the variety denomination “Monique” cannot constitute an “essential element” of the trademark.

 

Consequently, the Court reversed the decision of the EUIPO refusing the registration of the trade mark KORDES’ ROSE MONIQUE.

Read More

Social networks and online reviews: how to defend against unfair competition

In a short time, networking sites have become one of the main channels for companies’ communication. eBay, Tripadvisors, Amazon or even the more conventional social networks such as Facebook or Twitter have, in fact, become preferential showcases for advertising. They do undoubtedly represent an opportunity for making a company visible, but they nonetheless pose a real threat to reputation. Companies are now faced with a new, major challenge in terms of unfair competition, that is to say “fake customer reviews”, that, although false, have a great influence on the consumption of the products and services they target.

The French Directorate-general for competition, consumer affairs and prevention of fraud (DGCCRF) revealed that 74% of surfers have already changed their minds about buying a product because of negative comments or reviews.

 

Faced with this hefty problem, companies endow themselves with legal instruments with the intention of stamping out such practices.

 

Disparagement and deceptive marketing practices

The case law has already determined in the past, that defamation cannot be a valid foundation for “judgements, even excessive, concerning the products or services of an industrial or commercial undertaking”.[1]

Concerning unfavourable reviews regarding a commercial activity, undertakings must base their case in the domain of unfair competition, particularly by referring to an act of disparagement. This practice consists in a person or an undertaking discrediting the goods or services of an undertaking with the intent to harm reputation. Like any act of unfair competition, the author of disparagement can be held liable on the basis of article 1140 of the Civil Code.

For instance, on this basis, the Court of Appeal of Paris ruled against a company selling food supplements which had strongly criticised the products of their rival on their site in the “product reviews” section, describing them as “crap” among other things.[2]

The Court had, in the case in point, also based its decision on article 121-1 of the Code of Consumption which sanctions deceitful marketing practices to the extent that such comments corrupt the natural behaviour of the consumers.

Similarly, sanctions had been pronounced concerning negative opinions of a restaurant which had not yet even opened when they were posted.[3]

New sanctions for false online reviews

Although disparagement and deceitful practices had been the traditional foundations concerning these exaggeratedly negative remarks, the legislator specifically intended to control and thereby punish these fake reviews.

 

In the light of this, three implementing decrees of the law for a Digital Republic entered into force on 1st January 2018. Introducing the new article L111-7-II of the Code of Consumption, they oblige undertakings and individuals whose activity consists in collecting, moderating or disseminating online reviews from customers, to provide fair, clear and transparent information on their processing and publication. This must be presented alongside said reviews, their date of publication as well as that of the consumer experience concerned and whether or not they underwent a control procedure. These decrees replace individual platforms’ voluntary compliance with the Afnor standard, which is supposed to ensure the fairness of the comments. It remains to be seen how the platforms will comply with such requirements.

This new obligation which imposes increased monitoring of such reviews on undertakings, shows that, although unfair competition was a convenient tool, case law has shown that these extensive large scale practices represented a real challenge for companies and should be framed by specific texts.

[1] https://www.legalis.net/jurisprudences/tribunal-de-grande-instance-de-paris-17eme-chambre-correctionnelle-jugement-du-13-fevrier-2014/

[2] https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichJuriJudi.do?idTexte=JURITEXT000018909511

[3] http://www.lemonde.fr/societe/article/2015/10/27/2-500-euros-d-amende-pour-avoir-denigre-un-restaurant-sur-internet_4798047_3224.html

The firm Dreyfus & associés specialises in the field of intellectual property. Their team is up to date on the new developments in European legislation. They will be able to provide you with all the help and guidance you require concerning your intellectual property rights in Europe.

Read More

United Kingdom: The Trademark Office no longer collects and forwards to WIPO fees when registering an International trademark.

The United Kingdom Office has withdrawn its notification made under Rule 34 (2) (b) of the Common Regulations applicable to the Madrid Agreement and the Madrid Protocol.

As a result, since May 6, 2019, the United Kingdom Office no longer collects and forwards to the International Bureau of WIPO (World Intellectual Property Organization) the fees due under these regulations.

In other words, any payment of these fees pursuant to a registration requested of the United Kingdom Office must be made directly to WIPO, as is already the case in France. As a result of this administrative change, a payment can now be made in four ways:

– By debiting a WIPO current account;

– By credit card, but only for payments of fees related to renewal of registered marks, notification of irregularities issued by the Office, or for additional fees relating to the designation of additional contracting parties after the trademark has been registered. Such payments are made in Swiss francs and require a WIPO reference number;

– By bank transfer;

– By postal transfer for inter-European payments.

 

To be handled correctly, payments by bank transfer must include the name and complete address of the payer, the transaction code (EN), the trademark number, the trademark name, if available, or its verbal elements, and the name of the trademark holder, if different from the payer. In the case of multiple requests, a list containing each request and the amount paid for each request is also required.

It is important to pay all fees in full, otherwise an irregularity notification will be issued. This notification shall specify a payment period beyond which the request shall be deemed to have been abandoned.

As the United Kingdom Registrar no longer makes these payments to WIPO, it is up to the applicant or his representative to be vigilant and diligent when making them.

Read More

New French Decree on the protection of trade secrets : provisional sequestration of seized documents

French Decree No. 2018-1126 of 11 December 2018 on the protection of trade secrets, enacted in application of Act No. 2018-670 of 30 July 2018published in the Official Journal on  December 13, 2018 establishes new rules to preserve trade secrets.

This decree modifies the rules of protection of confidentiality for seized documents. From now on a provisional sequestration will include protection of documents that may contain information related to trade secrets.

Prior to the entry into force of the French act on the protection of trade secrets judges actively used the sequestration to protect confidentiality of seized documents. This decree legalizes the jurisprudential practice by introducing the provisional sequestration of seized documents.

Article R 153-1 of the French Commercial Code now allows judges, to directly order the provisional sequestration of seized documents, based on Article 145 of the Code of Civil Procedure, in order to ensure protection of trade secrets.

 

The decree amends articles R. 521-2, R. 615-2, R. 623-51, R. 716-2 and R. 722-2 of the Intellectual Property Code in the same way in order to give the same powers to the judges who authorize infringement seizures.

However, it is only a temporary sequestration of seized documents. For a period of one month, the party or third party claiming that documents contain trade secrets may ask the judge to amend or withdraw his order.

According to Article R. 153-3 of the French Commercial Code, it is the responsibility of the party or third party claiming trade secrets to ask the judge to withdraw his order before a deadline set by the judge. It is up to the party to provide the following:

– The full confidential version of the document

– A non-confidential version or a summary of the document

– A statement specifying the reason why the document or a portion of the document is considered a trade secret

The judge may also hear separately the holder of the document, assisted or represented by an authorized person, and the party that appeals the order.

In case the party claiming that the document contains trade secrets has not sent an application to withdraw or amend the order within one month, the judge may rule on the total or partial lifting of the sequestration. If it is lifted, the documents can then be sent to the applicant.[/vc_column_text][/vc_column][/vc_row]

Read More

The importance of registering a rectification affecting an intellectual property right

 

After the filing of an intellectual property right, several types of changes are likely to occur, such as the owner’s move, the change of his name in a legal way or the assignment of his rights. Such corrections must be recorded in the relevant register, as this could have very damaging consequences for the holder.

Appropriateness of registration by the rights holder

By definition, registration is an approach made with the National Register of Trademarks, Designs and Patents by means of a paper or electronically, allowing the owner to notify changes in his intellectual property rights. This is important because it enables third parties to be informed of the ownership of trademarks, patents, designs and models as well as of the operations carried out on them.

Registries are national

In France, the National Registry of Trademarks only accepts registrations of trademarks whose effects are effective in France. Registrations concerning international trademarks are also impossible except in cases where they cannot be effected at the International Office (OMPI). This is particularly the case for the license, which must be registered directly with the National Registry in accordance with its own legislation. This is because the legislation of certain states such as Germany, Australia or New Zealand does not provide for the registration of trademark licenses, thus rendering their registration in the international register ineffective.

Changes affecting ownership or enjoyment of the trademark

According to Article L. 714-7 of the Intellectual Property Code, “any transmission or modification of the rights attached to a trademark must be registered in the National Register of Trademarks in order to be effective against third parties”. This article shows that if the assignee fails to register its assignment or trademark license, the assignee may not oppose these acts against third parties. On the one hand, this will prevent him/her from taking opposition action against a subsequent filing or in the context of a legal action and on the other hand, he/she may be held liable in the event of a mistake committed by the beneficiary of a trademark license, as stated in a judgment handed down by the European Court of Justice on 4 February 2016.

On the other hand, other more rare deeds such as mortgages, pledges or guarantees also deserve to be registered with the Registry, otherwise these deeds will not be enforceable against third parties.

Thus, licenses and assignments are not the only amendments requiring registration by the rights holder. The latter may indeed be affected by other operations although they are not expressly covered by Article L. 714-7 of the Intellectual Property Code.

These transactions include the following:

Total or partial withdrawal of trademark rights: where the trademark has not been registered, it is possible to withdraw or specify some goods and/or services, or to withdraw the entire trademark. You may find yourself in this situation if the proprietor of an earlier trademark believes, for example, that this new application infringes his rights and requires the withdrawal of certain goods or services or, more significantly, the withdrawal of the trademark.

The total or partial renunciation of the trademark: even if it is less common, these are cases in which modifications are requested after the registration of your trademark.

From a practical point of view, the right holder must also register in the Trademark Register:

The change of address explained by the fact that if the INPI is not informed and the owner of the rights is not represented by an agent, he may never receive a reminder letter to renew his trademarks.

The change of legal form (a SAS becomes an SA for example) because if the INPI is not informed of this change, it will refuse the renewal of the trademarks with the new data without justification.

The change of name as illustrated by the harsh decision of the European Court of Justice of September 8th, 2016 confirming that the holder must register his change of name in order to avoid being deprived of his rights.

Limits of registration by the owner of the trademark right

The corrections that the holder may enter are limited, and are limited to the possibility of limiting the protection of his rights. Therefore, it is impossible to modify your sign, name or logo, nor is it possible to extend the protection of your right by adding products and/or services through registration.

Registration: the solution against the loss of rights

Failure to register the above-mentioned changes can have very damaging consequences such as forfeiture of rights. Moreover, the positions adopted by the courts continue to be increasingly rigorous, prompting companies to systematically register events affecting all intellectual property rights or their holders in order to avoid all types of damage.

Registering changes affecting your intellectual property rights is an essential step in terms of protection. Dreyfus & Associés has experts in trademark law, as well as in national, European and international trademark registrations. Dreyfus & Associés is the ideal partner to support you in this process of securing and updating your intellectual property rights.

Read More